Exhibit 10.3

                         Everett Mutual Bank 401(k) Plan







              ==================================================



                           EVERETT MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK
                           401(k) EMPLOYEE SAVINGS AND
                               PROFIT SHARING PLAN
                                    AND TRUST

                      Originally Effective January 1, 1986

                       Restatement and Amendment Effective
                                 January 1, 1989



               ==================================================





                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section                                                                     Page
- -------                                                                     ----
1.  INTRODUCTION TO DEFERRED RETIREMENT PLAN ..............................    1
    1.1   Purpose .........................................................    1
    1.2   Diversion Prohibited ............................................    2
    1.3   Effective Date ..................................................    2
    1.4   Contractual Rights ..............................................    2
    1.5   Special Rules for Owner-Employee Plans ..........................    2

2.  DEFINITIONS ...........................................................    3
    2.1   Anniversary Date ................................................    3
    2.2   Annual Additions ................................................    3
          (A) Employer Contributions and Forfeitures ......................    3
          (B) Related Employer Contributions and Forfeitures ..............    3
          (C) Voluntary Employee Contributions ............................    3
          (D) Individual Medical Account Allocations ......................    3
    2.3   Beneficiary .....................................................    4
    2.4   Board of Directors ..............................................    4
    2.5   Break In Service ................................................    4
    2.6   Committee .......................................................    4
    2.7   Company .........................................................    4
    2.8   Compensation ....................................................    4
          (A) Excluded Amounts ............................................    5
          (B) Special Rule for Self-Employed Individuals ..................    6
    2.9   Computation Period ..............................................    6
    2.10  Continuous Employment ...........................................    6
    2.11  Date of Employment ..............................................    7
    2.12  Designated Beneficiary ..........................................    7
    2.13  Distributive Share ..............................................    7
    2.14  Earliest Retirement Date ........................................    7
    2.15  Elective Deferral ...............................................    7
    2.16  Employee ........................................................    7
          (A) General Definition ..........................................    7
          (B) Highly Compensated Employee .................................    8
          (C) Leased Employee .............................................    9
          (D) Owner-Employee ..............................................    9
          (E) Self-Employed Individual ....................................    9
    2.17  Employer Real Property ..........................................    9
    2.18  Employer Security ...............................................   10
    2.19  ERISA ...........................................................   10
    2.20  Fiduciary .......................................................   10
    2.21  Five Percent Owner ..............................................   10
    2.22  Former Participant ..............................................   10


                                      -i-



Section                                                                     Page
- -------                                                                     ----
    2.23  Hour of Service .................................................   10
          (A) Hours of Service for the Performance of Duties ..............   10
          (B) Hours of Service When No Duties Performed ...................   10
          (C) Special Rule Applicable to Family Absences ..................   11
          (D) Miscellaneous Hours of Service Provisions ...................   11
    2.24  Inactive Status .................................................   12
    2.25  Leave of Absence ................................................   12
    2.26  Matching Employer Contributions .................................   12
    2.27  Maximum Annual Addition Per Plan Limitation Year ................   12
          (A) Maximum Annual Addition .....................................   12
          (B) Limitation Year .............................................   13
          (C) Miscellaneous ...............................................   16
    2.28  Nonelective Employer Contributions ..............................   16
    2.29  Normal Retirement Date ..........................................   16
    2.30  Participant .....................................................   16
    2.31  Party in Interest ...............................................   16
          (A) Fiduciary ...................................................   16
          (B) Services ....................................................   16
          (C) Employer ....................................................   17
          (D) Employee Organization .......................................   17
          (E) Majority Stockholder ........................................   17
          (F) Partnership .................................................   17
          (G) Unincorporated Enterprise ...................................   17
          (H) Relative ....................................................   17
          (I) Trust or Estate .............................................   17
          (J) Officer, Et Cetera ..........................................   17
          (K) Ten Percent Partner .........................................   17
          (L) Change in Applicable Law ....................................   17
    2.32  Permanent Disability ............................................   18
    2.33  Plan Year .......................................................   18
    2.34  Plan Administrator ..............................................   18
    2.35  Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity ............................   18
    2.36  Qualified Nonelective or Matching Contributions .................   18
          (A) Qualified Nonelective Contribution ..........................   18
          (B) Qualified Matching Contribution .............................   18
    2.37  Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity ........................   18
    2.38  Qualifying Employer Real Property ...............................   19
          (A) Geographically Dispersed ....................................   19
          (B) Multiple Usage ..............................................   19
          (C) Leased Real Property ........................................   19
          (D) Diversification .............................................   19
    2.39  Qualifying Employer Security ....................................   19
    2.40  Retired Participant .............................................   19
    2.41  Taxable Year ....................................................   19
    2.42  Terminated Participant ..........................................   19


                                      -ii-



Section                                                                     Page
- -------                                                                     ----
    2.43  Top-Heavy Definitions ...........................................   19
          (A) Determination Date and Year For Determining
              Top-Heavy Status ............................................   19
          (B) Key Employee ................................................   19
          (C) Non-Key Employee ............................................   20
          (D) Aggregation Group ...........................................   20
          (E) Top-Heavy Plan ..............................................   21
          (F) Top-Heavy Group .............................................   21
          (G) Top-Heavy Ratio .............................................   21
          (H) Sum of Account Balances .....................................   23
          (I) Super Top-Heavy Plan and/or Super Top-Heavy Group ...........   23
          (J) Compensation as Defined for Top-Heavy Purposes ..............   23
          (K) Determination Date ..........................................   24
          (L) Valuation Date ..............................................   24
    2.44  Trust ...........................................................   24
    2.45  Trust Fund ......................................................   24
    2.46  Trustee .........................................................   24
    2.47  Trustee Responsibility ..........................................   24
    2.48  Year of Service .................................................   24

3.  COMMITTEE .............................................................   24
    3.1   General Administration ..........................................   24
    3.2   Appointment of Committee Members ................................   25
    3.3   Resignation from Committee ......................................   25
    3.4   Committee Officers and Employees ................................   25
    3.5   Compensation ....................................................   25
    3.6   Committee Determinations ........................................   25
    3.7   Powers and Duties ...............................................   26
          (A) Construction ................................................   26
          (B) Eligibility .................................................   26
          (C) Permanent Disability ........................................   26
          (D) Benefits, Loans and Hardship Payments .......................   26
          (E) Procedures and Regulations ..................................   26
          (F) Certification to Trustee ....................................   26
          (G) Information Accumulation ....................................   27
          (H) Compliance with Applicable Reporting Requirements ...........   27
          (I) Limitations .................................................   27
          (J) Investments .................................................   27
          (K) Annual Report ...............................................   29
    3.8   Communications With Trustee .....................................   29
    3.9   Company Indemnification of Committee ............................   29
    3.10  Joint Meetings ..................................................   30
    3.11  Legal Disability of Benefit Recipient ...........................   30
    3.12  Location of Recipient ...........................................   30
    3.13  Participants' Accounts ..........................................   31


                                     -iii-



Section                                                                     Page
- -------                                                                     ----
          (A) Employer Contribution Accounts ..............................   31
          (B) Employee Contributions ......................................   32
    3.14  Annual Allocations ..............................................   32
          (A) Deductions ..................................................   33
          (B) Allocations of Employer Contributions .......................   33
          (C) Allocations of Employee Contributions .......................   33
          (D) Adjustments .................................................   33
          (E) Allocation of Insurance Dividends and Credits ...............   33
          (F) Costs .......................................................   33
    3.15  Allocation Report to Participants ...............................   33

4.  PARTICIPATION AND MEMBERSHIP ELIGIBILITY ..............................   34
    4.1   Eligibility Requirements ........................................   34
          (A) Minimum Age .................................................   34
          (B) Year of Service .............................................   34
          (C) Union Exception .............................................   34
          (D) Nonresident Aliens ..........................................   34
    4.2   Voluntary Membership and Participation ..........................   34
    4.3   Membership Application ..........................................   34
          (A) Execution of Membership Application .........................   34
          (B) Modifications to and Limitations On Participant
              Contributions ...............................................   35
          (C) Failure to Designate Beneficiaries ..........................   35
    4.4   Entry Dates .....................................................   36
          (A) Entry Date for Eligibility to Receive Employer
              Contributions ...............................................   36
          (B) Entry Date for Eligibility to Make Elective Participant
              Contributions ...............................................   36
          (C) No Employer Allocations Prior to Participation in the Plan ..   36
    4.5   Termination and Rehiring ........................................   37
    4.6   Affiliated Company ..............................................   37
    4.7   Communication ...................................................   37
    4.8   Limitations .....................................................   37
    4.9   Minimum Plan Participation Requirements .........................   37

5.  EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS ................................................   38
    5.1   Determination of Amount .........................................   38
          (A) Nonelective Discretionary Employer Contributions ............   38
          (B) Elective 401(k) Employer Contributions ......................   38
          (C) Matching Employer Contributions .............................   38
    5.2   Funding Policy and Method .......................................   38
          (A) Nonelective Employer Contributions ..........................   38
          (B) Elective Employer and Basic After-Tax Employee
              Contributions ...............................................   39


                                      -iv-



Section                                                                     Page
- -------                                                                     ----
    5.3   Limitation on Maximum Employer Contribution .....................   39
          (A) Maximum Annual Limitations ..................................   39
          (B) Maximum Employer Contribution ...............................   39
          (C) Allocation of Excess Annual Additions .......................   39
          (D) Creation of a Suspense Account ..............................   40
          (E) Coordination of Annual Addition Reallocations ...............   40
    5.4   Forfeitures .....................................................   41
    5.5   Reversion to Employer Prohibited ................................   41
    5.6   Allocation of Employer Contributions ............................   41
          (A) Nonelective Discretionary Employer Contributions ............   41
          (B) Matching Employer Contributions .............................   42
    5.7   Actual Deferral Percentage Tests ................................   42
          (A) Maximum Annual Allocation of Elective Employer
              Contributions ...............................................   42
          (B) Coordination of Actual Deferral Percentage and Actual
              Compensation Percentage Tests ...............................   43
          (C) Definitions .................................................   43
          (D) Family Aggregation ..........................................   44
          (E) Aggregation of Cash or Deferred Plans .......................   45
          (F) Adjustments to Actual Deferral Percentage Tests .............   45
          (G) Impermissible Treatment of Excess Contributions .............   48
          (H) Miscellaneous Provisions ....................................   48
    5.8   Diversion of Employer Contributions .............................   50
          (A) Exceptions Whereby Reversion of Plan Assets Is Not
              Prohibited ..................................................   50
          (B) Applicable Rules Concerning Reversion of Plan Funds .........   50

6.  CONTRIBUTIONS BY PARTICIPANTS .........................................   52
    6.1   Voluntary Employee Contributions ................................   52
          (A) After-Tax Contributions .....................................   52
          (B) Participant Salary Reduction Contributions ..................   52
    6.2   Salary Reduction Election .......................................   52
          (A) Elections ...................................................   52
          (B) Vesting .....................................................   53
          (C) Distributions from Elective Accounts ........................   53
          (D) Dollar Limitations on Funding ...............................   54
          (E) Suspension of Elective Deferrals Due to Prior Hardship
              Distribution ................................................   55
          (F) Cumulation of Elective Deferral Amounts .....................   55
          (G) Additional Benefits to Participants .........................   56
          (H) Self-Directed Account Treatment .............................   56
          (I) Segregation of Elective Accounts ............................   56
          (J) Elective Contribution Election Requirements .................   56
    6.3   Limitations on Amount ...........................................   58
          (A) General Limitations .........................................   58


                                      -v-



Section                                                                     Page
- -------                                                                     ----
          (B) Average Contribution Percentage Tests Applicable to
              Employee Contributions ......................................   58
          (C) Adjustment to Actual Contribution Percentage Tests ..........   62
    6.4   Immediate Vesting ...............................................   64
    6.5   Contribution Prohibited .........................................   65
    6.6   Accounts ........................................................   65
    6.7   Methods of Contribution .........................................   65
    6.8   Payroll Deduction Procedure .....................................   65
          (A) Percentage ..................................................   65
          (B) Change in Deduction Percentage ..............................   65
    6.9   Withdrawal of Participant Contributions .........................   65

7.  MANAGEMENT OF TRUST FUNDS AND TRUST AGREEMENT .........................   66
    7.1   Appointment of Trustee ..........................................   66
    7.2   Title to Assets .................................................   66
    7.3   Company Notification to Trustee .................................   66
          (A) Company Contributions .......................................   66
          (B) Voluntary Payroll Deductions ................................   66
    7.4   Determination of Fair Market Value ..............................   67
    7.5   Statement of Accounts ...........................................   67
    7.6   Payment of Benefits .............................................   67
    7.7   Investment of Trust Fund Assets; General Powers and Duties ......   68
          (A) Cash Reserves ...............................................   68
          (B) Prudent Man Rule ............................................   68
          (C) Committee Advice ............................................   68
          (D) General Powers ..............................................   68
          (E) Delegation to Reorganization Committee ......................   68
          (F) Exercise of Ownership Rights ................................   69
          (G) Principal or Income .........................................   69
          (H) Execute Documents ...........................................   69
          (I) Employment of Agents ........................................   69
          (J) Borrow Money ................................................   69
          (K) Compromise and Settlement ...................................   69
          (L) Payment of Taxes ............................................   70
          (M) Diversification .............................................   70
          (N) Life Insurance ..............................................   70
          (O) Earmarked Investments .......................................   71
    7.8   Prohibited Transactions .........................................   72
          (A) Property ....................................................   72
          (B) Loans .......................................................   72
          (C) Provisions ..................................................   72
          (D) Transfer ....................................................   72
          (E) Employer Property ...........................................   72
    7.9   Prohibited Transactions; Exemptions .............................   72
    7.10  Segregated Account ..............................................   72


                                      -vi-



Section                                                                     Page
- -------                                                                     ----
    7.11  Third Party Dealings ............................................   72
    7.12  Payment of Expenses .............................................   73
    7.13  Voting by Co-Trustees ...........................................   73
    7.14  Reports .........................................................   73
    7.15  Liability of Trustee ............................................   73
          (A) Prudent Man Standard ........................................   73
          (B) Reliance on Instructions ....................................   73
          (C) Indemnification .............................................   74
          (D) Bond Waived .................................................   74
          (E) Liability Insurance .........................................   74
    7.16  Resignation or Removal ..........................................   74
          (A) Resignation .................................................   74
          (B) Removal .....................................................   74
          (C) Settlement of Accounts ......................................   74
          (D) Company to Fill Vacancy .....................................   75
    7.17  Transfer of Interest or Rollovers ...............................   75
    7.18  Authorization to Sign ...........................................   75

8.  RETIREMENT BENEFITS ...................................................   76
    8.1   Determination of Amount .........................................   76
          (A) Previous Plan Year End Value ................................   76
          (B) Adjustments for Significant Increases or Decreases in
              Value of Plan Assets ........................................   76
    8.2   Mode of Distribution ............................................   76
          (A) Life Annuity ................................................   76
          (B) Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity ....................   78
          (C) Lump Sum ....................................................   79
          (D) Installments ................................................   79
          (E) Uniform Availability of Benefits ............................   79
          (F) Distribution to Designated Beneficiaries ....................   79
          (G) Notice and Election .........................................   80
          (H) Commencement of Benefits and Required Beginning Dates .......   83
          (I) Minimum Required Distributions ..............................   87
          (J) Definitions .................................................   88
          (K) Involuntary Distributions ...................................   90
          (L) Taxable Distributions .......................................   90
          (M) Rehire of Participant in Pay Status .........................   90
    8.3   Segregated Account ..............................................   91
    8.4   Nonalienation of Plan Benefits and Qualified Domestic
          Relations Orders ................................................   91
          (A) Nonalienation of Plan Benefits ..............................   91
          (B) Limited Exception to Alienation of Benefits for a
              Qualified Domestic Relations Order ..........................   91


                                     -vii-



Section                                                                     Page
- -------                                                                     ----
    8.5   Hardship Distributions ..........................................   96
          (A) Written Application .........................................   96
          (B) Burden on Participant .......................................   96
          (C) Definition of Hardship ......................................   96
          (D) Effective Date ..............................................   97
          (E) Participant Status ..........................................   97
          (F) Limitation on Hardship Distributions ........................   97
    8.6   Retirement Benefits .............................................   98
          (A) Benefits on Normal Retirement ...............................   98
          (B) Benefits on Optional Early Retirement .......................   98
    8.7   Benefits on Death ...............................................   98
    8.8   Distribution Events and Distribution Limitations ................   98
          (A) Disposition of Corporation or Substantially All of
              Employer's Assets ...........................................   98
          (B) Plan Termination ............................................   99
          (C) Hardship ....................................................   99
    8.9   Benefits on Permanent Disability ................................   99
    8.10  Benefits on Termination .........................................   99
    8.11  Vesting .........................................................  100
          (A) Years Before Attainment of Minimum Age for Vesting Purposes .  100
          (B) Failure to Make Mandatory Contributions .....................  100
          (C) Break in Service Years ......................................  100
          (D) Prebreak Years of Service ...................................  100
    8.12  Break in Service Rules ..........................................  101
          (A) Years of Service After Break ................................  101
          (B) Years of Service Before Break ...............................  101
          (C) Non-Vested Participants -- Greater of: Rule of Parity or
              Five Years ..................................................  102
          (D) Special Account Rule ........................................  102
    8.13  Forfeitures .....................................................  103
          (A) General Allocation of Forfeitures ...........................  103
          (B) Return to Service by a Participant Whose Account Was
              Forfeited ...................................................  103
          (C) Years of Service for Vesting Purposes .......................  105
          (D) Account Restoration .........................................  105
          (E) Vested Rights ...............................................  105
    8.14  Loans ...........................................................  106
    8.15  Effect of Payments ..............................................  106
    8.16  Top-Heavy Plans .................................................  106
          (A) Top-Heavy Vesting Schedule ..................................  106
          (B) Excess Compensation Amounts .................................  108
          (C) Combined Plan Fraction ......................................  108
          (D) Defined Contribution Minimum Benefit ........................  108
          (E) Multiple Employer Plans .....................................  110


                                     -viii-



Section                                                                     Page
- -------                                                                     ----
9.  AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, MERGERS, CONSOLIDATIONS, ETC. .................  110
    9.1   Plan Amendments .................................................  110
    9.2   Successor Company ...............................................  111
    9.3   Termination of Trust ............................................  111
    9.4   Contributions Permanently Discontinued ..........................  112
    9.5   Partial Termination .............................................  112
    9.6   Merger or Consolidation .........................................  112

10. MISCELLANEOUS .........................................................  112
    10.1  No Contribution Obligation ......................................  112
          (A) Employer ....................................................  112
          (B) Employee ....................................................  112
    10.2  Partial Invalidity ..............................................  113
    10.3  Headings ........................................................  113
    10.4  Counterparts ....................................................  113
    10.5  Gender ..........................................................  113
    10.6  Retroactive Amendments ..........................................  113
    10.7  Construction ....................................................  113
    10.8  Division of Powers ..............................................  113
          (A) Company .....................................................  113
          (B) Committee ...................................................  113
          (C) Trustee .....................................................  114
    10.9  Appeals Procedure ...............................................  114
          (A) Error .......................................................  115
          (B) Arbitrary or Capricious Exercise of Discretion ..............  115
          (C) Existence of Substantial Evidence ...........................  115
    10.10 Plan Transfer Provisions ........................................  115
          (A) Roll Over Provisions ........................................  115
          (B) Trust to Trust Transfers from Other Qualified Plans .........  115
          (C) Participant's Transfer Account ..............................  116
          (D) No Forfeiture of Participant's Transfer Account .............  116
          (E) Additional Benefits at Retirement Date or Other Date on
              Which Participant is Entitled to Benefits ...................  116
          (F) Segregation of Transfer Funds ...............................  116
          (G) General Investment of Transfer Funds ........................  116
          (H) Self-Directed Investment of Transferred Funds ...............  117
          (I) Amounts Transferred From Another Qualified Corporate or
              Noncorporate Plan ...........................................  117
          (J) Qualified Corporate or Noncorporate Plan ....................  117
          (K) Assets Received .............................................  117
          (L) Miscellaneous ...............................................  118
          (M) Definitions .................................................  118
    10.11 Governing Law ...................................................  119


                                      -ix-



                           EVERETT MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK
                           401(k) EMPLOYEE SAVINGS AND
                               PROFIT SHARING PLAN
                                    AND TRUST

     This is a Deferred  Retirement Plan of EVERETT MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK (a stock
savings bank,  previously known as Everett Federal Savings and Loan Association)
and MUTUAL BANCSHARES (a mutual holding company), hereinafter referred to as the
"Employer" or the "Company," and Trust  Agreement  between said Employer and the
undersigned "Trustees."

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS,  the Employer is desirous of amending its existing  401(k)  Profit
Sharing Plan and Trust to comply with applicable statutes and regulations;

     WHEREAS,  pursuant  to  this  Plan  the  Employer  will  from  time to time
contribute funds and property into a trust fund for the exclusive benefit of its
eligible employees and their beneficiaries;

     WHEREAS,   the  Employer  will  pay  certain   expenses   incurred  in  the
administration of said Plan and the management of its Trust Fund Assets;

     WHEREAS,  the Employer desires the Trustees to hold,  invest,  reinvest and
otherwise manage such Trust Fund assets; and,

     WHEREAS, the Trustees are willing to hold, invest, reinvest and manage such
Trust Fund assets as set forth herein.

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the promises and the mutual terms and
conditions  set forth herein,  the Employer and the Trustees do hereby  covenant
and agree as follows:

                                   ARTICLE 1.
                    INTRODUCTION TO DEFERRED RETIREMENT PLAN

     1.1 Purpose.  The purpose of this Plan and Trust Agreement is to enable the
Employer  to  establish a program of  retirement  benefits  exclusively  for its
eligible  Employees and their  beneficiaries.  It is intended that this Deferred
Retirement  Plan and Trust  Agreement  shall  qualify  under the  provisions  of
Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (I.R.C.), as amended;  shall be
tax exempt  under  I.R.C. ss. 501;  shall  conform  to the  requirements  of the
Employment  Retirement  Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA),  and all subsequent
amendments thereto.  The Plan and Trust Agreement and any subsequent  amendments
shall be interpreted in accordance with such intent.



     1.2  Diversion  Prohibited.  It shall be  impossible at any time before the
satisfaction   of  all   liabilities   with  respect  to  employees   and  their
beneficiaries  under the trust for any part of the principal  contributed to the
Trust Fund under this Plan, or income  thereon,  to be used for, or diverted to,
any  purpose  other  than for the  exclusive  purpose  of  providing  retirement
benefits  for  participating  Employees  or their  beneficiaries  and  defraying
reasonable  expenses  of Plan  administration;  except as  provided  pursuant to
I.R.C. ss. 415 suspense account provisions or ERISA ss. 403(c)(2).

     1.3 Effective  Date.  The effective  date of this amended and restated Plan
and Trust shall be January 1, 1989.  Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of
this Section 1.3,  those  provisions  of this  amendment and  restatement  which
comply with the  requirements  of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, the Omnibus Budget
Reconciliation  Act of 1986, the Omnibus Budget  Reconciliation  Act of 1987 and
the final  regulations  issued pursuant to the Retirement Equity Act of 1984, to
the extent applicable to Plan Years beginning before 1989, shall be effective on
the first day of the Plan Year  beginning  in 1987,  or earlier if  required  by
statute.

     The Company's Plan and Trust was originally adopted effective on January 1,
1986.

     1.4  Contractual  Rights.  The  establishment  of this  Plan  shall  not be
considered  as giving an Employee the right to be retained at the service of the
Employer.

     1.5  Special  Rules  for  Owner-Employee   Plans.  If  this  Plan  provides
contributions or benefits for one or more  owner-employees  who control both the
business  for which this Plan is  established  and one or more  other  trades or
businesses,  this  Plan  and the  Plan  established  for such  other  trades  or
businesses must, when looked at as a single plan, satisfy I.R.C.  ss.ss.  401(a)
and (d) for the employees of this and all other trades or businesses.

     If  the  Plan   provides   contributions   or  benefits  for  one  or  more
owner-employees  who  control  one or  more  other  trades  or  businesses,  the
employees  of the other  trades or  businesses  must be included in a plan which
satisfies  I.R.C.  ss.ss.  401(a) and (d) and which provides  contributions  and
benefits not less favorable than provided for owner-employees under this Plan.

     If an individual is covered as an owner-employee  under the plans of two or
more trades or businesses which are not controlled and the individual controls a
trade or business, then the contributions or benefits of the employees under the
Plan of the trades or businesses  which are  controlled  must be as favorable as
those  provided for him under the most  favorable  plan of the trade or business
which is not controlled.

     For purposes of the preceding paragraphs, an owner-employee, or two or more
owner-employees,  will be  considered  to  control  a trade or  business  if the
owner-employee, or two or more owner-employees together:

          (A) Own the entire  interest in an  unincorporated  trade or business;
     or,


                                       2



          (B) In the case of a partnership, own more than fifty percent (50%) of
     either the capital interest or the profits interest in the partnership.

     For purposes of the preceding sentence,  an owner-employee,  or two or more
owner-employees,  shall be treated as owning any interest in a partnership which
is owned, directly or indirectly, by a partnership which such owner-employee, or
such two or more  owner-employees,  are considered to control within the meaning
of the preceding sentence.


                                   ARTICLE 2.
                                   DEFINITIONS

     2.1 Anniversary Date. "Anniversary Date" is the date on which the Plan Year
ends. Under this Plan, the Anniversary Date shall be December 31 of each year.

     2.2 Annual Additions. "Annual Additions" shall mean with respect to any one
Limitation Year the sum of the following:

          (A) Employer  Contributions  and Forfeitures.  Employer  contributions
     and  forfeitures,  if any,  allocated to the  Participant  pursuant to this
     Plan;

          (B)  Related   Employer   Conributions   and   Forfeitures.   Employer
     contributions  and  forfeitures,  if  any,  credited  to the  Participant's
     account under any related Plan;

          (C) Voluntary Employer Contributions.  For Limitation Years commencing
     before  December 31, 1986, if the Employee  Participant  made any voluntary
     contributions during said Plan Year, the lesser of:

               (1) One-half (1/2) of said  voluntary Participant's contribution;
          or,

               (2) The amount of the  Participant's  voluntary  contribution  in
          excess of six percent (6%) of his  Compensation for such year shall be
          included.

          For Limitation Years commencing after December 31, 1986, all Voluntary
     Employee  Contributions  shall be included as Annual  Additions (the annual
     addition for any limitation  year beginning  before January 1, 1987,  shall
     not be recomputed to treat all employee contributions as annual additions);
     and,

          (D) Individual Medical Account Allocations.  Amounts allocated,  after
     March 31, 1984,  to an  individual  medical  account,  as defined in I.R.C.
     ss.ss.  415(l)(1)  and (2),  which is part of a  pension  or  annuity  plan
     maintained  by the  Employer  are treated as Annual  Additions to a defined
     contribution plan. Also, amounts derived from contributions paid or accrued
     after December 31, 1985, in taxable years ending after such


                                       3



     date, which are attributable to post-retirement  medical benefits allocated
     to the  separate  account  of a Key  Employee,  as  defined  in I.R.C.  ss.
     419A(d)(3),  under a welfare benefit fund, as defined in I.R.C. ss. 419(e),
     maintained  by the Employer,  are treated as Annual  Additions to a defined
     contribution plan.

     All defined  contribution  plans of the Employer  will be  considered  as a
single defined contribution plan in determining annual additions.

     2.3  Beneficiary.  "Beneficiary"  includes  any  persons  designated  by  a
Participant to receive benefits from the Trust after said  Participant's  death,
or, in lieu of such  designation,  the person  designated  by the  Committee  to
receive  benefits  from the Trust  after a  Participant's  death as  provided in
Section 4.3 below.  Whenever the rights of Participants or retired  Participants
are determined by the Committee  pursuant to this  Agreement,  their  respective
Beneficiaries,  Heirs,  Executors  and  Administrators  shall  be  bound by such
determination.

     2.4 Board of Directors.  "Board of Directors"  means the Board of Directors
of the corporate  Employer (if  applicable)  adopting this Plan. If the adopting
Employer is not a corporation  then the "Board of Directors"  shall refer to the
managing  partner or partners of any  partnership,  or the sole  proprietor of a
sole proprietorship.

     2.5 Break In Service.  A "Break in Service" occurs when a Participant  does
not complete more than 500 Hours of Service during a Computation Period.

     2.6 Committee. The "Committee" shall mean the Committee provided for herein
and charged with the  administration  of the Plan. The Committee  shall have the
authority to control the operation and administration of the Plan.

     2.7 Company.  The word  "Company"  shall be  interchangeable  with the word
"Employer." As used herein,  the terms  "Company" and "Employer"  shall mean the
entity or entities adopting this Plan and Trust Agreement,  in writing, with the
consent of the Board of  Directors.  All trades or  businesses  (whether  or not
incorporated) which are under common control (as defined in I.R.C. ss.ss. 414(b)
or (c) as modified by I.R.C.  ss.  415(h)),  and  affiliated  service groups (as
defined in I.R.C.  ss.  414(m)),  of which the Employer is a part, and any other
entity required to be aggregated  with the Employer  pursuant to the regulations
under I.R.C.  ss. 414(o),  shall be considered a single Employer for purposes of
determining   Hours  of  Service  and  Years  of  Service  for  eligibility  for
Participation   and  vesting,   and  for  purposes  of  determining   applicable
limitations on benefits and contributions.

     2.8 Compensation.  "Compensation"  means,  except as expressly provided for
herein, a Participant's earned income,  wages,  salaries,  W-2 earnings and fees
for  professional  services and other  amounts  received  for personal  services
actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer  maintaining the
Plan,  which  compensation  is currently  includible  in gross income as defined
under I.R.C. ss. 415(c)(3) and earned during the applicable Plan Year.


                                       4



     Compensation  shall include any amount contributed by the Employer pursuant
to an I.R.C. ss. 401(k) salary reduction election agreement, if applicable,  and
which is not  includible  in the gross  income of the  Participant  under I.R.C.
ss.ss. 125, 129, 401(k), 402(a)(8), 402(h) or 403(b).

     For purposes of applying the limitations of this Section,  compensation for
a limitation  year is the  Compensation  actually  paid and  includible in gross
income of the Participant for such Plan Year.

          (A) Excluded Amounts. Compensation excludes the following amounts:

               (1) Designated Pay.  Compensation excludes payments for overtime,
          bonuses,  commissions,  incentive  payments  and  other  special  pay.
          Compensation  also  excludes  compensation  amounts  not paid in cash,
          relocation or moving allowances,  tuition  allowances,  reimbursements
          for expenses, termination or severance pay, lump sum vacation and sick
          leave  pay  provided  upon   termination   from   employment,   living
          allowances, income included pursuant to I.R.C. ss. 79 and compensatory
          pay for board meeting participation.

               (2) Employer  Contributions.  Employer contributions to a plan of
          deferred compensation which are not includible in the Employee's gross
          income  for  the  taxable  year  in  which  contributed,  or  Employer
          contributions  under a simplified  employee pension plan to the extent
          such   contributions   are   deductible  by  the   Employee,   or  any
          distributions from a plan of deferred compensation;

               (3) Non-Qualified Stock Option Amounts. Amounts realized from the
          exercise of a non-qualified stock option, or when restricted stock (or
          property) held by the Employee  either becomes freely  transferable or
          is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture;

               (4)  Sale, Exchange  or  Disposition  of Stock  Options.  Amounts
          realized  from  the  sale,  exchange  or  other  disposition  of stock
          acquired under a qualified stock option;

               (5)  Compensation  in  Excess  of  $200,000.00.  For  Plan  Years
          commencing  after  December  31,  1988,  the maximum  amount of annual
          compensation  which shall be taken into account for all purposes under
          this Plan shall be  $200,000.00,  as adjusted by the  Secretary at the
          same time and in the same manner as provided under I.R.C.  ss. 415(d).
          In determining the  compensation of a Participant for purposes of this
          limitation,  the rules of I.R.C. ss. 414(q)(6) shall apply,  except in
          applying such rules,  the term "family"  shall include only the spouse
          of the Participant and any lineal descendants of


                                       5



          the  Participant  who have not attained  age nineteen (19)  before the
          close of the calendar year. If, as a result of the application of such
          rules the adjusted  $200,000.00  limitation is exceeded,  then (except
          for  purposes of  determining  the portion of  Compensation  up to the
          integration level, if this Plan provides for permitted disparity), the
          limitation  shall  be  prorated  among  the  affected  individuals  in
          proportion to each such individual's  Compensation as determined under
          this Section prior to the application of this limitation; and,

               (6) Compensation Earned Prior to Entry Date.  Compensation earned
          prior to a Participant's entry into the Plan, as defined herein, shall
          be excluded.

          (B) Special  Rules for  Self-Employed  Individuals.  In the case of an
     Employee within the meaning of I.R.C. ss. 401(c)(1),  Compensation shall be
     defined in the same  manner as  described  above  except the  Participant's
     "earned income," as defined under I.R.C. ss.  401(c)(12)  without regard to
     I.R.C.  ss. 911, shall be substituted in lieu of reference to "compensation
     of the  Participant  from the  Employer,"  as described  under  I.R.C.  ss.
     415(c)(3)(A).  Earned income, in general,  means the net earnings from self
     employment  in the  trade or  business  with  respect  to which the Plan is
     established,  for which personal  services of the individual are a material
     income-producing  factor. Net earnings will be determined without regard to
     items not  included in gross  income and the  deductions  allocable to such
     items.  Net  earnings  are reduced by  contributions  by the  Employer to a
     qualified  plan to the extent  deductible  under  I.R.C.  ss. 404. For Plan
     Years  commencing after December 31, 1989, net earnings shall be determined
     with regard to the  deduction allowed to the Employer by I.R.C. ss. 164(f).
     For Limitation  Years  commencing  after December 31, 1991, for purposes of
     applying the  limitations  of this Section,  compensation  for a Limitation
     Year is the compensation actually paid or includible in the gross income of
     the self-employed individual during such Limitation Year.

     2.9  Computation   Period.   "Computation   Period"  means  a  twelve  (12)
consecutive month period used to determine participation,  eligibility, vesting,
retention of  eligibility  and accrual of benefits.  For purposes of determining
Years of Service for eligibility and Breaks in Service,  the Computation  Period
for eligibility, and all subsequent eligibility computation periods, and for all
Breaks in Service,  shall be the twelve (12) consecutive  month period beginning
on the date the Employee  first performs an Hour of Service for the Employer and
each anniversary date thereafter, as applicable.  For purposes of the accrual of
benefits,  vesting and retention of eligibility,  the  Computation  Period shall
coincide with the Plan Year as defined below.

     2.10  Continuous  Employment.   "Continuous  Employment"  means  employment
without a "Break In  Service."  Authorized  leaves of  absence,  under the terms
hereinafter  set forth,  shall not be deemed a "Break In Service."  All absences
must be authorized by the Company and  Committee in writing;  provided  further,
that all determinations of authorized


                                       6



leaves of  absence  shall be made in a  non-discriminatory  fashion  so that all
persons  under  similar  circumstances  will be treated alike in the granting of
authorization for such leaves of absence.

     2.11 Date of Employment. "Date of Employment" means the first date on which
an Employee completes an Hour of Service, provided, however, that in the case of
a Break in Service, the Date of Employment shall be the first date thereafter on
which such Employee completes an Hour of Service.

     2.12 Designated Beneficiary.  A "Designated  Beneficiary" is any individual
or entity deemed designated as a beneficiary by the Employee Participant.

     2.13 Distributive Share. "Distributive Share" means the amount payable to a
Participant or his Beneficiary upon his retirement,  disability,  death or other
termination from employment.

     2.14  Earliest  Retirement  Date.  "Earliest  Retirement  Date"  means  the
earliest  date,  under the Plan, on which the  Participant  may elect to receive
retirement benefits. The Earliest Retirement Date under this Plan is the date on
which the  Participant is fully vested,  has attained the age of fifty-five (55)
and completed at least ten (10) Years of Service.

     2.15  Elective  Deferral.  "Elective  Deferral"  shall  mean  any  Employer
contributions  made to the Plan at the election of the  Participant  pursuant to
ss. 6.2 below,  in lieu of cash  compensation,  and shall include  contributions
made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement or other deferral mechanism.  With
respect to any taxable year, a Participant's Elective Deferral is the sum of all
Employer  contributions  made on  behalf  of  such  Participant  pursuant  to an
election to defer under any qualified CODA as described in I.R.C.  ss. 401(k) of
the Code, any simplified  employee cash or deferred  arrangement as described in
I.R.C. ss.  402(h)(l)(B),  any eligible deferred  compensation plan under I.R.C.
ss. 457, any plan as described  under I.R.C.  ss.  501(c)(18),  and any Employer
contributions made on the behalf of a Participant for the purchase of an annuity
contract  under I.R.C.  ss.  403(b)  pursuant to a salary  reduction  agreement.
Elective  Deferrals  shall not include any  deferrals  properly  distributed  as
excess  annual  additions;  provided,  all Elective  Deferrals  must satisfy the
discrimination  requirements  of  Treas.  Reg.  ss.  1.401(k)-1(b)(3),  which is
incorporated herein by reference.

     2.16  Employee.

          (A) General  Definition.  "Employee" shall mean any person employed by
     the Employers maintaining this Plan or of any other Employer required to be
     aggregated with such Employer under I.R.C. ss.ss.  414(b), (c), (m) or (o).
     The  term  "Employee"  excludes  any  person  who  renders  services  as an
     independent  contractor  and any person who has not been  classified by the
     Employer as an Employee.  The term  Employee  shall also include any leased
     employee  deemed to be an  employee  of any  Employer  described  herein as
     provided under I.R.C. ss.ss. 414(n) or (o).


                                       7



          (B)  Highly  Compensated   Employee.   The  term  "Highly  Compensated
     Employee"   includes  highly   compensated   active  employees  and  highly
     compensated former employees.

          For the purposes of this Plan, a Highly Compensated  Participant and a
     Non-Highly  Compensated  Participant shall include any Employee eligible to
     make a  deferral  election  pursuant  to this  Plan,  whether  or not  such
     deferral election was made or suspended pursuant to this Plan.

          A  highly  compensated  active  employee  includes  any  employee  who
     performs  service for the Employer during the  determination  year and who,
     during the look-back year: (i) received  compensation  from the Employer in
     excess of  $75,000.00  (as adjusted  pursuant  to I.R.C. ss. 415(d));  (ii)
     received  compensation  from the  Employer  in  excess  of  $50,000.00  (as
     adjusted  pursuant  to I.R.C. ss. 415(d)) and was a member of the  top-paid
     group for such year;  or (iii) was an officer of the  Employer and received
     compensation  during such year that is greater than fifty  percent (50%) of
     the dollar  limitation  in effect under  I.R.C. ss. 415(b)(1)(A).  The term
     Highly  Compensated  Employee  also  includes:  (i)  employees who are both
     described in the  preceding  sentence if the term  "determination  year" is
     substituted for the term "look-back year," and Employees who are one of the
     one hundred  (100)  employees who received the most  compensation  from the
     Employer  during the  determination  year;  and (ii) Employees who are five
     percent (5%) owners at any time during the look-back year or  determination
     year.

          If no officer has  satisfied  the  compensation  requirement  of (iii)
     above during either a  determination  year or look-back  year,  the highest
     paid  officer  for such  year  shall  be  treated  as a Highly  Compensated
     Employee.

          For the above purposes, the determination year shall be the Plan Year.
     The  look-back  year shall be the  twelve  (12)  month  period  immediately
     preceding the determination year.

          A  highly  compensated  former  employee  includes  any  employee  who
     separated  from  service  (or was  deemed to have  separated)  prior to the
     determination  year,  performs  no  service  for the  Employer  during  the
     determination year, and was a highly compensated active employee for either
     the  separation  year or any  determination  year  ending  on or after  the
     Employee's 55th birthday.

          If an Employee is, during a  determination  year or look-back  year, a
     family  member  of  either a five  percent  (5%)  owner who is an active or
     former  employee,  or a Highly  Compensated  Employee who is one of the ten
     (10) most highly compensated  employees ranked on the basis of compensation
     paid by the Employer  during such year, then the family member and the five
     percent  (5%)  owner,  or top-ten  highly  compensated  employee,  shall be
     aggregated. In such case, the family member and five percent (5%) owner, or
     top-ten highly compensated employee,  shall be treated as a single employee


                                       8



     receiving  compensation and plan contributions or benefits equal to the sum
     of such compensation and contributions or benefits of the family member and
     five  percent  (5%) owner,  or top-ten  highly  compensated  employee.  For
     purposes  of this  Section,  family  member  includes  the  spouse,  lineal
     ascendants  and  descendants  of the  Employee or Former  Employee  and the
     spouses of such lineal ascendants and descendants.

          The determination of who is a highly compensated  employee,  including
     the  determinations of the number and identity of employees in the top-paid
     group, the top one hundred (100) employees, the number of employees treated
     as  officers  and  the  compensation  that is  considered,  will be made in
     accordance with I.R.C. ss. 414(g) and the regulations thereunder.

          (C)  Leased  Employee.  The term  "leased  employee"  means any person
     (other than an  employee of the  recipient)  who  pursuant to an  agreement
     between the recipient  and any other person  ("leasing  organization")  has
     performed  services for the  recipient  (or for the  recipient  and related
     persons   determined   in  accordance   with  I.R.C.  ss. 414(n)(6))  on  a
     substantially  full time  basis for a period of at least one (1) year,  and
     such  services  are of a type  historically  performed  by employees in the
     business  field  of  the  recipient  employer.  Contributions  or  benefits
     provided  to a  leased  employee  by the  leasing  organization  which  are
     attributable  to services  performed  for the recipient  employer  shall be
     treated as provided by the recipient employer.

          A leased employee shall not be considered an employee of the recipient
     if:  (i)  such  employee  is  covered  by a  money  purchase  pension  plan
     providing:  (1) a nonintegrated  employer contribution rate of at least ten
     percent (10%) of  compensation,  as defined in I.R.C.  ss.  415(c)(3),  but
     including  amounts  contributed  pursuant to a salary  reduction  agreement
     which are excludible from the employee's  gross income under I.R.C.  ss.ss.
     125, 402(a)(8), 402(h) or 403(b), (2) immediate participation, and (3) full
     and immediate  vesting;  and (ii) leased  employees do not constitute  more
     than  twenty  percent  (20%)  of  the  recipient's  non-highly  compensated
     workforce.

          (D) Owner-Employee. "Owner-employee" means an individual who is a sole
     proprietor,  or who is a  partner  owning  more than ten  percent  (10%) of
     either the capital or profits interest of the partnership.

          (E)  Self-Employed  Individual.  "Self-employed  individual"  means an
     individual  who has earned  income for the  taxable  year from the trade or
     business for which the Plan is  established;  also, an individual who would
     have had earned  income but for the fact that the trade or business  had no
     net profits for the taxable year.

     2.17 Employer Real Proerty.  "Employer Real  Property"  means real property
(and  related  personal  property)  which is leased to an Employer of  Employees
covered by the Plan,  or to an  Affiliate  of such  Employer.  For  purposes  of
determining  the time at which a Plan  acquires  Employer  Real Property for the
purposes of this Plan, such property shall be deemed to


                                       9



be acquired by the Plan on the date on which the Plan  acquired  the property or
on the date on which the lease to the  Employer is entered  into,  whichever  is
later.

     2.18 Employer Security.  "Employer  Security" means a security issued by an
Employer of Employees  covered by the Plan,  or by an Affiliate of such Employer
as  defined  by  ERISA ss. 407(d)(1).  A contract  to which  ERISA ss. 408(b)(5)
applies shall not be treated as an Employer Security for purposes of this Plan.

     2.19 ERISA. "ERISA" refers to Public Law No. 93-406,  commonly known as the
Employment  Retirement  Income  Security  Act of 1974 (and  also as the  Pension
Reform Act of 1974), as it now exists, or as it may hereinafter be amended.

     2.20 Fiduciary. "Fiduciary" for purposes of this Plan includes the Company,
Committee  and Trustee,  but only with  respect to the  specific  duties of said
parties as set forth in this Plan. A Fiduciary  shall include a Fiduciary  under
ERISA ss. 3(21), who is any person or party exercising  discretionary  authority
or control  affecting  the  management  of a plan or its  assets,  or  rendering
investment  advice for a fee or other  compensation,  direct or  indirect,  with
respect to assets of a plan.

     2.21  Five Percent Owner.  A "Five  Percent  (5%) Owner" is defined  as the
owner of over a five percent  (5%)  interest in the stock,  capital,  profits or
total combined voting power of the corporate or noncorporate Employer;  and, the
attribution  rules of I.R.C. ss. 318 shall be used to attribute  ownership under
this Section.

     2.22 Former Participant. "Former Participant" means a person who has been a
Participant, but who has ceased to be a Participant for any reason.

     2.23  Hour of  Service.  Each  Employee  will be  credited  with an Hour of
Service for:

          (A) Hours of Service  for the  Performance  of  Duties.  Each hour for
     which an employee is paid, or entitled to payment,  for the  performance of
     duties for the  Employer.  These  Hours of Service  will be credited to the
     Employee  for the  applicable  Computation  Period in which the  duties are
     performed.

          (B) Hours of Service When No Duties Performed.  Each hour for which an
     Employee is paid,  or entitled to payment,  by the Employer on account of a
     period  of time  during  which no duties  are  performed  (irrespective  of
     whether  the  employment  relationship  has  terminated)  due to  vacation,
     holiday,  illness,  incapacity (including  disability),  layoff, jury duty,
     military duty or leave of absence.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence,
     no more than 501 hours of service are  required  to be credited  under this
     paragraph to an Employee on account of any single  continuous period during
     which the Employee performs no duties (whether or not such period occurs in
     a single Computation Period). Hours of Service under this paragraph will be
     calculated and


                                       10



     credited pursuant to Department of Labor Regulations ss. 2530.200b-2, which
     are incorporated herein by reference.

          (C)  Special Rule Applicable to Family  Absences.  Solely for purposes
     of  determining  whether a Break in  Service  has  occurred,  maternity  or
     paternity  absences  will be included in  determining  hours of service for
     participation and vesting in each Computation Period.

               (1) A maternity or paternity  absence shall include:  any absence
          by reason of  pregnancy  of the  Participant;  birth of a child by the
          Participant;  placement of a child with Participant in connection with
          the  adoption of such child by such  Participant;  or, for purposes of
          caring for such  child for a period  beginning  immediately  following
          such  birth or  placement;  provided,  that the  Participant  promptly
          furnishes to the Plan Administrator  information establishing that the
          absence from work is for a maternity  or paternity  absence and states
          the estimated number of days of his/her absence.

               (2) Hours of service  included  herein are hours of service which
          would otherwise be credited to the Participant for a similar  absence,
          or  eight  (8)  hours  of  service  per day if it is not  possible  to
          determine  hours of service  for such  absence;  but in no event shall
          hours  credited by reason of a maternity or paternity  absence  exceed
          501 hours per Plan Year, nor shall the  Participant be entitled to the
          benefits  of this  provision  for  more  than  one (1)  year  for each
          maternity or paternity leave of absence.

               (3)  Hours of  service  are to be  credited  in the year in which
          absence begins only if a Participant would be prevented from incurring
          a Break in Service thereby;  otherwise,  such hours of service will be
          credited in the immediately following Computation Period.

          (D)  Miscellaneous  Hours of Service  Provisions.  Each hour for which
     back pay,  irrespective  of  mitigation  of damages,  is either  awarded or
     agreed to by the Employer.  The same hours of service shall not be credited
     both  under  paragraph  (A),  (B) or (C) as the case may be, and under this
     paragraph  (D).  These  Hours  will be  credited  to the  Employee  for the
     Computation  Period or  Periods  to which the award or  agreement  pertains
     rather than the Computation Period in which the award, agreement or payment
     is made.

     Hours of Service will be credited for  employment  with other members of an
affiliated  service group as defined under I.R.C. ss. 414(m), a controlled group
of  corporations  as defined  under  I.R.C.  ss.  414(b) or a group of trades or
businesses  under common control as defined under I.R.C. ss. 414(c) of which the
adopting  Employer is a member,  and any other entity  required to be aggregated
with the Employer pursuant to I.R.C. ss. 414(o) and the regulations  thereunder.
Hours


                                       11



of Service will also be credited for any  individual  considered an Employee for
purposes  of the Plan under  I.R.C.  ss.  414(n) or 414(o)  and the  regulations
thereunder.

     2.24 Inactive Status.  "Inactive Status" is the status of a Participant who
failed  to  accumulate  1,000  Hours  of  Service  during a Plan  Year,  but did
accumulate  more than 500 Hours of Service  during  such Plan Year.  In any such
year, said  Participant  shall not be deemed to have completed a Year of Service
and shall not share in the  allocation of Company  contributions  or forfeitures
for such year, except as provided in Section 8.16(E) below;  provided,  however,
that said Participant shall continue to share in the income and loss allocations
incurred by the Trust during such year. In the event a  Participant  on Inactive
Status  subsequently  accumulates  1,000 Hours of Service in a  subsequent  Plan
Year,  said  Participant  shall  revert to active  status  with full  rights and
privileges under this Plan.

     2.25 Leave of  Absence.  All leaves of absence  must be  authorized  by the
Company and the Committee in writing; provided, further, that all determinations
of authorized leaves of absence shall be made in a non-discriminatory fashion so
that all  persons  under  similar  circumstances  will be  treated  alike in the
granting of authorization for such leaves of absence.

     2.26 Matching  Employer Contributions.  "Matching  Employer  Contributions"
refers to Employer  contributions made to the Plan on behalf of a Participant on
account of  Participant  contributions  or Elective  contributions  made by such
Participant.

     2.27 Maximum Annual  Addition Per Plan  Limitation  Year.  "Maximum  Annual
Addition" means the limit on Annual  Additions  imposed by I.R.C. ss. 415 on all
qualified deferred compensation plans in each Limitation Year as defined below.

          (A) Maximum Annual Addition.  Pursuant to said limitation, the maximum
     aggregate  Annual  Addition  to  the  account  of  any  Participant  in any
     Limitation  Year shall not exceed  the  lesser of the  maximum  permissible
     amount (as described below) or any other limitation contained in this Plan.

               (1) Dollar Limitation. Thirty Thousand Dollars ($30,000.00);  or,
          if greater,  one-quarter (3) of the defined benefit dollar limitation,
          as adjusted for  cost of living increases,  as in effect  under I.R.C.
          ss. 415(b)(1)(A) as in effect for the Limitation Year; or,

               (2)  Percentage  Limitation.  Twenty-five  percent  (25%)  of the
          Compensation paid to the Participant by the Employer in the Plan Year;
          provided, the Compensation limitation described herein shall not apply
          to any  contribution  for medical  benefits made within the meaning of
          I.R.C. ss.ss. 401(h) or 419(A)(f)(2)  which are  otherwise  treated as
          Annual  Additions  under  I.R.C.  ss.ss.  415(l)(1)  or  419(A)(d)(2),
          respectively.


                                       12



               (3) 415 Safe-Harbor  Compensation.  Wages,  salaries and fees for
          professional  services and other amounts  received  (without regard to
          whether  or not an  amount  is paid in  cash)  for  personal  services
          actually  rendered  in the  course  of  employment  with the  Employer
          maintaining  the Plan to the extent that the amounts are includible in
          gross  income  (including,   but  not  limited  to,  commissions  paid
          salesmen,  compensation  for services on the basis of a percentage  of
          profits,  commissions on insurance  premiums,  tips,  bonuses,  fringe
          benefits,  reimbursements and expense  allowances),  and excluding the
          following:

                    (a)   Employer   contributions   to  a  plan   of   deferred
               compensation  which are not  includible in the  employee's  gross
               income for the  taxable  year in which  contributed,  or employer
               contributions  under a  simplified  employee  pension plan to the
               extent such contributions are deductible by the employee,  or any
               distributions from a plan of deferred compensation;

                    (b) Amounts  realized  from the exercise of a  non-qualified
               stock option,  or when restricted stock (or property) held by the
               employee  either  becomes  freely  transferable  or is no  longer
               subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture;

                    (c)  Amounts  realized  from  the  sale,  exchange  or other
               disposition  of stock  acquired  under a qualified  stock option;
               and,

                    (d) Other amounts which  received  special tax benefits,  or
               contributions made by the employer (whether or not under a salary
               reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an annuity described
               in  I.R.C. ss. 403(b)   (whether  or  not  amounts  are  actually
               excludible from the gross income of the employee).

          (B) Limitation  Year. The "Limitation  Year" shall refer to the twelve
     (12) consecutive  month period from January 1 to December 31, chosen by the
     Employer. All qualified plans maintained by the Employer shall use the same
     Limitation  Year. If the Limitation  Year is amended to a different  twelve
     (12) consecutive month period, then the new Limitation Year must begin on a
     date within the Limitation  Year in which the amendment is made. If a short
     Limitation Year is created because of an amendment  changing the Limitation
     Year to a different twelve (12) consecutive month period,  then the maximum
     permissible  amount  will  not  exceed  the  defined   contribution  dollar
     limitation  multiplied  by:  [number  of  months  in the  short  limitation
     year/12].  Such  Limitation  Year shall be identical to the Employer's Plan
     Year as defined below, unless otherwise provided herein.


                                       13



               (1)  Participation  in  Both  Defined  Contribution  and  Defined
          Benefit  Plans.  In  any  case  in  which  an  individual  is or was a
          Participant in both a Defined Benefit Plan and a Defined  Contribution
          Plan  maintained by the same Employer,  the sum of the Defined Benefit
          Plan Fraction and the Defined  Contribution Plan Fraction for any year
          may not exceed 1.0 in any Limitation Year.

               (2)  Defined   Benefit  Plan  Fraction.   For  purposes  of  this
          subsection,  the  Defined  Benefit  Plan  Fraction  for any  year is a
          fraction:

                    (a) The  numerator of which is the sum of the  Participant's
               projected annual benefits to the Participant  under all qualified
               defined benefit plans (whether or not  terminated)  maintained by
               the Employer (determined as of the close of the Limitation Year);
               and,

                    (b) The denominator of which is the lesser of:

                         (i) The  product of 1.25 (1.0 if for such year the Plan
                    is a "Top-Heavy Plan," except in the event the conditions of
                    I.R.C. ss. 416(h)(2)  are  met),  multiplied  by the  dollar
                    limitation  on the  annual  benefit  in effect  under I.R.C.
                    ss.ss. 415 (b) and (d) determined  for such Limitation Year;
                    or

                         (ii) The  product  of 1.4,  multiplied  by one  hundred
                    percent  (100%)  of  the   Participant's   highest   average
                    Compensation  with the  Employer  for the three (3)  highest
                    consecutive  Years of Service  during which the  Participant
                    was an  active  Participant  in  such  Plan,  including  any
                    adjustments as provided under I.R.C. ss. 415(b).

          Notwithstanding  the above, if the Participant was a Participant as of
     the first day of the first  Limitation  Year  beginning  after December 31,
     1986, in one or more defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer which
     were in existence on May 6, 1986, the denominator of this fraction will not
     be less  than one  hundred  twenty-five  percent  (125%)  of the sum of the
     annual  benefits under such plans which the  Participant  had accrued as of
     the close of the last  Limitation  Year  beginning  before January 1, 1987,
     disregarding  any changes in the terms and conditions of the Plan after May
     5, 1986. The preceding  sentence  applies only if the defined benefit plans
     individually  and in the aggregate satisfied the requirements of I.R.C. ss.
     415 for all Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 1987.

               (3) Defined  Contribution  Plan  Fraction.  For  purposes of this
          subsection,  the Defined Contribution Plan Fraction for any Limitation
          Year is a fraction:


                                       14



                    (a)  The  numerator  of  which  is the  sum  of  the  Annual
               Additions  credited to the Participants'  account under this Plan
               and all qualified  defined  contribution  plans maintained by the
               Employer in which the Employee  participates,  as of the close of
               the Limitation  Year and all prior  Limitation  Years  (including
               Annual Additions attributable to the Participant's non-deductible
               Employee  contributions to all defined benefit plans,  whether or
               not  terminated,  maintained  by  the  Employer  and  the  Annual
               Additions  attributable  to all welfare benefit funds, as defined
               in I.R.C. ss. 419(e),  and individual medical accounts as defined
               in I.R.C. ss. 415(l)(2) maintained by the Employer; and,

                    (b) The denominator of which is the sum of the lesser of the
               following   maximum   aggregate   amounts   determined  for  such
               Limitation  Year and for each prior  Limitation  Years of Service
               with the Employer  regardless  of whether a defined  contribution
               plan was maintained by the Employer:

                         (i) The  product of 1.25 (1.0 if for such year the Plan
                    is a "Top-Heavy Plan," except in the event the conditions of
                    I.R.C.  ss. 416(h)  are  met),   multiplied  by  the  dollar
                    limitation in effect under I.R.C. ss. 415(c)(1)(A)  for such
                    Limitation Year; or,

                         (ii) The product of 1.4, multiplied by the amount which
                    may be taken into account under I.R.C. ss. 415(c)(1)(B) with
                    respect  to  such  Participant  under  such  Plan  for  such
                    Limitation Year.

               If the Employee was a Participant  as of the end of the first day
          of the first Limitation Year beginning after December 31, 1986, in one
          or more defined  contribution  plans  maintained by the Employer which
          were in existence on May 6, 1986,  the numerator of this fraction will
          be  adjusted  if the sum of this  fraction  and  the  defined  benefit
          fraction  would  otherwise  exceed  1.0 under the terms of this  Plan.
          Under the adjustment, an amount equal to the product of (1) the excess
          of the sum of the fractions over 1.0 times (2) the denominator of this
          fraction,  will be permanently  subtracted  from the numerator of this
          fraction.  The  adjustment is  calculated  using the fractions as they
          would be computed as of the end of the last  Limitation Year beginning
          before January 1, 1987, and  disregarding any changes in the terms and
          conditions of the  Plan made after  May 5, 1986,  but using the I.R.C.
          ss. 415 limitation  applicable to the first  Limitation Year beginning
          on or after January 1, 1987.


                                       15



          (C) Miscellaneous.

               (1)  Determination  During Plan Year.  Prior to  determining  the
          Participant's   actual  Compensation  for  the  Limitation  Year,  the
          Employer  may   determine  the  maximum   permissible   amount  for  a
          Participant   on  the  basis  of  a  reasonable   estimation   of  the
          Participant's  Compensation for the Limitation Year, provided any such
          estimates  shall be uniformly  determined  for all similarly  situated
          Participants.

               (2)  End of  Year  Determination.  As  soon  as  administratively
          feasible after the end of the Limitation Year, the maximum permissible
          amount  for the  Limitation  Year  will  be  determined  based  on the
          Participant's actual Compensation for such Limitation Year.

               (3) Excess Allocations. In the event of an excess allocation, any
          such excess  allocation or  contribution  shall be reduced so that the
          Annual  Addition  for the  Limitation  Year  will  equal  the  maximum
          permissible amount, all as more particularly described under Article 5
          below.

     2.28   Nonelective   Employer    Contributions.    "Nonelective    Employer
Contributions"  means  Employer  contributions  to the Plan,  if any,  excluding
contributions made pursuant to the Participant's  deferral election provided for
below,  nondiscretionary  matching  contributions made pursuant to this Plan, if
any, and any Qualified Nonelective Contributions.

     2.29 Normal Retirement Date.  "Normal Retirement Date" means the attainment
of the Normal  Retirement  Age of sixty-two (62) by such  Participant,  provided
such Participant  retires at such age for reasons other than total and permanent
disability.  If a  Participant  continues  working  after the  attainment of the
Normal  Retirement  Date then pursuant to Section 8.6 below,  the  Participant's
normal retirement date shall be his actual retirement date.

     2.30 Participant. The words "Participant" and "Member" for purposes of this
Plan shall be  interchangeable.  Member and Participant refer to an Employee who
meets the eligibility  requirements  of Article 4, who  participates in the Plan
and has not become  ineligible to  participate  or elected not to participate in
the Plan, and any beneficiary or alternate payee of such Participant.

     2.31  Party  in  Interest.  A  "Party  in  Interest"  for  purposes  of the
prohibited transactions provisions is any one of the following:

          (A)  Fiduciary.  Any  Fiduciary  including,  but not  limited  to, any
     Administrator, officer, Trustee, custodian, counsel, Employee of the Plan;

          (B) Services. Any person providing services to the Plan;


                                       16



          (C) Employer. Any Employer whose Employees are covered by the Plan;

          (D) Employee Organization.  An employee organization,  such as a labor
     union, any of whose members are covered by the Plan;

          (E)  Majority  Stockholder.  An owner,  direct or  indirect,  of fifty
     percent (50%) or more of the combined  voting power of all classes of stock
     entitled  to vote or the total value of shares of all classes of stock of a
     corporation  Employer or employee  organization  any of whose  Employees or
     Members are covered by the Plan;

          (F) Partnership.  An owner, direct or indirect,  of 50% or more of the
     capital  or profits  interest  of a  partnership  which is an  Employer  or
     Employee  Organization  or whose  Employees  or Members  are covered by the
     Plan;

          (G) Unincorporated  Enterprise. An owner, direct or indirect, of fifty
     percent  (50%)  or  more  of  the   beneficial   interest  of  a  trust  or
     Unincorporated  Enterprise  which is an Employer  or Employee  organization
     whose Employees or Members are covered by the Plan;

          (H) Relative.  A relative (spouse,  ancestor,  lineal  descendant,  or
     spouse of a lineal  descendant)  of any  individual  listed above  (Section
     3(15) Public Law No. 93-406);

          (I) Trust or Estate. A corporation,  partnership or trust or estate of
     which (or in which) fifty  percent (50%) or more of the stock (voting power
     or value) of that corporation's  value of shares of all classes of stock of
     a corporation  Employer or employee  organization any of whose Employees or
     Members are covered by the Plan;

          (J)  Officer,  Et  Cetera.  An  Employee,   Officer,  Director  or  an
     individual having power and  responsibilities  similar to those of Officers
     or  Directors,  or a ten  percent  (10%) or more  shareholder,  directly or
     indirectly,  of the Plan or of a person  who is a Party in  Interest  other
     than a Fiduciary or relative.

          (K) Ten Percent Partner.  A ten percent (10%) or more partner or joint
     venturer  of a person who is a Party in Interest  (other than a  Fiduciary,
     relative, Employer, officer, director or ten (10%) percent shareholder of a
     Party in Interest).

          (L) Change in Applicable Law. In the event a change in ERISA ss. 3(14)
     or other  applicable  law would include  additional  persons or entities as
     Parties in Interest  other than as set forth  above,  then such  additional
     persons or entities  shall be deemed to be Parties in  Interest  under this
     Plan.  In the  event a change in ERISA ss.  3(14) or other  applicable  law
     would  exclude  persons or entities set forth above as Parties in Interest,
     then said persons or entities shall not be deemed to be Parties in Interest
     under this Plan.


                                       17



     2.32  Permanent  Disability.  "Permanent  Disability"  means  a  mental  or
physical   disability  as  defined  in  I.R.C.  ss.  72(m)(7)  which  renders  a
Participant  permanently  incapable  to perform  the usual  duties of his normal
employment  position or the duties of such other  employment  position which the
Company may make available to the Participant and for which said  Participant is
qualified by reason of his  training,  education or  experience.  The  Committee
shall make the  determination  of whether a Participant is permanently  disabled
and may request certification of such Permanent Disability claim by a physician,
pursuant to the procedures set forth in Article 3.

     2.33 Plan Year. "Plan Year" means the twelve (12) consecutive  month period
designated  as the  Taxable  Year of the  Employer  for  purposes  of this Plan,
January 1 to December 31, and shall be identical to the  Limitation  Year as set
forth above, unless otherwise provided herein.

     2.34  Plan  Administrator.  The Plan  Administrator  shall be the  Employer
unless a different  person is  designated  Plan  Administrator  in a  resolution
adopted by the Board of Directors of the Employer.

     2.35 Qualified Joint and Survivor  Annuity.  "Qualified  Joint and Survivor
Annuity"  means an  annuity  for the  life of the  Participant  with a  Survivor
Annuity for the life of his designated  beneficiary which is not less than fifty
percent  (50%) of and is not  greater  than one  hundred  percent  (100%) of the
amount of the annuity  payable during the joint lives of the Participant and his
designated  beneficiary,  and  which  is the  actuarial  equivalent  of a single
annuity for the life of the Participant  and, which is the amount of the benefit
which can be purchased with the  Participant's  vested account  balance.  If the
benefit payable to the survivor is not designated by the  Participant,  then the
normal form of benefit shall be a joint and 50% survivor annuity. Such term also
includes any annuity in a form having the effect of an annuity  described in the
preceding sentence.

     2.36 Qualified Nonelective or Matching Contributions.

          (A)  Qualified  Nonelective   Contribution.   "Qualified   Nonelective
     Contribution" means any Nonelective Employer Contributions to the Plan that
     are made  pursuant to Section  5.1,  if any,  which are used to satisfy the
     "Actual Deferral Percentage" tests and meet the additional  requirements of
     Treas. Reg. ss. 1.401(k)-1(g)(7)(iii).

          (B) Qualified Matching Contribution. "Qualified Matching Contribution"
     means any Employer matching contribution to the Plan, if any, which is used
     to satisfy the "Actual Deferral  Percentage"  tests and meet the additional
     requirements of Treas. Reg. ss. 1.401(k)-1(g)(7)(iii).

     2.37 Qualified  Preretirement Survivor Annuity. A "Qualified  Preretirement
Survivor  Annuity"  is an annuity  for the life of the  surviving  spouse of the
Employee Participant or for a designated  beneficiary,  the actuarial equivalent
of which is not less than  fifty  percent  (50%) of the  account  balance of the
Employee participant as of the date of his death.


                                       18



     2.38 Qualifying Employer Real Property. "Qualifying Employer Real Property"
includes parcels of Employer Real Property:

          (A) Geographically  Dispersed.  If a substantial number of the parcels
     are dispersed geographically;

          (B)  Multiple   Usage.  If  each  parcel  of  real  property  and  the
     improvements thereon are suitable (or adaptable without excessive cost) for
     more than one use;

          (C) Leased Real Property.  Even if all of such real property is leased
     to one lessee (which may be the Employer, or an Affiliate of the Employer);
     and,

          (D)  Diversification.  If such acquisition and retention complies with
     the provisions of ERISA to the extent it requires diversification.

     2.39 Qualifying Employer Security.  "Qualifying Employer Security" means an
Employer  Security  which is stock or a  marketable  obligation  (as  defined in
ERISA).

     2.40 Retired  Participant.  "Retired  Participant" is a Participant who has
been  certified to the Trustee by the  Committee  as  "retired"  and entitled to
receive retirement benefits from the Trust.

     2.41 Taxable Year. The "Taxable Year" shall be the twelve month period from
January 1 to December  31, or such other  Taxable Year of the Employer as may be
elected and specified. The Taxable Year shall be as provided above regardless of
the Plan or Limitation Years of the Employer.

     2.42 Terminated  Participant.  A "Terminated  Participant" is a Participant
for whom service is no longer being credited under the Plan.

     2.43 Top-Heavy Definitions.

          (A) Determination Date and Year for Determining  Top-Heavy Status. The
     "Determination  Date"  shall mean the last day of the  preceding  plan year
     except in the case of the  initial  plan year of a plan in which  event the
     "Determination  Date" shall be the last day of the initial  plan year.  The
     "Determination Year" shall be the plan year.

          (B) Key Employee. The term "Key Employee" means an Employee, or Former
     Employee, who at any time during the determination period is or was:

               (1) Officer. An officer of the Employer,  provided such officer's
          annual  compensation   exceeds  fifty  percent  (50%)  of  the  dollar
          limitation in effect under I.R.C. ss. 415(b)(1)(A). For the purpose of
          clause  (1),  no more than  fifty (50)  Employees  (or,  if less,  the
          greater of three (3) or ten percent


                                       19



          (10%) of the Employees) shall be treated as officers.

               (2) Top Ten (10) Key Employees. One of the top ten (10) Employees
          having  an  annual  Compensation  from the  Employer  for a Plan  Year
          greater  than  one  hundred   percent  (100%)  of  the  annual  dollar
          limitation in effect under I.R.C.  ss.  415(c)(1)(A)  for the calendar
          year in which such Plan Year ends and owning (or considered as owning,
          within the  meaning  of I.R.C.  ss.  318) one of the ten (10)  largest
          interests  in  the  Employer  as  provided  in  Treas.   Reg.   ss.ss.
          1.416-1(T-12)  and  (T-19).  Provided  further,  if two  (2)  or  more
          Employees have the same percentage ownership interest in the Employer,
          then the one having the higher  compensation will be treated as having
          the larger interest;

               (3) Five  Percent  (5%) Owner.  A five  percent (5%) owner of the
          Employer; or

               (4) One  Percent  (1%)  Owner.  A one  percent  (1%) owner of the
          Employer  having an annual  compensation  from the Employer for a Plan
          Year of more than $150,000.00.

               (5) Beneficiary of Key Employee. The term "Key Employee" includes
          the Beneficiary of a Key Employee.

          For  purposes  of the  above  definition  of  "Key  Employee,"  annual
     compensation  means  compensation as defined in I.R.C. ss.  415(c)(3),  but
     including  amounts  contributed  by  the  Employer  pursuant  to  a  salary
     reduction  agreement which are excludible  from the Participant  Employee's
     gross income under I.R.C.  ss.ss.  125,  402(a)(8),  402(h) or 403(b).  The
     determination period is the Plan Year containing the determination date and
     the  four  (4)  preceding  plan  years.  For  purposes  of  determining  an
     Employee's  percentage ownership in the Employer,  the aggregation rules of
     I.R.C.  ss.ss.  414(b),  (c)  and (m)  shall  not  apply  for  purposes  of
     determining  ownership in the Employer.  The  determination of who is a Key
     Employee  will be made in  accordance  with I.R.C.  ss.  416(i)(l)  and the
     regulations thereunder.

          (C) Non-Key Employee.  A Non-Key Employee is any Employee who is not a
     Key Employee.

          (D) Aggregation  Group. For purposes of determining  Top-Heavy status,
     the term  "Required  Aggregate  Group"  includes each qualified Plan of the
     Employer in which at least one Key Employee participates or participated at
     any time  during  the Plan  Year  which  contains  the  Determination  Date
     (regardless of whether such Plan was terminated).  In addition,  each other
     qualified Plan of the Employer which, during this period,  enables any Plan
     in which a Key Employee participates to meet the requirements of I.R.C. ss.
     410 or 401(a)(4) shall be part of the Required Aggregation Group.


                                       20



          A  "Permissive  Aggregation  Group"  shall  refer to all  plans of the
     Employer which are required to be  aggregated,  plus any other plans of the
     Employer  that  are not  part of a  required  aggregation  group  but  that
     continue to satisfy the  requirements  of I.R.C.  ss.ss.  401(a)(4) and 410
     when considered together with the required aggregation group.

          Each Plan of an Employer  required or  permitted  to be included in an
     Aggregation  Group shall be treated as a Top-Heavy  Plan if such group is a
     Top-Heavy Group.

          (E) Top-Heavy Plan. A "Top-Heavy Plan" means, with respect to any Plan
     year:

               (1) Defined  Benefit Plan.  Any defined  benefit plan or required
          and/or permissive  aggregation group if, as of the Determination Date,
          the present value of the accumulated  accrued  benefits under the Plan
          for Key Employees  exceeds sixty percent (60%) of the present value of
          the cumulative accrued benefits under the Plan for all Employees; and

               (2) Defined  Contribution Plan. Any defined  contribution plan or
          required   and/or   permissive   aggregation   group  if,  as  of  the
          Determination  Date,  the  aggregate of the accounts of Key  Employees
          under the Plan exceeds  sixty  percent  (60%) of the  aggregate of the
          accounts  of  all  Employees   under  such  Plan.  In  addition,   all
          distributions   made   within   the  Plan  Year  that   includes   the
          Determination  Date or within the four (4)  preceding  years are to be
          added to the present value of accrued benefits to determine  Top-Heavy
          status of the Plan. See Treas. Reg. ss. 1.416-1(T-30).  Provided that,
          effective  for Plan Years  beginning  after  December 31, 1984, if any
          individual has not performed services for the Employer maintaining the
          Plan at any  time  during  the  five (5)  year  period  ending  on the
          determination  date, then any accrued benefit for such individual (and
          the account of such  individual)  shall not be taken into  account for
          purposes of determining whether the Plan is Top-Heavy.  See I.R.C. ss.
          416(g)(4)(E).

          (F) Top-Heavy Group. The term "Top-Heavy  Group" means any Aggregation
     Group if the sum (as of the Determination Date) of the present value of the
     cumulative  accrued  benefits for Key Employees  under all defined  benefit
     plans  included in such group,  and any  aggregate  of the  accounts of Key
     Employees  under all  defined  contribution  plans  included in such group,
     exceeds sixty percent (60%) of a similar sum determined for all Employees.

          (G)  Top-Heavy  Ratio.  If the Employer  maintains one or more defined
     contribution plans (including any Simplified Employee Pension Plan) and the
     Employer


                                       21



     has not maintained any defined  benefit plan which during the five (5) year
     period ending on the Determination Date(s) has or has had accrued benefits,
     the top-heavy  ratio for this Plan alone, or for the required or permissive
     aggregation group as appropriate,  is a fraction, the numerator of which is
     the  sum  of  the  account   balances  of  all  Key  Employees  as  of  the
     determination   date(s)   (including  any  part  of  any  account   balance
     distributed  in the  five  (5)  year  period  ending  on the  determination
     date(s)),  and the denominator of which is the sum of all account  balances
     (including any part of any account balance distributed in the five (5) year
     period ending on the  determination  date(s)),  both computed in accordance
     with I.R.C. ss. 416 and the regulations thereunder.  Both the numerator and
     denominator   of  the   top-heavy   ratio  are  increased  to  reflect  any
     contribution not actually made as of the  determination  date, but which is
     required to be taken into account on that date under I.R.C. ss. 416 and the
     regulations thereunder.

          If the  Employer  maintains  one or more  defined  contribution  plans
     (including any Simplified Employee Pension Plan) and the Employer maintains
     or has maintained  one or more defined  benefit plans which during the five
     (5) year  period  ending on the  determination  date(s)  has or has had any
     accrued  benefits,  the  top-heavy  ratio for any  required  or  permissive
     aggregation group, as appropriate, is a fraction, the numerator of which is
     the sum of account balances under the aggregated defined  contribution plan
     or plans for all Key Employees, determined in accordance with the preceding
     paragraph,  and the present value of accrued  benefits under the aggregated
     defined benefit plan or plans for all Key Employees as of the determination
     date(s),  and the  denominator of which is the sum of the account  balances
     under  the  aggregated   defined   contribution   plan  or  plans  for  all
     participants,  determined in accordance with the preceding  paragraph,  and
     the present  value of accrued  benefits  under the defined  benefit plan or
     plans for all participants as of the determination  date(s), all determined
     in  accordance  with I.R.C.  ss. 416 and the  regulations  thereunder.  The
     accrued  benefits  under a defined  benefit plan in both the  numerator and
     denominator of the top-heavy ratio are increased for any distribution of an
     accrued   benefit  made  in  the  five  (5)  year  period   ending  on  the
     determination date.

          For  purposes of the two  preceding  paragraphs,  the value of account
     balances and the present value of accrued benefits will be determined as of
     the most recent  valuation  date that falls  within or ends with the twelve
     (12) month period ending on the  determination  date, except as provided in
     I.R.C.  ss. 416, and the regulations  thereunder,  for the first and second
     plan years of a defined  benefit  plan.  The account  balances  and accrued
     benefits of a  participant  (1) who is not a Key Employee but who was a Key
     Employee in a prior year,  or (2) who has not been  credited  with at least
     one (1) hour of service with any employer  maintaining the plan at any time
     during the five (5) year period ending on the  determination  date, will be
     disregarded.  The  calculation  of the top-heavy  ratio,  and the extent to
     which distributions, rollovers and transfers are taken into account will be
     made in  accordance  with I.R.C.  ss. 416 and the  regulations  thereunder.
     Deductible employee  contributions,  if any, will not be taken into account
     for purposes of computing the top-heavy ratio.  When aggregating  plans the
     value of account balances and accrued


                                       22



     benefits will be calculated with reference to the determination  dates that
     fall within the same calendar year.

          The accrued  benefit of a Participant  other than a Key Employee shall
     be determined under the method,  if any, that uniformly applies for accrual
     purposes under all defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer,  or if
     there is no such method,  as if such benefit  accrued not more rapidly than
     the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional rule of I.R.C.  ss.
     411(b)(1)(C).

          (H)  Sum of  Account  Balances.  In  determining  the  Sum of  Account
     Balances  under a defined  contribution  plan both  Employer  and  Employee
     contributions are to be taken into account. Provided, however,  accumulated
     tax deductible Employee contributions permitted under I.R.C. ss. 219 are to
     be  disregarded.  In  addition,  if any lump sum rollover  contribution  is
     accepted  from  an  unrelated  plan  in  a  plan-to-plan   transfer,   such
     contribution  shall  not be  deemed  a part  of the  Participant's  Account
     Balance,  effective  for  contributions  received in Plan Years  commencing
     after December 31, 1983. See Treas. Reg. ss. 1.416-1(T-32).

          In  addition,  the  following  special  rules shall apply to determine
     Top-Heavy status:

               (1) Rollover Contributions to Plan Not Taken Into Account. Except
          to  the  extent  provided  in  applicable  regulations,  any  rollover
          contribution,  or similar transfer, initiated by the Employee and made
          after  December  31,  1983,  to a Plan shall not be taken into account
          with  respect  to the  Transferee  Plan for  purposes  of  determining
          whether  such Plan is a Top-Heavy  Plan,  or whether  any  aggregation
          group which includes such Plan is a Top-Heavy group.

               (2) Benefits  Not  Taken  Into Account if Employee Ceases to be a
          Key Employee.  If any individual is a Non-Key Employee with respect to
          any  Plan  for  any  Plan Year, but such individual was a Key Employee
          with respect to such Plan for any prior Plan Year, any accrued benefit
          for  such  Employee,  and  the  account of such Employee, shall not be
          taken into account.

          (I)  Super  Top-Heavy  Plan  and/or  Super  Top-Heavy  Group.  A Super
     Top-Heavy Plan and/or a Super Top-Heavy Group is defined in the same manner
     as a Top-Heavy Plan or Top-Heavy  Group defined above in subsection (E) and
     (F) except  ninety  percent  (90%) shall be  substituted  for sixty percent
     (60%) in said definitions.

          (J) Compensation as Defined for Top-Heavy Purposes. Compensation shall
     be defined,  for purposes of  determining  Top-Heavy  Key Employee  status,
     minimum benefits and the $200,000.00 limitation, as Compensation that would
     be stated on an Employee  Participant's Form W-2 for the calendar year that
     ends with or within the Plan Year. Such definition of Compensation shall be
     used for all Top-Heavy purposes and


                                       23



     shall apply to all applicable provisions in Section 8.16 below.

          (K) Determination Date. For any Plan Year subsequent to the first Plan
     Year,  the last day of the preceding  Plan Year. For the first Plan Year of
     the plan, the last day of that year.

          (L) Valuation Date. For purposes of computing the top-heavy ratio, the
     valuation date shall be the last day of the Plan Year of each year.

     2.44 Trust.  "Trust" means the legal entity  resulting  from this Agreement
between the Employer and the Trustee,  wherein the contributions of the Employer
and  Participants  (if  applicable),  shall  be  received,  held,  invested  and
distributed to the Participants and their respective Beneficiaries.

     2.45 Trust  Fund.  "Trust  Fund"  includes  all assets  held by the Trustee
pursuant  to  this  Agreement,  including  contributions  by  the  Employer  and
Participants,  the income,  accumulations and profits therefrom,  and such other
assets as the Trustee may hold pursuant to this Agreement.

     2.46 Trustee.  "Trustee" includes the entity or entities who agree to serve
as  Trustee  pursuant  to this  Agreement,  and  any  duly  appointed  successor
Trustees.  The initial  Trustee has signified its  willingness  and agreement to
serve as Trustee  and  administer  the Trust  Funds  according  to the terms and
conditions  set forth in this  Agreement and in compliance  with all  applicable
laws and regulations by signing this Agreement as Trustee.

     2.47   Trustee   Responsibility.   "Trustee   Responsibility"   means   any
responsibility set forth herein which imposes a duty or responsibility  upon the
Trustee concerning the investment,  management and control of the Trust Fund and
any other responsibilities imposed upon Trustees by operation of law.

     2.48 Year of Service. A "Year of Service" shall mean a Computation  Period,
twelve (12) consecutive month period,  during which an Employee has completed at
least one (1) Hour of  Service  for the  Employer.  If the  Employer  adopts and
maintains the Plan of a predecessor employer, service with such employer will be
treated as service for the Employer.  Service while employed for an affiliate or
subsidiary of Employer,  prior to its having become an affiliate or  subsidiary,
shall also be included.


                                   ARTICLE 3.
                                   COMMITTEE

     3.1 General Administration. The general administration of the Plan shall be
performed by a Committee. The number of Committee members shall be determined by
the Board of Directors or other  governing body of the Employer.  All references
herein to the Board of Directors of the Employer  shall  include the  applicable
governing body of the Employer if no Board of Directors exists.


                                       24



     3.2  Appointment of Committee  Members.  The Committee and such  appointees
shall serve on the Committee at the pleasure of the Board.  Any vacancies on the
Committee shall be promptly filled by the Board;  provided,  however,  that if a
vacancy is not  filled by the Board  within  ninety  (90)  days,  the  remaining
Committee  members may fill such vacancy by a majority vote. The initial members
of the  Committee  are set forth in the  resolution  of the  Board of  Directors
adopting this Plan.

     3.3 Resignation  from Committee.  A person may resign from the Committee by
giving  written notice of such  resignation  to the Board and the Trustee.  Said
resignation  shall become  effective  thirty (30) days after receipt by both the
Board and the Trustee, or at such earlier time as agreed to by all parties.

     3.4 Commitee  Officers and  Employees.  The members of the Committee  shall
elect a Chairman  from their number and a Secretary  who need not be a member of
the  Committee.  The Secretary  shall keep minutes of the Committee  proceedings
including, without limitation, all Committee actions and determinations, and all
dates, records and documents pertaining to the Committee's administration of the
Plan.  The  Committee  may also  employ,  and  suitably  compensate,  attorneys,
accountants,  physicians, advisors, clerical and other employees, as it may deem
necessary in the performance of its duties, and may delegate to them such powers
and duties as the Committee deems desirable.  Any officers,  agents or employees
of the Committee may also perform services for the Company.

     3.5 Compensation. No member of the Committee who is also an Employee of the
Company shall receive any  compensation  for his services on the  Committee.  No
bond or other security shall be required of any Committee member.

     3.6  Committee  Determinations.  All  actions  and  determinations  of  the
Committee  shall be made by a majority vote of the Committee.  A majority of the
Committee shall be necessary to constitute a quorum.  The Committee may act at a
meeting with  reasonable  advance notice to all members or in writing  without a
meeting.  Either the Committee Chairman or Committee Secretary shall execute any
certificate or other documentation of a Committee determination. A member of the
Committee may not vote on any matter relating  specifically to himself unless he
is the sole  member of the  Committee;  on such  matters  in which one member is
disqualified,  a majority of the remaining Committee members shall be necessary.
The Committee's  determination shall be made in a nondiscriminatory  manner, and
the Committee must treat all Employee  Participants and Beneficiaries alike. The
Committee  shall  state,  in writing,  its  decision to deny a claim to benefits
under the Plan. The Committee  shall deliver or mail a copy of its decision to a
Participant or Beneficiary whose claim it has denied.  The Committee shall write
the  decision  to the  best of its  abilities  in terms  that may be  understood
without legal or actuarial counsel. At the same time, in writing,  the Committee
shall notify the  Participant or Beneficiary of the means by which he may obtain
review of said decision.


                                       25



     3.7 Powers and  Duties.  The  Committee  shall be charged  with the general
administration  of the Plan and shall  enforce the Plan in  accordance  with the
terms hereof,  the I.R.C. and applicable  rules and  regulations.  The Committee
shall  administer the Plan in accordance with its terms and shall have the power
to  determine  all  questions  arising in  connection  with the  administration,
interpretation  and  application  of the  Plan as  determined  to be  necessary,
convenient or appropriate in its sole discretion.  Any such determination by the
Committee  shall be conclusive  and binding upon all persons.  The Committee may
establish  procedures,  correct any defect,  supply any information or reconcile
any inconsistency in such manner and to such extent as shall be deemed necessary
or advisable to carry out the purpose of the Plan; provided,  however,  that any
procedure,  discretionary act, interpretation or construction shall be done in a
nondiscriminatory  manner based upon uniform principles consistently applied and
shall be consistent  with the intent that the Plan shall continue to be deemed a
qualified Plan under the terms of I.R.C.  ss. 401(a),  and shall comply with the
terms of the I.R.C. and all regulations  issued pursuant thereto.  The Committee
shall have all powers  necessary or  appropriate  to accomplish  and fulfill its
duties under this Plan.

          (A) Construction.  To construe and interpret the Plan, although it may
     seek legal counsel,  accounting advice or opinions from appropriate Federal
     Agencies,  and to publish such rules for regulation as deemed  necessary or
     convenient for  regulation of the Plan as are consistent  with the terms of
     the Plan.

          (B)   Eligibility.   To  determine  all  questions   relating  to  the
     eligibility  of Employees to become  Participants  and of  Participants  to
     remain Participants.

          (C)  Permanent  Disability.  To  determine  all  claims  of  permanent
     disability,  in its sole discretion,  including,  without  limitation,  the
     establishment of procedures and proof of disability  claims.  The Committee
     may require  examination of claimants by independent  physicians as well as
     certification by a Participant's personal physician.

          (D) Benefits,  Loans and Hardship  Payments.  To determine the nature,
     amount,  manner  and  time  of  payment  of  benefits  including,   without
     limitation,  loans or hardship  payments which may be made under this Plan,
     subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan, the I.R.C. and applicable
     rules and regulations.

          (E)  Procedures  and  Regulations.  To make and publish such rules and
     procedures  for  the  regulation  of  this  Plan  as are  not  inconsistent
     herewith, including, without limitation, application forms for Participants
     and  Beneficiaries and the preparation and distribution of notification and
     waiver forms to  Participants  with respect to annuity  payments  available
     from the Plan, if any.

          (F) Certification to Trustee. To communicate to the Trustee, by way of
     certification,  all facts relating to the  retirement,  death,  disability,
     termination  of  employment  or other status of any  Participant  or former
     Participant.


                                       26



          (G) Information Accmulation. To receive from the Company, Participants
     and  Trustees  such  reports  and  information  as may be  prepared by such
     persons.  The  Committee  shall  review and retain  all  Trustee  financial
     reports   including,   without   limitation,   records  of   receipts   and
     disbursements of the Trust Fund.

          (H) Compliance with Applicable Reporting Requirements.  To comply with
     the  Internal  Revenue  Code and  other  applicable  laws  and  regulations
     relating to reporting  requirements,  including,  without  limitation,  the
     maintenance of such records as are necessary to demonstrate compliance with
     all  applicable  I.R.C.  ss.  401(k) and  regulations  thereunder.  Records
     maintained shall also demonstrate the extent to which Qualified Nonelective
     and Qualified  Matching  Employer  Contributions  are taken into account in
     order to determine compliance with I.R.C. ss. 401(k).

          (I)  Limitations.  The  Committee  shall  have  no  power  to  add  to
     independently,  subtract from or modify any of the terms of the Plan, or to
     change or add to any  benefits  provided by the Plan or to waive or fail to
     apply any requirements of eligibility for a benefit under this Plan.

          (J) Investments.

               (1)  Investments  in  General.  In all  matters  relating  to the
          investment  of the Trust Fund,  the  Committee  may act in the limited
          capacity  as an advisor to the  Trustee or  investment  manager.  Said
          Trustee   or   investment    manager   may   follow   the   investment
          recommendations  of the Committee but is not obligated to do so, if in
          its opinion such  recommendation  is not in the best  interests of the
          Plan and the Trust Fund.  Provided that, the Committee may provide for
          self-directed  investments  by Plan  Participants.  All  self-directed
          investments,  if allowable by the Employer, shall be made available to
          Plan Participants on a uniform and  non-discriminatory  basis. In such
          event,  the  provisions of Sections  7.7(O) and 3.7(J)(2)  below shall
          apply in full.

               (2)   Self-Directed   Investments.   The  Committee  may  provide
          Participants  with the ability to self-direct  their  investments.  An
          individually  directed  account  means an  account  under a Plan  that
          provides for individual  accounts and which allows the  Participant to
          invest or control  the manner in which his account  will be  invested.
          The determination by any Participant to exercise control over all or a
          portion of the  Participant's  account shall be made by written notice
          to the Trustee and shall be  effective as of the first day of the Plan
          Year  coincident  with or next  following  the giving of said  notice,
          unless the Trustee agrees to an earlier  effective date. The Committee
          shall develop  self-directed  investment  procedures to administer the
          provisions  contained  herein,  which  procedures  shall be  uniformly
          applied,  without discrimination,  and shall provide Participants with
          reasonable opportunities to self-direct their own investments.


                                       27



               If a  Participant,  through the Trustee or its Agent,  invests or
          reinvests all or any portion of his accounts  after December 31, 1981,
          in   "Collectibles,"   the  amount  invested  shall  be  considered  a
          distribution to the Participant in the amount of the fair market value
          to such  account  of such  Collectible  and shall be  included  in the
          Participant's gross income for the Participant's taxable year in which
          such  investment  is  made.  For  purposes  of  the  above,  the  term
          "Collectible" means any work of art; any rug or antique;  any metal or
          gem;  any  stamp  or  coin;  any  alcoholic   beverage;   any  musical
          instrument; any historical documents, objects or clothes; or any other
          tangible personal property acquired for a Participant's  account which
          the Commissioner determines to be a Collectible for purposes of I.R.C.
          ss.  408.  For  Plan  Years   commencing   after  December  31,  1986,
          Collectibles  shall  exclude  gold coins  described  in 31 U.S.C.  ss.
          5112(a)(7),  (8), (9) or (10) and 31 U.S.C. ss. 5112(e), and any other
          item  expressly  excluded  from the  definition  of  "Collectible"  as
          determined in the I.R.C.

               The acquisition of a Collectible includes the purchase, exchange,
          contribution  or any other  method  by which an  individually-directed
          investment account may, directly or indirectly, acquire a Collectible.
          Any Collectible  acquired on or before December 31, 1981, may continue
          to be  held  by the  Trustee  for  such  Participant's  account  after
          December 31, 1981; provided, however, that the proceeds of any sale or
          other disposition of such Collectible shall not be used to acquire any
          other  Collectible  after  December 31, 1981.  Should a Collectible be
          acquired by a Participant  after December 31, 1981,  such  Collectible
          shall be deemed a distribution  and the premature  withdrawal  penalty
          provisions  of I.R.C.  ss.ss.  72(m)(5) and  408(f)(1)  shall apply in
          full;  provided,  that when a Collectible is actually distributed from
          an  individually-directed  account, any amounts previously included in
          income  shall  not  be  included  in  gross  income  at the  time  the
          Collectible is actually distributed to the Participant.

               (3)  Direct   Allocation   of  Costs,   Expenses  and  Income  to
          Self-Directed  Accounts.  All  costs  and  expenses  incurred  in  the
          investment of an individual  Participant's account shall be charged to
          the account of said individual Participant on a uniform and reasonable
          basis.  Notwithstanding  any  provision in this Plan to the  contrary,
          Participants'  accounts  which are  invested at the  direction  of the
          Participants  pursuant to this  subsection  shall be credited with the
          actual income, earnings, gains, appreciation,  depreciation,  expenses
          or losses  realized  or  incurred  in such  account.  In the event the
          investment  philosophy of any Participant  requires the expenditure of
          an inordinate  amount of time by the Trustee,  then, in such an event,
          said  individual  Participant's  account  may be charged a  reasonable
          amount to compensate said Trustee and/or the Plan.


                                       28



               The Plan  Administrator  and/or  Trustee may refuse to follow the
          directions  of a  Participant  if in  the  reasonable  opinion  of the
          Trustee  and/or  Plan  Administrator,  based  upon the  advice  of the
          attorneys   and/or   accountants   of   said   Trustee   and/or   Plan
          Administrator,  that said investment is not legally  permissible.  The
          decision of the Plan Administrator and/or Trustee shall be final.

          (K) Annual  Report.  The  Committee  shall  prepare  annually a report
     showing in reasonable summary the financial condition of the Trust Fund and
     giving a brief  account of the  operation of the Plan for the past year and
     any further  information  which the Board of Directors  may  require.  Such
     annual report shall be submitted to the Board of Directors and a copy shall
     be filed in the office of the Secretary of the Committee.

     3.8 Communications With Trustee.  To assist the Committee in performing its
functions,  the  Company  agrees to provide the  Committee  with full and timely
information  concerning  the  compensation  of all  Participants,  their  status
including  retirement,  death,  disability,  termination  of  employment  or  of
participation;  and such other pertinent facts as the Committee may require.  In
turn, the Committee  shall advise the Trustee in writing of such facts as may be
pertinent  to the  Trustee's  management  of the  Trust.  Either  the  Committee
Chairman  or the  Committee  Secretary  shall  represent  the  Committee  in its
dealings  with the  Trustee.  They shall issue all written  instruments  to, and
conduct  all  necessary  transactions  with the  Trustee.  The Trustee is hereby
authorized  to accept such  written  communications  and  instructions  from the
Committee Chairman or the Committee  Secretary,  and is hereby authorized to act
upon any written  instructions  or  communications  duly signed by the Committee
Chairman or  Committee  Secretary.  Whenever a  certification  is required to be
given to the Trustee,  or the Trustee  shall deem such  certification  necessary
prior to the Trustee's taking,  suffering or omitting any action,  the Committee
shall make such certification by an instrument delivered to the Trustee,  signed
in the  name  of  the  Committee  by the  Committee  Chairman  or the  Committee
Secretary.  Upon receipt of said certification,  the matter in question shall be
deemed  conclusively  proved to the  satisfaction of the Trustee and the Trustee
may act in reliance thereon in his discretion.  However,  the Trustee may accept
such other  evidence  of the matter in  question  or may  request  such  further
evidence as the Trustee may deem reasonable.  In any event, the Trustee shall be
entitled to act in reliance  upon any notice,  resolution,  order,  certificate,
opinion,  telegram,  letter or other written document reasonably believed by the
Trustee to be genuine  and to have been  executed by the  Committee  Chairman or
Committee Secretary.

     3.9 Company  Indemnification of Committee. No member of the Committee shall
be liable for any act or omission of any other member of the Committee,  nor for
any act or omission of duly appointed attorneys, accountants or agents acting in
its employment in the administration of the Plan, nor for any act or omission of
his own part, except for his own willful  misconduct.  The Company hereby agrees
to indemnify and hold harmless each member of the


                                       29



Committee  from  any  and  all  expenses  and  liabilities  arising  out  of his
membership on the Committee except expenses and liabilities  arising out of said
member's own willful misconduct.  The members of the Committee,  the Company and
its officers, Employees and directors shall be entitled to rely upon all tables,
valuations,  certificates  and  reports  provided  to them by the  Trustee,  any
Certified  Public  Accountant,  any physician  authorized  to practice  medicine
selected or approved by the  Committee or by the Board of Directors and upon all
opinions given by legal counsel.  The members of the Committee,  the Company and
its officers,  Employees and directors are hereby  presumed to act in good faith
when they rely upon any such Trustee,  physician,  accountant,  legal counsel or
similar  professional advice, and all actions taken in reliance thereon shall be
deemed within the scope of the  indemnification  and hold harmless provisions of
this Section.

     3.10 Joint Meetings.  So long as the Committee consists only of persons who
are also members of the Board of Directors, all meetings of the Committee may be
held jointly  with regular or special  meetings of the Board of Directors of the
Company,  and it will not be  necessary  to  maintain  separate  records  of the
Committee's proceedings so long as written documentation of such proceedings are
maintained  in the  minutes of the  meetings  of the Board of  Directors  of the
Company.

     3.11 Legal Disability of Benefit  Recipient.  Whenever,  in the Committee's
opinion,  a person  entitled  to  receive  any  payment  of a benefit or benefit
installment is under a legal  disability or is incapacitated in any way so as to
be unable to manage his own  financial  affairs,  the  Committee  may direct the
Trustee to make such benefit payments to said person directly,  to said person's
legal representative or guardian, to a relative or friend of such person for his
benefit or the  Committee  may direct the  Trustee to apply the  payment for the
benefit of such disabled or incapacitated person in such manner as the Committee
deems  advisable.  Any  payment  of a benefit  or  installment  thereof  made in
accordance with the provisions of this Section shall be a complete  discharge of
any  liability for the making of such benefit  payment  under the  provisions of
this Plan.

     3.12 Location of Recipient. It shall be the duty of the Committee to locate
any  Participant or Beneficiary  when said person becomes  eligible for benefits
under this Plan. The Committee may require each  Participant  and Beneficiary to
file with the  Committee  in writing  his post  office  mailing  address and any
change of post office mailing  address.  The Committee shall  communicate to all
Participants  that they are  responsible to maintain their current  address with
the Employer. The Committee may mail any communication,  distribution, statement
or notice, first class,  postage prepaid, to any Participant or Beneficiary,  at
the last known address said person has filed with the Committee and said mailing
shall be deemed to discharge the  obligation of the Committee  hereunder.  If no
address is filed with the Chairman, it may mail any communication, distribution,
statement or notice  addressed to said person at his last post office address as
shown on the Company's  records.  No additional  search for any  Participant  or
Beneficiary shall be required of the Committee,  and the Committee's  mailing by
first class mail, postage prepaid,  to the address determined in accordance with
the foregoing shall be binding upon said person for all purposes of this Plan.


                                       30



     Alternatively,  in the sole  discretion of the  Employer,  the Employer may
elect to establish an interest bearing bank account in the Participant's name in
the event the Employer is not able to locate a Participant or other  Beneficiary
and provided that the Employer has the social security number of the Participant
and has  otherwise  satisfied  itself  that the  establishment  of any such bank
account will not be  economically  infeasible or  inconsistent  with  applicable
provisions  of the I.R.C.  If no claim to such  account is made within three (3)
years from the date of its  establishment,  the Employer may elect to close said
account  and  reallocate   said  funds  in  the  same  manner  as  provided  for
forfeitures;  provided,  however,  any such  reallocation  of such  amount  as a
forfeiture shall remain subject to all applicable laws and plan provisions.

     3.13  Participants'  Accounts.  The Committee  shall establish and maintain
records  in the  form of  separate  accounts  for  each  Participant  or  Former
Participant  as  required  pursuant to  applicable  regulations  and  accounting
conventions.  The  Participant  accounts  which may be  established  are further
described below. All Participant  accounts shall be further  subdivided  between
contributions  made by the Employer  prior to said Plan  becoming a  "Top-Heavy"
Plan and earnings and profits thereon,  and  contributions  made by the Employer
during such period of time after the Plan has become  "Top-Heavy."  All types of
Participant  accounts  shall  exist only for  purposes  of  recordkeeping  and a
physical  segregation  of the  Trust  Fund  assets  into  such  accounts  is not
required.

          (A) Employer Contribution Accounts. The following accounts shall exist
     and shall be established to account for the type of contribution  described
     under each such account.

               (1) Employer  Discretionary  Contribution  Account shall refer to
          the account which reflects  discretionary Employer contributions which
          may be made to the Plan. Employer Discretionary Contributions are also
          referred  to  herein  as  "Nonelective  Contributions"  and  refer  to
          Employer  contributions  (other  than  matching   contributions)  with
          respect to which the Employee may not elect to have the  contributions
          paid to the  Employee  in cash or  other  benefits  instead  of  being
          contributed  to the Plan.  Forfeitures,  if any,  which are  allocated
          pursuant to Section 8.13 below shall be allocated to the Discretionary
          Employer Contribution Account.

               (2)  Employer  Matching   Contribution  Account  shall  refer  to
          matching contributions,  if any, which are made by the Employer to the
          Plan pursuant to I.R.C. ss. 401(m).  Employer  Matching  Contributions
          shall be further subdivided into "Basic" and  "Discretionary"  Company
          Matching  Accounts.  The Basic Company  Matching Account refers to the
          Matching  Company  Contribution  stemming  from  Participants'  salary
          deferrals up to two percent (2%) of Compensation  and the net worth of
          the Trust  attributable  thereto.  The Discretionary  Company Matching
          Account refers to the Matching Company Contribution,  if any, stemming
          from Participants' salary deferrals in


                                       31



          excess of  two percent (2%)  of Compensation and the  net worth of the
          Trust attributable thereto.

               (3) Elective  Contributions refer to Employer  contributions made
          to the Plan that were  subject  to a cash or  deferred  election  by a
          Participant  which qualifies as a cash or deferred or salary reduction
          under I.R.C. ss. 401(k).

               Elective  Contributions  shall be further subdivided into "Basic"
          and  "Voluntary"  Elective  Contribution   Accounts.  For  Plan  Years
          commencing  before January 1, 1989,  the Basic  Elective  Contribution
          refers to that portion of the Participant's contribution stemming from
          salary  deferrals up to two percent (2%) of  Compensation  and the net
          worth of the Trust attributable  thereto. For Plan Years commencing on
          or after January 1, 1989,  the Basic Elective  Contribution  refers to
          that portion of the Participant's contribution stemming from after-tax
          employee  contributions up to two percent (2%) of Compensation and the
          net worth of the Trust  attributable  thereto.  The Voluntary Elective
          Contribution  Account  refers  to that  portion  of the  Participant's
          contribution  stemming from salary  deferrals in excess of two percent
          (2%) of  Compensation  and the net  worth  of the  Trust  attributable
          thereto.

               No amount that has become  currently  available to an Employee or
          that  is   designated   or  treated,   at  the  time  of  deferral  or
          contribution,  as an after-tax  contribution may also be treated as an
          elective contribution.

               (4)  Qualified  Employer  Contributions  shall  refer to Employer
          Discretionary   and/or   Matching   Contributions   which   meet   the
          requirements of Treas. Reg. ss. 1.401(k)-1(g)(7).  Unless the Employer
          expressly elects to characterize Employer contributions as "Qualified"
          contributions,  Employer  contributions  shall not be characterized as
          Qualified contributions.

          (B) Employee Contributions.  Employee Contributions shall refer to all
     other  contributions  made to the  Plan by an  Employee  Participant  on an
     after-tax or matching basis. If an Employee  Participant fails to designate
     the character of his contribution to the Plan, then such contribution shall
     be presumed to be a salary reduction  election which shall be characterized
     as an  Elective  Contribution  as defined  above;  provided,  the first two
     percent  (2%)   contribution   shall  be  deemed  an   after-tax   Employee
     contribution in all events.

     3.14 Annual  Allocations.  The  Committee,  upon receipt of the fair market
value from the Trustee,  pursuant to Article 7 below,  shall  determine  the net
change in fair market  value of the Trust Fund  including  all income or losses,
expenses of the Plan and changes in fair market value of Trust Fund assets.  The
Committee  shall  allocate such changes at least  annually  among the respective
separate   participating   Participant   accounts   commensurately   among  Plan


                                       32



Participants  in the same ratio that such account  balance  bears to all account
balances.  Such allocations shall be based upon the respective  account balances
on the first day of the immediately  preceding  valuation period during the Plan
Year, less withdrawals  during the Plan Year.  Allocations  shall be made on the
last bank  business  day of April,  August and  December of each Plan Year.  The
Trustee  shall also  determine  the value of the Trust Fund at any other time as
directed by the Committee.

     Allocations shall be made in the following order during the Plan Year:

          (A) Deductions.  First, deductions shall be made from all accounts for
     payments or  distributions  made from such  accounts  since the most recent
     allocation.

          (B)  Allocations  of Employer  Contributions.  Second,  allocations of
     Employer contributions pursuant to Article 5 below and forfeitures pursuant
     to Section 8.13 below to the respective Employer  contribution  accounts of
     all Participants.

          (C) Allocations of Employee Contributions.  Third,  allocations of all
     Employee contributions made during said year.

          (D)  Adjustments.  Fourth,  adjustments  for each  account  to reflect
     changes in the fair market value of the Trust Fund and all earnings, losses
     and expenses of the Trust Fund.

          (E)  Allocation of Insurance  Dividends and Credits.  Any dividends or
     credits   earned  on   insurance   contracts   will  be  allocated  to  the
     Participant's  account from  Employer  contributions  for whose benefit the
     contract is held.

          (F)  Costs.  Administrative costs to maintain and monitor a terminated
     Participant's  account  may also be charged to a  terminated  Participant's
     account; provided, any such charge shall only apply to Participant accounts
     in excess of Ten  Thousand  and  No/100  Dollars  ($10,000.00);  and,  such
     charge, if applied,  shall be uniformly  applied to all similarly  situated
     Participants.

     Notwithstanding  the  above,  by  administrative  rule,  uniformly  applied
without discrimination,  the Committee may elect to allocate earnings,  profits,
losses and expenses on sums withdrawn  during the Plan Year,  matching  employer
contributions, elective deferrals and voluntary after-tax employee contributions
made, if any, during the Plan Year based upon a weighted  average of the income,
losses and expenses of the Plan provided  that, to the extent  Section 5.6 below
requires a different allocation, such allocation shall govern.

     3.15  Allocation  Report to  Participants.  Within  ninety (90) days of the
later of: the final annual  payment of the Company's  contribution  to the Trust
Fund; or, the due date for filing the Employer's tax return, the Committee shall
give each  Participant or Beneficiary a statement of the allocations made to his
respective accounts and the income, profits or losses charged to it.


                                       33



The Committee also shall provide to any Participant or Beneficiary who requests,
in writing,  a written report on said person's account balance setting forth the
latest  information  concerning  the total  amount of his account and the vested
percentage  or the  earliest  date on which any part of his account  will become
vested; provided,  however, that no Participant or Beneficiary shall be entitled
to more than one report during any one twelve (12) month period. Any Participant
or Beneficiary  shall have ninety (90) days after the notification of allocation
to object, in writing.


                                   ARTICLE 4.
                    PARTICIPATION AND MEMBERSHIP ELIGIBILITY

     4.1 Eligibility Requirements. Every Employee, as defined above, is eligible
to become a Participant in the Plan and to receive Employer  contributions or to
make  salary   deferrals,   as  applicable,   after   satisfying  the  following
requirements:

          (A) Minimum Age. The Employee has attained the age of twenty-one (21).

          (B)  Year of  Service.  The  Employee  has  completed  one (1) Year of
     Service as defined herein.

          (C)  Union  Exception.  The  Employee  is not  included  in a unit  of
     employees  covered by an agreement which the Secretary of Labor finds to be
     a collective bargaining agreement between employee  representatives and one
     or more employers,  if there is evidence that retirement  benefits were the
     subject of good faith bargaining between such employee  representatives and
     such  employer or employers,  unless the  collective  bargaining  agreement
     expressly  provides for participation  herein.  For this purpose,  the term
     "employee  representatives"  does not  include any  organization  more than
     one-half (1/2) of whose members are employees who are owners,  officers, or
     executives of the Employer.

          (D)  Nonresident  Aliens.  Effective  for Plan Years  commencing on or
     after  January 1, 1995,  nonresident  aliens with no United  States  source
     earned income are excluded from eligibility to participate.

     Notwithstanding the above, in the event this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, then
the  eligibility  provisions of Section 8.16 below,  to the extent  inconsistent
with the above, shall control.

     4.2 Voluntary  Membership and  Participation.  Participation in the Plan is
voluntary.  A  Participant  may not elect not to  participate  in  discretionary
Employer Contributions, if any.

     4.3 Membership Application.

          (A) Execution of Membership Application. Subject to Section 6.2 below,
     all  Participants  must  execute and  complete  written  application  forms
     providing such


                                       34



     information  as the  Committee  or Trustee  may  reasonably  and  uniformly
     require of all  Participants.  The failure to complete an application  form
     shall not affect a Participant's  right to receive  discretionary  Employer
     contributions  under  said Plan or to remain a  Participant  in said  Plan,
     however, a Participant shall not be eligible to make salary deferrals or to
     receive matching  Employer  contributions  unless a timely written election
     has been made to make  salary  deferrals  or  elective  contributions.  All
     salary reduction  elections shall be prospective and shall not be effective
     retroactively.

          Each Employee,  in his application for participation,  may designate a
     Beneficiary,  and a successor  Beneficiary,  to receive any death  benefits
     provided  herein  and may  elect  the form of  distribution  of  retirement
     benefits as may be elected under Section 8.2 below.  The  application  form
     shall also be  executed  in writing by the  Employee's  spouse,  if any, to
     acknowledge the consent of the spouse to the Beneficiary designation and to
     the  method  of  distribution   selected.  In  the  event  the  Participant
     subsequently desires to change his Beneficiary designation, he may do so by
     submitting  an  appropriate  written  request in the form  required  by the
     Committee, which designation shall also be executed in accordance with this
     Plan.

          (B)  Modifications  to and  Limitations On  Participant Contributions.
     Subject to Section  6.2 below,  each  Participant  may elect to increase or
     decrease  his  salary  deferrals  or  after-tax   employee   contributions,
     prospectively,  on the  first  day of the Plan Year or the first day of the
     fifth or ninth  months of the Plan year;  provided,  at least  fifteen (15)
     days advance notice, in writing, shall be required.

          In addition, a Participant who is affected by a demonstrated hardship,
     as defined herein or who wishes to completely  suspend salary  deferrals or
     after-tax employee contributions, upon provision of written notice at least
     fifteen  (15) days in  advance,  may suspend  all salary  deferrals  and/or
     after-tax  employee  contributions  effective on the first day of the month
     following  submission  of the  request to  suspend  such  contributions.  A
     Participant who has suspended contributions shall not be permitted to renew
     active  participation in the Plan until the later of: the second entry date
     next following the suspension of such Contributions;  or, the earliest date
     permitted  subsequent to a hardship  withdrawal  from an I.R.C.  ss. 401(k)
     plan,  if  applicable;  or, the date when the  election  may be modified as
     provided  herein.   Notwithstanding  the  above,  in  no  event  shall  any
     Participant be entitled to modify his election during the last month of the
     Plan Year.

          (C) Failure to  Designate  Beneficiaries.  If a  Participant  fails to
     designate   Beneficiaries,   the   Committee   is  empowered  to  designate
     Beneficiaries  on  behalf  of said  Participant,  but only  from  among the
     following class of beneficiaries in the order and priority named: surviving
     spouse of the Participant;  children,  including  legally adopted children;
     or, the estate of the Participant. In no event may the Company or the Trust
     be named as a Beneficiary.  The  application  form shall also set forth the
     optional  methods of payment  provided in this Plan to afford the  Employee
     the opportunity to elect his preference. Upon becoming a Participant in the
     Plan,  the Employee  shall be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan
     and Trust.


                                       35



     4.4 Entry Dates.

          (A) Entry  Date for  Eligibility  to Receive  Employer  Contributions.
     Every  employee who is eligible as of the effective  date of this Agreement
     shall  become a  Participant  as of that date.  Every  other  Employee  who
     thereafter  becomes  eligible under Section 4.1 above shall  participate in
     the Plan as provided for in this Article as of the earlier of the following
     dates, provided he is employed on that date:

               (1) First Day. The first day of the Plan Year next  following the
          date the Employee fulfills the requirements of Section 4.1;

               (2) Fifth  Month.  The  first day of the fifth  month of the Plan
          Year next following the date the Employee fulfills the requirements of
          Section 4.1 above; or,

               (3) Ninth  Month.  The  first day of the ninth  month of the Plan
          Year next following the date the Employee fulfills the requirements of
          Section 4.1 above.

          The  Employee   shall  be  entitled  to  his  allocation  of  Employer
     contributions  during  the Plan Year in which  the  Employee  fulfills  his
     eligibility  requirements,  and his contribution  allocation shall be based
     upon his compensation for the remaining  portion of the Plan Year after the
     Participant's  entry date occurred,  subject to the terms and conditions of
     this Plan.

          (B)  Entry  Date  for   Eligibility  to  Make   Elective   Participant
     Contributions.  Every  Employee who is eligible as of the effective date of
     this  Agreement  who has  elected  to  participate  shall  either  remain a
     Participant in the Plan or shall be eligible to become a Participant in the
     Plan as of the next following entry date. For purposes of this Section, the
     Plan entry  dates  shall be on the same  entry  dates  provided  for above;
     provided,  in order to participate in the Plan, each eligible Employee must
     first  complete an election  form to provide for salary  deferrals or other
     contributions before participation in the Plan can begin.

          (C) No Employer  Allocations  Prior to  Participation  in the Plan. No
     Employee  shall be entitled to  participate  in or benefit from matching or
     discretionary Employer  contributions,  if any, for any period prior to the
     date on which the Employee actually becomes a Participant in the Plan.


                                       36



     4.5 Termination and Rehiring. An Employee who has satisfied the eligibility
requirements,  separates  from service prior to the entry date and returns after
the entry date but prior to a one (1) year Break in  Service,  will  participate
immediately on his  reemployment  commencement,  as if such  termination had not
occurred.

     A vested  Participant,  or a non-vested  Participant  as defined in Section
8.12  below,  who is  reemployed  before  or after a Break in  Service,  who has
already met the Plan eligibility  requirements,  will participate immediately on
commencement  of his  reemployment.  Every other Employee  whose  employment has
terminated,  upon being rehired,  shall be deemed a new Employee for purposes of
determining his eligibility under Section 4.1 above.

     4.6 Affiliated Company.  This Plan and Trust shall include the Employees of
any affiliated or subsidiary  corporation,  if such corporation  formally adopts
this Plan and Trust, in writing.

     4.7  Communication.  The  Company  shall  inform  all  Employees  of  their
eligibility  and of the Plan terms as soon as  practicable  after said  Employee
becomes eligible for participation.

     4.8 Limitations. The rights of any Employee, Participant or Beneficiary are
limited  to  those  incorporated   herein,  and  no  Employee,   Participant  or
Beneficiary shall have any other legal or equitable right against the Company, a
subsidiary or affiliated Company,  the officers and directors of such Company or
the Trustee.

     4.9 Minimum  Plan  Participation  Requirements.  For Plan Years  commencing
after  December 31, 1988, a trust shall not  constitute a qualified  trust under
I.R.C. ss.  401(a)(26) unless such trust is part of a Plan, which on each day of
the Plan Year benefits the lesser of: fifty (50) Employees of the Employer;  or,
forty percent  (40%) or more of all  Employees of the Employer.  For purposes of
determining compliance with the above provisions, the following Employees of the
Employer  may be  excluded:  Employees  who are  included in a unit of Employees
covered by an  agreement  which the  Secretary of Labor finds to be a collective
bargaining agreement between employee representatives and one or more employers,
if there is evidence  that  retirement  benefits  were the subject of good faith
bargaining between such employee representatives and such employer or employers;
Employees who have not met the minimum age and service requirements  established
by the Plan for Plan  participation;  and,  any other  employee  excluded  under
I.R.C. ss. 401(a)(26), as amended, unless such Employee is otherwise eligible to
participate hereunder. Employees who are eligible to contribute or who may elect
to have  contributions  made on their  behalf,  pursuant  to a  deferred  salary
reduction  election  under I.R.C.  ss.  401(k) or matching  contributions  under
I.R.C. ss. 401(m) shall be treated as benefiting under the Plan.


                                       37



                                   ARTICLE 5.
                             EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

     5.1 Determination of Amount.

          (A) Nonelective  Discretionary  Employer  Contributions.  This Plan is
     intended to qualify as a profit sharing plan under I.R.C.  ss. 401, et seq.
     The  Employer  contribution  to the Trust  Fund for each Plan Year shall be
     made without regard to current or  accumulated  profits of the Employer and
     shall be in such amount as the Board of Directors (or other governing body)
     may pay or  authorize by  appropriate  resolution.  For any Plan Year,  the
     resolution  shall be adopted by the Board of Directors (or other  governing
     body) and funded into the Trust on or before the latest date  allowable for
     adoption of such a resolution  pursuant to the applicable  federal laws and
     regulations,  in order  to  obtain  a  deduction  for  federal  income  tax
     purposes.

          Nonelective  Discretionary Employer Contributions shall not be treated
     as   Qualified   Nonelective    Contributions   under   Treas.   Reg.   ss.
     1.401(k)-1(b)(3).

          (B) Elective  401(k) Employer  Contributions.  For each Plan Year, the
     Employer  shall  contribute  to the Plan the amount of the total  qualified
     salary  reduction  elections  under I.R.C.  ss. 401(k) of all  Participants
     pursuant  to Section  6.2,  which  amount  shall be deemed  the  Employer's
     Elective Contribution.

          (C) Matching Employer Contributions. On behalf of each Participant who
     is eligible to share in Employer matching  contributions for the Plan Year,
     an Employer  matching  contribution  equal to one hundred percent (100%) of
     the first two percent (2%) of  Compensation  contributed  as a  Participant
     after-tax  Employee  contribution  and fifty percent (50%) of the next four
     percent (4%) of Compensation  contributed as a Participant  elective salary
     deferral  contribution  will be made. Such Employer  matching  contribution
     amount shall be deemed an Employer's Nonelective Contribution.  In applying
     the matching percentage specified above, only Participant salary reductions
     and  voluntary  after-tax  contributions  up to six  percent  (6%) of total
     Compensation  shall be considered for matching  contribution  purposes.  No
     Employer matching contributions shall be made based upon a rollover account
     balance.

          Notwithstanding  the above,  in no event shall any  Employer  Matching
     Contributions be made to the Plan if such  contribution  would result in an
     impermissible  contribution  of  benefits  in  excess  of  the  limitations
     described under I.R.C.  ss.ss.  401(k), 404 or 415, or any other applicable
     provisions of the I.R.C.

     5.2 Funding Policy and Method.

          (A) Nonelective Employer Contributions.  The funding policy and method
     of the Employer shall be to make all Employer Nonelective  Contributions as
     determined


                                       38



     into the trust Fund under the trust  provisions of this Plan. The Directors
     may amend or  terminate  said  funding  policy  and  method by  appropriate
     resolution,  subject  to  the  provisions  of  this  Plan  and  subject  to
     applicable  laws and  regulations.  The Employer has paid to the Trustee an
     initial sum of money,  as of the date of the adoption of this Plan,  as its
     initial  contribution  to the Trust Fund. The Employer shall pay its annual
     contribution  on  account  of any given  Plan Year not later  than the time
     prescribed by law for filing its Federal  Income Tax Return for its Taxable
     Year, including extensions thereof.

          The  Employer  contribution  under  the Plan for any Plan Year will be
     considered   to  have  been  made  on  the  earlier  of:  the  actual  date
     contributed;  or, the last day of the Plan Year (regardless of when paid to
     the Trustee) immediately  preceding the contribution (subject to applicable
     I.R.C. rules) unless otherwise designated by the Employer.

          (B) Elective  Employer  and Basic  After-Tax  Employee  Contributions.
     Elective Employer and Basic After-Tax  Employee  Contributions  accumulated
     through payroll  deductions shall be paid to the Trustee as of the earliest
     date on which such  contributions  can  reasonably be  segregated  from the
     Employer's  general  assets,  but in any event within ninety (90) days from
     the date on which such  amounts  would  otherwise  have been payable to the
     participant  in cash.  The  provisions  of  Department  of Labor  Reg.  ss.
     2510.3-102  are  incorporated   herein  by  reference.   Furthermore,   any
     additional  Elective  Employer and Basic After-Tax  Employee  contributions
     which  are  allocable  to the  Participant's  Elective  or Basic  After-Tax
     Employee contribution Accounts for a Plan Year shall be paid to the Plan no
     later than the twelve (12) month period immediately  following the close of
     such Plan Year.

     5.3 Limitation on Maximum Employer Contribution.

          (A)  Maximum  Annual  Limitations.  In no  event  may  the  Employer's
     contribution  exceed the amount  allowable as a deduction under the I.R.C.,
     provide a  contribution  to any  Participant  that would exceed the Maximum
     Annual  Addition or any other  Limitation  provided  for under this Plan or
     applicable  law,  or  provide an  allocation  to any  Participant  based on
     compensation in excess of Participant Compensation as defined above.

          (B)  Maximum  Employer  Contribution.  In no event may the  Employer's
     Nonelective  contribution  to the Trust Fund  pursuant  to this Plan exceed
     fifteen percent (15%) of the Compensation otherwise paid or accrued for all
     Participants  under  this Plan  during the Plan Year in  question,  or such
     other   percentage  as  may   hereafter  be  permitted   under  the  I.R.C.
     Contributions  under this Plan shall be coordinated and aggregated with all
     other Employer  contributions  to other Employer  profit sharing plans,  if
     any, to determine the maximum permissible Employer Nonelective Contribution
     amount.

          (C)  Allocation  of  Excess  Annual   Additions.   In  the  event  the
     contribution  allocated to any Participant  exceeds the Maximum Permissible
     Annual Addition, then,


                                       39



     and in such event, such excess Annual Addition under this Plan on behalf of
     a  Participant  shall be reduced  by first  refunding  all salary  deferral
     contributions;  and, second, all nondeductible Employee  contributions,  to
     the extent they are in excess of the Maximum Annual Addition  amounts.  The
     amount of such reduction consisting of Employee contributions shall be paid
     to the Employee as soon as reasonably  possible  without accrued  interest.
     The   remainder  of  such   reduction,   if  any,   shall  be  affected  by
     proportionately  reducing the Employer  contributions  and forfeitures,  if
     any, to be allocated  under this Plan on behalf of such  Participant  as of
     the allocation date.

          The  amount of such  reduction  in Plan  contributions  consisting  of
     Employer   contributions   and  forfeitures   shall  be  allocated   and/or
     reallocated  to other  Participants'  accounts in accordance  with the Plan
     formula for allocating  Employer  contributions and forfeitures as provided
     below;  provided further,  that any such contributions or allocations shall
     not be allowed to cause the additions to any other Participant's account to
     exceed  the  lesser  of:  the  maximum  permissible  amount;  or, any other
     limitation provided for in the Plan.

          (D) Creation of a Suspense Account.  To the extent that the reductions
     described   in  the  above   paragraphs   cannot  be   allocated  to  other
     Participants' accounts without exceeding applicable Plan Limitations,  then
     such  reduction  amount  shall  be  allocated  to  a  suspense  account  as
     forfeitures  and  held  therein  until  the next  succeeding  date on which
     forfeitures can be allocated under this Plan. Provided, however, investment
     gains and losses and other  income  shall not be  allocated to funds in the
     suspense account.  If a suspense account is in existence at any time during
     a particular Limitation Year, then all amounts in the suspense account must
     be allocated and reallocated to Participants'  accounts before any Employer
     or Employee contributions may be made to the Plan for that Limitation Year.
     In the event of termination of the Plan, the suspense  account shall revert
     to the  Employer  to the extent  that it may not then be  allocated  to any
     Participants' or former Participants' accounts.

          If the  Employer  has  established  both a Pension and Profit  Sharing
     Plan,  then,  and in such event,  if after the return of the  Participant's
     excess Voluntary  Contributions,  an excess remains, the adjustment will be
     made in the profit sharing  contributions and forfeitures  allocated to the
     Participants' Profit Sharing Accounts in the manner described below.

          (E)  Coordination  of Annual Addition  Reallocations.  If, pursuant to
     Section  5.3  above or as a result of the  allocation  of  forfeitures,  if
     applicable,  a Participant's Annual Additions under this Plan and any other
     related or aggregated Plans would result in an excess  contribution  amount
     for any  Participant or Plan for a Limitation  Year, then the excess amount
     will be deemed to consist of the Annual  Additions last  allocated,  except
     that Annual Additions  attributable to a welfare benefit fund or individual
     medical account will be deemed to have been allocated  first  regardless of
     the actual allocation date.


                                       40



     5.4  Forfeitures.  For purposes of Article 5 only,  all  matching  Employer
contributions  under Section  5.1(C) shall be reduced by allocable  forfeitures,
and  if  additional  forfeitures  remain  to be  allocated,  then  discretionary
nonmatching  Employer  contributions  under  Section  5.1(A) shall be reduced by
remaining  allocable  forfeitures,  if any,  reallocated  for such Plan Year. No
forfeitures  shall  occur  solely as a result  of an  Employee's  withdrawal  of
Employee contributions.

     5.5 Reversion to Employer Prohibited. Notwithstanding any provision of this
Plan or any amendments thereof, except Section 5.7 below, it shall be impossible
at any time for any part of the  principal or income of the Trust Fund to revert
to the Employer, or to be used for or directed to any purpose other than for the
exclusive benefit of Participants, their Beneficiaries or their estates.

     5.6  Allocation  of  Employer  Contributions.  The  Employer's  nonelective
discretionary   and  matching   contributions   shall  be  allocated  among  all
Participants, who meet the eligibility requirements of Subsection 5.6(A) below.

          (A) Nonelective Discretionary Employer Contributions.

               (1)  Eligibility.  In order to receive an allocation of a Company
          contribution  for a particular  Plan Year, a Participant  must receive
          Compensation from the Company during the Plan Year;  complete at least
          one (1) Hour of Service during a Year of Service for such Plan Year as
          defined above;  must be actively  employed on the last day of the Plan
          Year;  and,  not be in  Inactive  Status for such Plan Year as defined
          above; provided that, Section 8.16 provisions shall apply to Top-Heavy
          Plans.  Provided,  further,  only  compensation  earned  on or after a
          Participant's entry into the Plan, for Employer contribution purposes,
          shall be counted for allocation purposes.

               (2)  Allocation  Formula.  The  Company's  contribution  shall be
          allocated to the respective Employer contribution accounts of eligible
          Participants  in the same  ratio  which  each  eligible  Participant's
          Compensation  during the Plan Year bears to the total  Compensation of
          all eligible Participants during the Plan Year.


                                       41



          (B) Matching Employer Contributions.

               (1)  Eligibility.  In order to receive an allocation of a Company
          matching  contribution  for a particular Plan Year, a Participant must
          receive  Compensation from the Company during the Plan Year;  complete
          at least one (1) Hour of  Service  during a Year of  Service  for such
          Plan Year as defined  above;  elect to make  after-tax  and/or  salary
          reduction  contributions into the Plan; and, not be in Inactive Status
          for such Plan Year as  defined  above;  provided  that,  Section  8.16
          provisions shall apply to Top-Heavy  Plans.  Provided,  further,  only
          compensation  earned on or after a Participant's  entry into the Plan,
          for Employer  contribution  purposes,  shall be counted for allocation
          purposes.

               (2) Allocation Formula.  Matching Employer contributions shall be
          allocated to eligible  Participants  based upon the  matching  formula
          provided under Section 5.1 above.

     5.7 Actual Deferral Percentage Tests.

          (A) Maximum Annual Allocation of Elective Employer Contributions.  For
     each Plan Year  commencing  after December 31, 1986, the annual  allocation
     derived  from  Elective  Employer   Contributions,   or  Elective  Employer
     Contributions  in  combination  with  Qualified  Nonelective  Contributions
     and/or  Qualified  Matching  Contributions  that are  treated  as  Elective
     Contributions  under the Plan,  made to a  Participant's  Elective  Account
     shall satisfy one of the following actual deferral percentage tests:

               (1) The "Actual  Deferral  Percentage"  for the  eligible  Highly
          Compensated  Participant  group  shall  not be more  than the  "Actual
          Deferral   Percentage"   of  the   eligible   Non-Highly   Compensated
          Participant group multiplied by 1.25; or,

               (2)  The  excess  of the  "Actual  Deferral  Percentage"  for the
          eligible  Highly  Compensated   Participant  group  over  the  "Actual
          Deferral   Percentage"   for  the  eligible   Non-Highly   Compensated
          Participant  group  shall  not be more  than  two  percentage  points.
          Additionally, the "Actual Deferral Percentage" for the eligible Highly
          Compensated  Participant  Group  shall  not be more  than the  "Actual
          Deferral   Percentage"   for  the  eligible   Non-Highly   Compensated
          Participant group multiplied by two (2).

               The  provisions  of I.R.C.  ss.  401(k)(3)  and Treas.  Reg.  ss.
          1.401(k)-1(b)  shall  also  apply to this  Plan  and are  incorporated
          herein by reference.

               The  adopting  Employer  named  herein has elected to utilize all
          Elective


                                       42



          Contributions,   Qualified  Nonelective  Contributions  and  Qualified
          Matching  Contributions  which are treated as  Elective  Contributions
          under  the  Plan,  as  applicable,  to  satisfy  the  Actual  Deferral
          Percentage Test.

          (B) Coordination of Actual Deferral Percentage and Actual Compensation
     Percentage  Tests.  Notwithstanding  the above,  for Plan Years  commencing
     after  December  31,  1988,  in order to prevent  the  multiple  use of the
     alternative method described in the immediately  preceding paragraph and in
     I.R.C. ss.  401(m)(9)(A),  any Highly Compensated  Participant  eligible to
     make  Elective  deferrals  pursuant to this  section and to make  after-tax
     Employee  contributions  or to receive  matching  contributions  under this
     Plan, if applicable,  or under any other plan maintained by the Employer or
     an Affiliated  Employer,  shall have his actual  contribution ratio reduced
     pursuant  to  Treas.  Reg.  ss.  1.401(M)-2,  the  provisions  of which are
     incorporated herein by reference.

          (C)  Definitions.  For  purposes  of this  Section,  "Actual  Deferral
     Percentage" means, with regard to each specific group of Participants for a
     Plan  Year,   with  respect  to  the  Highly   Compensated  and  Non-Highly
     Compensated  Participant  groups  for a  Plan  Year,  the  average  of  the
     contribution percentage ratios,  calculated separately for each Participant
     in each such  group,  of the  amount  of  Elective  Employer  Contributions
     allocated  to each  Participant's  Elective  Account  for such  Plan  Year,
     including all or any portion of cash bonuses which may be deferred pursuant
     to this Plan in relation to such  Participant's  Compensation for such Plan
     Year.  The  actual  deferral  ratio for each  Participant  and the  "Actual
     Deferral  Percentage"  for each group  shall be  calculated  to the nearest
     one-hundredth (1/100) of one percent (1%). Elective Employer  Contributions
     allocated to any Participant shall include: (1) any Elective Deferrals made
     pursuant to the Participant's  deferral election (including Excess Elective
     Deferrals  of Highly  Compensated  Employees),  but  excluding  (a)  Excess
     Elective  Deferrals of Non-Highly  Compensated  Employees that arise solely
     from  Elective  Deferrals  made under this Plan or plans of this  Employer;
     and, (b) Elective Deferrals that are taken into account in the Contribution
     Percentage  test  (provided the ADP test is satisfied both with and without
     exclusion  of these  Elective  Deferrals;  and,  (2) at the election of the
     Employer,  Qualified  Non-Elective  Contributions  and  Qualified  Matching
     Contributions.  For purposes of computing Actual Deferral  Percentages,  an
     Employee who would be a  Participant  but for the failure to make  Elective
     Deferrals  shall be treated as a  Participant  on whose  behalf no Elective
     Deferrals are made.

          For purposes of this Plan, an Elective  Contribution may only be taken
     into account under the Plan if such contribution satisfies the requirements
     described herein. Specifically, the Elective Contribution must be allocated
     to the Participant under the Plan as of the date within the applicable Plan
     Year.  For purposes of this rule,  an Elective  Contribution  is considered
     allocated  as of a date  within a Plan Year only if the  allocation  is not
     contingent on the Participant's participation in the Plan or performance of
     services on any date  subsequent to the allocation  date; and, the Elective
     Contribution is actually


                                       43



     paid to the trust no later  than the end of the twelve  (12)  month  period
     immediately  following the Plan Year to which the contribution relates. The
     Elective  Contribution  must also relate to compensation  that either would
     have  been  received  by the  Participant  in the  Plan  Year  but  for the
     Participant's  election  to defer  under the Plan,  or is  attributable  to
     services  performed  by the  Participant  in the Plan Year and, but for the
     Participant's   election  to  defer,   would  have  been  received  by  the
     Participant  within two and  one-half (2 1/2) months after the close of the
     Plan Year. All Elective  Contributions  must satisfy the above requirements
     in order to be taken into  account  for  purposes  of the  Actual  Deferral
     Percentage Test.

          For the purposes of this section, a Highly Compensated Participant and
     a Non-Highly Compensated Participant shall include any Employee eligible to
     make a deferral  election  pursuant  to this  section,  whether or not such
     deferral election was made or suspended pursuant to this Plan.

          (D) Family  Aggregation.  For the  purpose of  determining  the actual
     deferral  ratio of a Highly  Compensated  Employee  who is  subject  to the
     Family  Member  aggregation  rules of I.R.C.  ss.  414(q)(6)  because  such
     Participant  is either a "five percent owner" of the Employer or one of the
     ten (10) Highly Compensated  Employees paid the greatest "415 Compensation"
     during the year, the following rules shall apply:

               (1) The  combined  actual  deferral  ratio for the  family  group
          (which shall be treated as one Highly  Compensated  Participant) shall
          be the greater of: (i) the ratio  determined by  aggregating  Elective
          Employer  Contributions  and  "414(s)  Compensation"  of all  eligible
          Family Members who are Highly Compensated  Participants without regard
          to family  aggregation;  and, (ii) the ratio determined by aggregating
          Elective  Employer  Contributions  and  "414(s)  Compensation"  of all
          eligible Family Members (including Highly  Compensated  Participants).
          However,  in applying the $200,000.00 limit to "414(s)  Compensation,"
          for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, Family Members shall
          include only the affected Employee's spouse and any lineal descendants
          who have not yet attained  age  nineteen  (19) before the close of the
          Plan Year.

               (2) Elective Employer  Contributions and "414(s) Compensation" of
          all Family  Members shall be  disregarded  for purposes of determining
          the  "Actual  Deferral  Percentage"  of  the  Non-Highly   Compensated
          Participant   group  except  to  the  extent  taken  into  account  in
          subparagraph (1) above.

               (3) If a Participant  is required to be aggregated as a member of
          more than one family group in a plan, all Participants who are members
          of those family groups that include the  Participant are aggregated as
          one family group in accordance with subparagraphs (1) and (2) above.


                                       44



          (E)  Aggregation of Cash or Deferred  Plans.  For the purposes of this
     Section and I.R.C.  ss.ss.  401(a)(4),  401(k) and  410(b),  if two or more
     plans which include cash or deferred  arrangements  are considered one plan
     for purposes of I.R.C.  ss.ss.  401(a)(4) or 410(b) (other than I.R.C.  ss.
     410(b)(2)(A)(ii)  as in effect for Plan Years  beginning after December 31,
     1988,  the cash or  deferred  arrangements  included in such plans shall be
     treated as one arrangement.

          In  addition,  two  or  more  cash  or  deferred  arrangements  may be
     considered as a single  arrangement for purposes of determining  whether or
     not such arrangements satisfy I.R.C. ss.ss. 401(a)(4), 401(k) or 410(b). In
     such a case, the cash or deferred  arrangements  included in such plans and
     the plans including such  arrangements  shall be treated as one arrangement
     and as one plan for purposes of this Section and I.R.C.  ss.ss.  401(a)(4),
     401(k) and 410(b).

          For Plan  Years  beginning  after  December  31,  1989,  plans  may be
     aggregated  under  this  subparagraph  (E) only if they  have the same Plan
     Year.

          For the purposes of this Section, if a Highly Compensated  Participant
     is a  Participant  under two or more cash or deferred  arrangements  (other
     than a cash or  deferred  arrangement  which is part of an  employee  stock
     ownership plan as defined in I.R.C. ss. 4975(e)(7) for Plan Years beginning
     after December 31, 1988),  of the Employer or an Affiliated  Employer,  all
     such cash or deferred arrangements shall be treated as one cash or deferred
     arrangement  for the purpose of determining  the actual deferral ratio with
     respect to such Highly  Compensated  Participant.  However,  for Plan Years
     beginning  after  December 31, 1988,  if the cash or deferred  arrangements
     have different Plan Years,  this paragraph shall be applied by treating all
     cash or deferred  arrangements ending with or within the same calendar year
     as a single arrangement.

          Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  certain  plans  shall be  treated as
     separate if mandatorily  disaggregated  under  regulations under I.R.C. ss.
     401(k)

          (F) Adjustments to Actual Deferral Percentage Tests. In the event that
     the initial  allocations  of the  Employer's  Elective  Contributions  made
     pursuant to Section  5.7(A) above do not satisfy one of the tests set forth
     therein  for  Plan  Years  beginning  after  December  31,  1986,  then the
     Administrator shall adjust Excess Contributions pursuant to the options set
     forth below:

               (1) Leveling and Distribution  Method. On or before the fifteenth
          (15th) day of the third  (3rd)  month  following  the end of each Plan
          Year,  the Highly  Compensated  Participant  having the highest Actual
          Deferral  Ratio  shall  have  his  portion  of  Excess   Contributions
          distributed  to him  and/or,  at  his  election  recharacterized  as a
          voluntary Employee contribution pursuant to this Plan until one of the
          tests set forth in Section  5.7(A) is  satisfied,  or until his Actual
          Deferral  Ratio  equals  the  Actual  Deferral  Ratio  of  the  Highly


                                       45



          Compensated  Participant  having the second  highest  Actual  Deferral
          Ratio. This process shall continue until one of the tests set forth in
          Section 5.7(A) is satisfied.  For each Highly Compensated Participant,
          the  amount  of  Excess   Contributions   is  equal  to  the  Elective
          Contributions  made on behalf of such Highly  Compensated  Participant
          (determined  prior to the  application  of this  paragraph)  minus the
          amount determined by multiplying the Highly Compensated  Participant's
          Actual Deferral Ratio (determined after application of this paragraph)
          by his "414(s)  Compensation."  However,  in determining the amount of
          Excess  Contributions to be distributed  and/or  recharacterized  with
          respect to an affected  Highly  Compensated  Participant as determined
          herein,   such  amount  shall  be  reduced  by  any  Excess   Deferred
          Compensation   previously   distributed   to  such   affected   Highly
          Compensated  Participant  for his  taxable  year ending with or within
          such Plan Year.

                    (a) With respect to the distribution of Excess Contributions
               pursuant to subsection (1) above, such distribution:

                         (i) may be  postponed  but not later  than the close of
                    the Plan  Year  following  the Plan  Year to which  they are
                    allocable;

                         (ii)   shall  be  made   from   Qualified   Nonelective
                    Contributions  only to the extent that Excess  Contributions
                    exceed the  balance in the  Participant's  Elective  Account
                    attributable to Deferred  Compensation and Employer matching
                    contributions made pursuant to this Plan, if any;

                         (iii) shall be adjusted for Income;

                         (iv)  shall  be   designated   by  the  Employer  as  a
                    distribution of Excess Contributions (and Income); and,

                         (v) in no case shall the amount of excess contributions
                    recharacterized  for a Plan Year with  respect to any Highly
                    Compensated   Employee   exceed  the   amount  of   Elective
                    Contributions  made on  behalf  of such  Highly  Compensated
                    Employee for such Plan Year.

                    Notwithstanding  the  above,  in  the  event  of a  complete
               termination  of the Plan during the Plan Year in which the Excess
               Contribution  arose,  such  distribution  shall be made after the
               date of termination  of the Plan and as soon as  administratively
               feasible, but in no event later than the close of the twelve (12)
               month period immediately following such termination.


                                       46



                    (b) Excess  Contributions of Participants who are subject to
               the family member  aggregation rules shall be allocated among the
               family   members  in   proportion   to  the   Elective   Employer
               Contributions   (and   amounts   treated  as  Elective   Employer
               Contributions)   of  each  family  member  that  is  combined  to
               determine the combined Actual Deferral Percentage.

               (2)    Recharacterization    Method.    With   respect   to   the
          recharacterization of Excess Contributions  pursuant to subsection (F)
          above, such recharacterized amounts:

                    (a) shall be deemed  to have  occurred  on the date on which
               the last of those  Highly  Compensated  Participants  with Excess
               Contributions   to  be   recharacterized   is   notified  of  the
               recharacterization    and   the   tax    consequences   of   such
               recharacterization;

                    (b) for Plan Years ending on or before  August 8, 1988,  may
               be postponed but not later than October 24, 1988;

                    (c) shall not exceed the amount of Deferred  Compensation on
               behalf of any Highly Compensated Participant for any Plan Year;

                    (d) shall be treated as voluntary Employee contributions for
               purposes of I.R.C. ss. 401(a)(4) and Treas.  Reg.  1.401(k)-1(b).
               However,  for  purposes  of  Sections  5.7 and 6.2 to the  extent
               required  by  applicable   regulations,   recharacterized  Excess
               Contributions   shall   continue   to  be  treated  as   Employer
               contributions  that are  Deferred  Compensation.  For Plan  Years
               commencing   after  December  31,  1988,   Excess   Contributions
               recharacterized   as  voluntary  Employee   contributions   shall
               continue   to  be   nonforfeitable   and   subject  to  the  same
               distribution rules provided for in Article 8;

                    (e) are not  permitted if the amount  recharacterized,  plus
               voluntary  Employee  contributions  actually  made by such Highly
               Compensated  Participant,  exceed the maximum amount of voluntary
               Employee  contributions  (determined prior to application of this
               section) that such Highly Compensated Participant is permitted to
               make under the Plan in the absence of recharacterization;

                    (f) shall be adjusted for Income;

                    (g) any distribution and/or  recharacterization of less than
               the entire  amount of Excess  Contribution  shall be treated as a
               pro rata


                                       47



               distribution  and/or  recharacterization of  Excess Contributions
               and Income; and,

                    (h) for Plan  Years  commencing  after  December  31,  1988,
               Elective  Contributions  may  not  be  recharacterized  hereunder
               unless they are  recharacterized  under the Plan with  respect to
               which the Elective  Contributions  were made or under a Plan with
               the  same  Plan  Year  as  the  Plan  under  which  the  Elective
               Contributions were made.

               (3) Discretionary  Qualified Nonelective Employer  Contributions.
          Within twelve (12) months after the end of the Plan Year, the Employer
          may make a special  Qualified  Nonelective  Contribution  on behalf of
          Non-Highly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy
          one of the tests set forth in Section 5.7. Such contribution  shall be
          allocated to the  Participant's  Elective  Account of each  Non-Highly
          Compensated  Participant in the same  proportion  that each Non-Highly
          Compensated Participant's  Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the
          total Compensation of all Non-Highly Compensated Participants.

          (G)  Impermissible  Treatment  of  Excess  Contributions.  Any  excess
     contributions for a Plan Year may not remain unallocated or be allocated to
     a suspense account to one or more Participants in any future year.

          (H) Miscellaneous Provisions.

               (1) The income allocable to Excess  Contributions is equal to the
          sum of the  allocable  gain or  loss  during  the  Plan  Year.  Income
          includes  all  earnings  and  appreciation,  including,  such items as
          interest, dividends, rent, royalties, gains from the sale of property,
          appreciation in the value of stock, bonds,  annuity and life insurance
          contracts,  and  other  property,   without  regard  to  whether  such
          appreciation has been realized.

               The income allocable to excess contributions for the Plan Year is
          determined by  multiplying  the income for the Plan Year  allocable to
          Elective  Contributions and amounts treated as Elective  Contributions
          by  a  fraction.   The   numerator  of  the  fraction  is  the  Excess
          Contributions by the Participant for the Plan Year. The denominator of
          the  fraction  is  the  total  account   balance  of  the  Participant
          attributable to Elective Contributions and amounts treated as Elective
          Contributions  as of the end of the  Plan  Year,  reduced  by the gain
          allocable to such total amount for the Plan Year and  increased by the
          loss allocable to such total amount for the Plan Year.

               No income shall be income allocable to Excess  Contributions  for
          the  period  between  the  end of the  Plan  Year  and  the  date of a
          corrective distribution.


                                       48



               (2)  A  corrective  distribution  of  Excess  Contributions  (and
          income) may be made under the terms of the Plan without  regard to any
          notice or consent otherwise  required under I.R.C.  ss.ss.  411(a)(11)
          and 417.

               (3)  A  corrective  distribution  of  Excess  Contributions  (and
          income)  under the terms of the Plan is  includible in gross income on
          the  earliest  dates any  Elective  Contributions  by the  Participant
          during the Plan Year would have been received by the  Participant  had
          he  originally  elected  to  receive  the  amounts  in  cash,  or,  if
          distributed  more than two and  one-half (2 1/2) months after the Plan
          Year for which such  contributions  were made,  in the Taxable Year of
          the   Participant   in  which   distributed.   The  amount  of  Excess
          contributions  includible in the  Participant's  gross income shall be
          reduced as provided above. In addition, such a corrective distribution
          of Excess  Contributions  (and  income)  is not  subject  to the early
          distribution  tax  of  I.R.C.  ss.  72(t)  and  is  not  treated  as a
          distribution  for purposes of applying the excess tax under I.R.C. ss.
          4981A.

               (4) A distribution  of Excess  Contributions  (and income) is not
          treated as a distribution for purposes of determining whether the Plan
          satisfies  the  minimum   distribution   requirements  of  I.R.C.  ss.
          401(a)(9).

               (5) The amount of Excess  Contributions to be  recharacterized or
          distributed  with  respect to a  Participant  for a Plan Year shall be
          reduced  by  any  Excess  Deferrals  previously  distributed  to  such
          Participant for the  Participant's  Taxable Year ending with or within
          such Plan Year.

               (6) A Plan may use Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Qualified
          Matching Contributions,  the recharacterization method, the corrective
          distribution  method,  or a combination of these methods,  to avoid or
          correct excess contributions.  This Plan does not, at present, require
          that,  upon  commencement  of  participating,   a  Highly  Compensated
          Employee  may  elect  whether  any  Excess  Contributions  are  to  be
          recharacterized or distributed,  however,  the Plan reserves the right
          to require Highly  Compensated  Employees to make such election.  This
          Plan does permit a Highly Compensated Employee to elect to have all or
          a portion of the Excess  contributions  on behalf of such  Participant
          for a Plan Year recharacterized or distributed. Any recharacterization
          or distribution of less than the entire amount of Excess Contributions
          with  respect to any Highly  Compensated  Employee is treated as a pro
          rata  recharacterization  or distribution of excess  contributions and
          allocable income or loss.


                                       49



     5.8  Diversion of Employer  Contributions.  Except as provided  below,  the
general  rule shall  apply that the assets of this Plan shall never inure to the
benefit of the Employer, or any affiliate of the Employer, and such assets shall
be held for the exclusive  purposes to provide  benefits to  Participants in the
Plan  and  their   Beneficiaries  and  defraying  the  reasonable   expenses  of
administering the Plan.  Pursuant to ERISA ss. 403(c) and Revenue Ruling 77-200,
the following reversions of Employer  contributions to the Plan may occur if all
the requirements of each provision permitting reversion are fulfilled:

          (A) Exceptions Whereby Reversion of Plan Assets Is Not Prohibited.

               (1) Mistake of Fact. In the case of an Employer  Contribution  to
          the Plan  attributable to a good faith mistake of fact, then the funds
          mistakenly  contributed  by the Employer  may revert to the  Employer;
          provided  that,  such  mistaken  contribution  must be returned to the
          Employer within one (1) year after the payment of such contribution to
          the Plan. ERISA ss. 403(c)(2)(A)(i).

               Notwithstanding  the above, in the case of a contribution made by
          an Employer to a multiemployer Plan by a good faith mistake of fact or
          law (other  than a mistake  relating  to whether  the Plan or Trust is
          qualified under I.R.C.  ss.ss.  401(a) and 501(a)  respectively)  such
          contributed  funds may revert to the  Employer;  provided  that,  such
          reversion of the  mistakenly  contributed  funds occurs within six (6)
          months  after  the Plan  Administrator  determines  that the  Employer
          contribution   was  made   because  of  such  a  mistake.   ERISA  ss.
          403(c)(2)(A)(ii).

               (2) Employer Contribution Conditioned on  I.R.S. Qualification of
          Plan.  Irrespective  of any  other  provisions  in this Plan and Trust
          Agreement,  all  contributions by the Company shall be refunded to the
          Company,  within  one (1) year  after  the date of  contribution  upon
          denial of initial  qualification  by the Internal  Revenue Service (or
          any  other   agency  with   authority  to  withhold  or  deny  initial
          qualification of the Plan), if this Plan is not approved and qualified
          under I.R.C. ss.ss. 401, 404, 501 and other applicable provisions,  or
          if the hereinafter described Trust fails in its efforts to be approved
          and qualified for exemption under I.R.C.  ss.ss. 401, 404, 405 and any
          other applicable provisions. ERISA ss. 403(c)(2)(B).

               (3) Employer Contribution Contingent on Allowability of Corporate
          Income  Tax  Deduction.  In the event the  deduction  of the  Employer
          contribution is disallowed  under I.R.C.  ss. 404, then, to the extent
          the deduction is disallowed,  such Employer  contribution  to the Plan
          shall be returned to the Employer;  provided that,  such  contribution
          must be  returned  within one (1) year after the  disallowance  of the
          deduction. ERISA ss. 403(c)(2)(C).

          (B) Applicable Rules Concerning  Reversion of Plan Funds. If reversion


                                       50



     of an Employer  Contribution  takes place  pursuant to the terms of Section
     5.8(A)(1), (2) or (3) above, the following provisions shall apply:

               (1) Good Faith.  Any event  allowing a reversion  of the Employer
          Contribution  to the Plan must be attributable to a good faith mistake
          in determining the amount  allowable as a deduction for the Employer's
          Contribution  or a good  faith  mistake  concerning  the amount of the
          contribution  which could be made  without  being  deemed an excessive
          contribution.

               (2)  Reversion  Pursuant  to this  Section  Not  Equivalent  to a
          Forfeiture.  A reversion  permitted under the circumstances  described
          above will not be treated as a forfeiture  in violation of I.R.C.  ss.
          411(a),  even if a  resulting  adjustment  is made to the account of a
          Participant that is partly or entirely nonforfeitable.

               (3) Amount  Returnable  to  Employer.  The amount of the Employer
          Contribution  which may  return to the  Employer  shall not be greater
          than:

                    (a) The amount mistakenly contributed;

                    (b) The  amount  contributed  which  was  contingent  on the
               Internal Revenue Service's qualification of the Plan; and/or

                    (c) The  amount  contributed  for  which the  deduction  was
               denied, but only to the extent to which the deduction was denied.

               (4)  Allocations  of Earnings  and Losses on Amounts  Returned to
          Employer.  In the  event  an  Employer's  Contribution  to the Plan is
          returned in whole or in part to the Employer,  and notwithstanding any
          contrary  provisions  in Article 3 or in this Article 5, the following
          provisions  regarding the allocation of earnings and losses on amounts
          contributed by the Employer shall apply.

                    (a) Earnings.  Earnings on Employer Contributions  allocated
               to a Participant's  account, which contributions are subsequently
               returned to the Employer  pursuant to this Section 5.7, shall not
               be returnable  to the Employer and shall remain  allocated to the
               Participant's account.

                    (b) Losses.  Losses  attributable to Employer  Contributions
               allocated to a Participant's  account,  which  contributions  are
               subsequently  returned to the  Employer  pursuant to this Section
               5.7,  shall  reduce the amount to be returned to the Employer and
               shall not


                                       51



               reduce  the   Participant's   account  balance  for  any  reason.
               Provided,   further,   that  if  the  withdrawal  of  the  amount
               attributable to the mistaken contribution would cause the balance
               of the  Participant's  account  to be  reduced  to less  than the
               balance  which would have been in the  account  had the  mistaken
               amount not been  contributed,  then the amount to be  returned to
               the Employer shall be limited so as to avoid such a reduction.


                                   ARTICLE 6.
                          CONTRIBUTIONS BY PARTICIPANTS

     6.1 Voluntary  Employee  Contributions.  All Participants  may, but are not
required to, make voluntary cash or deferred or after-tax  contributions  to the
Plan, subject to the terms, conditions and limitations set forth in this Article
and applicable  Federal laws and regulations.  In the event a voluntary Employee
contribution  is made the  Participant  shall  designate  such  contribution  as
deductible or  nondeductible.  Absent a  designation,  the Employer shall assume
such contribution is deductible;  provided, with regard to the first two percent
(2%)  participant   contribution   made,  such  contribution   shall  be  deemed
nondeductible.

          (A) After-Tax  Contributions.  For each Plan Year,  the Employer shall
     contribute to the Plan the elected voluntary Employee contribution selected
     by an eligible Employee,  pursuant to I.R.C. ss. 401(m), which amount shall
     be  deemed  an  Elective  Employee  Contribution.   The  maximum  voluntary
     after-tax  contribution  for  each  Plan  Year is two  percent  (2%) of the
     Participant's  Compensation during such year. In the event a Participant is
     a member of other qualified  pension and/or profit sharing plans, his total
     voluntary contributions to all plans may not exceed two percent (2%) of his
     Compensation.

          (B) Participant Salary Reduction Contributions.  All Participants may,
     but are not required to, make voluntary cash or deferred  salary  reduction
     contributions to this 401(k) employee  savings plan,  subject to the terms,
     conditions and  limitations  set forth in this Plan and applicable  Federal
     laws and regulations.

     6.2 Salary Reduction Election.

          (A) Elections.  Each  Participant  may elect to defer from two percent
     (2%) to ten  percent  (10%)  of his  Compensation  which  would  have  been
     received  in the Plan  Year,  but for the  deferral  election.  A  deferral
     election  (or  modification  of an earlier  election)  may not be made with
     respect to Compensation which is currently  available on or before the date
     the Participant executed such election or, if later, the later of: the date
     the Employer  adopts this cash or deferred  arrangement;  or, the date such
     arrangement first became effective.

          Additionally,  each  Participant may elect to defer and have allocated
     for a Plan


                                       52



     Year all or a portion of any cash bonus  attributable to services performed
     by the  Participant  for the Employer during such Plan Year and which would
     have been  received by the  Participant  on or before two and one-half (22)
     months following the end of the Plan Year but for the deferral election.  A
     deferral  election may not be made with  respect to cash bonuses  which are
     currently  available on or before the date the  Participant  executed  such
     election.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  cash bonuses  attributable  to
     services  performed by the Participant  during a Plan Year but which are to
     be paid to the Participant later than two and one-half (2 1/2) months after
     the  closing  of such Plan  Year will be  subjected  to  whatever  deferral
     election is in effect at the time such cash bonus would have otherwise been
     received.

          The amount by which Compensation and/or cash bonuses are reduced shall
     be that  Participant's  Deferred  Compensation  and shall be  treated as an
     Elective Employer contribution and allocated to that Participant's Elective
     Account.

          For  purposes  of this Plan,  an Elective  Contribution  shall only be
     deemed a cash or deferred  election  under I.R.C.  ss. 401(k) if, as of the
     date of the election such deferral  amount is not  designated or treated as
     an after-tax Employee Contribution at the time of deferral or contribution,
     such contribution does not constitute a one-time irrevocable election under
     applicable I.R.C. regulations and such amount is not currently available to
     the electing  Employee as of the date of the  election.  A cash or deferred
     election also  includes a salary  reduction  agreement  between an eligible
     Employee and the Employer under which a contribution is made under the Plan
     only if the Employee elects to reduce his cash compensation or to forego an
     increase  in his cash  compensation.  In no event  shall a cash or deferred
     election  include an election made with respect to amounts that have become
     currently  available  on or  before  the  later  of:  the date on which the
     Employer  adopts the cash or  deferred  arrangement;  or, the date on which
     such  arrangement  first  becomes  effective.  An  amount  will  be  deemed
     currently  available under this Plan if it has been paid to the Participant
     or if the  Participant  is  currently  able to  receive  the  cash or other
     taxable amount in his discretion. An amount is not currently available to a
     Participant  if there is any  significant  limitation or restriction on the
     Participant's  right to currently  receive the amount or if the Participant
     under no  circumstances  may receive the amount before a particular time in
     the future.

          If an eligible  Employee or  Participant  does not elect to reduce his
     salary as provided for above, then he will receive cash in lieu thereof.

          (B) Vesting. The balance in each Participant's  Elective Account shall
     be fully Vested at all times and shall not be subject to Forfeiture for any
     reason.

          (C)  Distributions  from  Elective  Accounts.   Amounts  held  in  the
     Participant's Elective Account may not be distributable earlier than:

               (1)  a  Participant's   termination  of  employment,   total  and
          permanent disability or death;


                                       53



               (2) a  Participant's  attainment of age  fifty-nine  and one-half
          (59 1/2) in the case of a profit sharing plan;

               (3) the termination of the Plan without the existence at the time
          of Plan termination of another defined  contribution  plan (other than
          an employee stock ownership plan as defined in I.R.C.  ss.ss.  409 and
          4975(e)(7), or a simplified employee pension plan as defined in I.R.C.
          ss.  408(k)) or  without  the  establishment  of a  successor  defined
          contribution  plan  (other than an employee  stock  ownership  plan as
          defined in I.R.C. ss.ss. 409 and 4975(e)(7),  or a simplified employee
          pension  plan as defined in I.R.C.  ss.  408(k)) by the Employer or an
          Affiliated  Employer within the period ending twelve (12) months after
          distribution of all assets from the Plan maintained by the Employer;

               (4) the date of disposition by the Employer, to an entity that is
          not an Affiliated Employer, of substantially all of the assets (within
          the meaning of I.R.C.  ss.  409(d)(2))  used in a trade or business of
          such corporation if such  corporation  continues to maintain this Plan
          after the  disposition  with respect to a  Participant  who  continues
          employment with the corporation acquiring such assets;

               (5) the date of  disposition  by the  Employer  or an  Affiliated
          Employer  who  maintains  the  Plan of its  interest  in a  subsidiary
          (within the meaning of I.R.C. ss. 409(d)(3)) to an entity which is not
          an  Affiliated  Employer  but only with respect to a  Participant  who
          continues employment with such subsidiary; or,

               (6) the proven  financial  hardship of a Participant,  subject to
          the limitations of Section 8.5 below, if applicable.

               All distributions that may be made pursuant to one or more of the
          foregoing   distributable  events  are  subject  to  the  spousal  and
          Participant consent  requirements (if applicable)  contained in I.R.C.
          ss.ss.  411(a)(11) and 417. Such spousal consent shall be evidenced in
          the same manner as provided  for in Section  8.2 below.  In  addition,
          distributions   after  March  31,   1988,   that  are   triggered   by
          subparagraphs (3) - (5) above must be made in a lump sum.

          (D) Dollar  Limitations  on Funding.  For all Plan  Years,  commencing
     after December 31, 1987, a Participant's Deferred Compensation contribution
     made under this Plan and all other plans,  contracts or arrangements of the
     Employer  maintaining this Plan shall not exceed,  during any taxable year,
     the limitation  imposed by I.R.C. ss. 402(g), as in effect at the beginning
     of such taxable year. This dollar limitation shall be adjusted


                                       54



     annually pursuant to the method provided in I.R.C. ss. 415(d) in accordance
     with applicable regulations.

          (E)   Suspension  of  Elective   Deferrals   Due  to  Prior   Hardship
     Distribution.   In  the  event  a  Participant   has  received  a  hardship
     distribution  from his  Participant's  Elective Account pursuant to Section
     8.5 or pursuant to Treas. Reg. ss.  1.401(k)-1(d)(2)(iii)(B) from any other
     plan  maintained  by the  Employer,  then  such  Participant  shall  not be
     permitted to elect to have Deferred Compensation contributed to the Plan on
     his behalf for a period of twelve (12) months  following the receipt of any
     such hardship  distribution.  Furthermore,  the dollar limitation in effect
     under I.R.C. ss. 402(g) shall be reduced, with respect to the Participant's
     taxable year following the taxable year in which the hardship  distribution
     was made, by the amount of such  Participant's  Deferred  Compensation,  if
     any,  contributed  pursuant to this Plan (and any other plan  maintained by
     the  Employer)  for the  taxable  year in which the  hardship  distribution
     occurred.

          (F)  Cumulation  of  Elective  Deferral  Amounts.  If a  Participant's
     Elective   Deferrals   under  this  Plan  (excluding   deferrals   properly
     distributed  as  Excess  Annual  Additions),  together  with  any  elective
     deferrals  (as defined in Treas.  Reg.  ss.  1.402(g)-1(b))  under  another
     qualified cash or deferred arrangement (as defined in I.R.C. ss. 408(k)), a
     salary   reduction   arrangement   (within  the   meaning  of  I.R.C.   ss.
     3121(a)(5)(D)),  a deferred  compensation  plan under I.R.C.  ss. 457, or a
     trust  described  in  I.R.C.  ss.  501(c)(18),   cumulatively   exceed  the
     limitations   imposed  by  I.R.C.  ss.  402(g)  (as  adjusted  annually  in
     accordance  with the method  provided  in I.R.C.  ss.  415(d)  pursuant  to
     Regulations) for such Participant's taxable year, then the Participant may,
     not later than March 1 following the close of his taxable year,  notify the
     Administrator in writing, or be deemed to notify the Administrator, of such
     excess  and  request  that his  Deferred  Compensation  under  this Plan be
     reduced by an amount specified by the Participant.  A Participant is deemed
     to notify the Administrator of any excess amount that arises by taking into
     account only those  elective  deferrals  made to this Plan and to any other
     plans of the  Employer.  In such event,  the  Administrator  may direct the
     Trustee  to  distribute  such  excess  amount  (and any  reasonable  income
     allocable to such excess amount earned during the Plan Year and  calculated
     consistent with Section 5.7(H) above) to the Participant not later than the
     first April 15th  following  the close of the  Participant's  taxable year.
     Excess elective  deferrals  shall be treated as annual  additions under the
     Plan, for purposes of the limitation  imposed by I.R.C.  ss.ss.  402(g) and
     415,  unless such amounts are  distributed no later than the first April 15
     following the close of the  Participant's  taxable year.  Distributions  in
     accordance  with this  paragraph  may be made for any  taxable  year of the
     Participant  which begins after December 31, 1986. Any distribution of less
     than the entire amount of Excess Deferred  Compensation and Income shall be
     treated as a pro rata  distribution  of Excess  Deferral  Compensation  and
     Income. The amount distributed shall not exceed the Participant's  Deferred
     Compensation  under the Plan for the taxable year. Any  distribution  on or
     before the last day of the Participant's  taxable year must satisfy each of
     the following conditions:


                                       55



               (1) the Participant shall designate the distribution as an Excess
          Elective Deferral amount;

               (2) the  distribution  must be made  after  the date on which the
          Plan received the Excess Elective Deferral; and,

               (3) the Plan must designate the distribution as a distribution of
          Excess Elective Deferral.

          Notwithstanding  the above, a  Participant's  Excess Deferral shall be
     reduced, but not below zero, by any distribution and/or  recharacterization
     of Excess  Contributions  pursuant to this Plan for the Plan Year beginning
     with or within the taxable year of the Participant.

          (G) Additional Benefits to Participants. At Normal Retirement Date, or
     such other date when the Participant shall be entitled to receive benefits,
     the fair market value of the  Participant's  Elective Account shall be used
     to provide additional benefits to the Participant or his Beneficiary.

          (H)  Self-Directed  Account  Treatment.  All  amounts  allocated  to a
     Participant's  Elective  Account  may be treated  as a Directed  Investment
     Account pursuant to Article 3.

          (I) Segregation of Elective Accounts.  Employer Elective Contributions
     made pursuant to this Section may be segregated into a separate account for
     each  Participant in a federally  insured savings  account,  certificate of
     deposit in a bank or savings and loan association, money market certificate
     or other short-term debt security acceptable to the Trustee until such time
     as the allocations pursuant to this Plan have been made.

          (J) Elective Contribution Election Requirements.  The Employer and the
     Administrator  shall implement the salary reduction  elections provided for
     herein in accordance with the following:

               (1) A Participant may commence  making elective  deferrals to the
          Plan only after first  satisfying the  eligibility  and  participation
          requirements  specified in Article 4. However,  the  Participant  must
          make his initial salary deferral  election  within a reasonable  time,
          not to exceed  fifteen (15) days,  before  entering  the Plan.  If the
          Participant  fails to make an initial salary deferral  election within
          such time,  then such  Participant  may thereafter make an election in
          accordance  with the rules  governing  modifications.  The Participant
          shall  make  such  an  election  by  entering  into a  written  salary
          reduction  agreement  with the Employer and filing such agreement with
          the


                                       56



          Administrator.  Such election shall  initially be effective  beginning
          with the Entry  Date  next  following  the  acceptance  of the  salary
          reduction  agreement by the Administrator,  shall not have retroactive
          effect and shall remain in force until revoked.

               (2) A Participant  may modify a prior election at any time during
          the Plan Year and concurrently make a new election by filing a written
          notice with the Administrator  within a reasonable time before,  e.g.,
          fifteen (15) days,  before the Entry Date, such  modification is to be
          effective. However,  modifications to a salary deferral election shall
          only be permitted each trimester Entry Date,  during election  periods
          established by the  Administrator  prior to the first day of each Plan
          Year trimester. Any modification shall not have retroactive effect and
          shall remain in full force until revoked.

               (3) A Participant  may elect to  prospectively  revoke his salary
          reduction  agreement  in its entirety at any time during the Plan Year
          by providing the Administrator with at least fifteen (15) days written
          notice of such  revocation.  Such revocation shall become effective as
          of the  beginning of the month next  following  the  expiration of the
          notice  period.  Any  Participant  who  elects to  suspend  his salary
          deferral election shall not be permitted to renew active participation
          in the Plan until the later of: the second  Entry Date next  following
          the  suspension  of  contributions;  or, the earliest  date  permitted
          subsequent to a hardship withdrawal.  Furthermore,  the termination of
          the  Participant's  employment,  or the cessation of participation for
          any reason,  shall be deemed to revoke any salary reduction  agreement
          then in effect,  effective  immediately following the close of the pay
          period within which such termination or cessation occurs.

               (4) The Participant  election form shall require  Participants to
          contribute increments of not less than Five Dollars and No/100 ($5.00)
          per pay  period  (or  such  other  amount  as may be  administratively
          determined by the Employer) and must limit  Participant  contributions
          to permissible  amounts as determined under the Internal Revenue Code.
          Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall permit the Employer to
          require Participants to contribute any amount which would result in an
          undue burden on the Participant or prohibited discrimination.

               (5) All  requirements  pertaining to a Participant's  election to
          contribute  deferred  compensation  amounts shall be administered in a
          uniform and nondiscriminatory fashion.


                                       57



     6.3 Limitations on Amount.

          (A)  General   Limitations.   No   Participant   may  make   voluntary
     contributions to the extent such contributions,  coupled with the Company's
     contributions allocated to the Participant for such Plan Year, would exceed
     the Maximum Annual Addition amount.

          (B)  Average  Contribution  Percentage  Tests  Applicable  to Employee
     Contributions.  Participant  contributions  to the  Plan  shall  be made in
     conformity with applicable average contribution  percentage tests and shall
     be governed by applicable provisions in I.R.C. ss.ss. 401(k) and 401(m) and
     regulations issued thereunder.

               (1)  Average   Contribution   Percentage   Test.   The   "Average
          Contribution  Percentage Test" for Plan Years beginning after December
          31, 1986, for the Highly Compensated Participants shall not exceed the
          Aggregate Limit.

                    (a) The  "Aggregate  Limit"  shall  mean the sum of: (i) one
               hundred  twenty-five percent (125%) of the greater of: the ADP of
               the Non-Highly  Compensated  Employees for the Plan Year; or, the
               ACP of Non-Highly Compensated Employees under the Plan subject to
               I.R.C.  ss. 401(m) for the Plan Year beginning with or within the
               Plan Year of the CODA;  and,  (ii) the  lesser  of:  two  hundred
               percent  (200%);  or, two (2) plus the lesser of such ADP or ACP.
               "Lesser"  is  substituted  for  "greater"  in  "(i)"  above,  and
               "greater" is substituted for "lesser" after "two (2) plus the" in
               "(ii)" above, if it would result in a larger Aggregate Limit.

                    (b) "Average Contribution Percentage" shall mean the average
               of the Contribution Percentages of the Eligible Participants in a
               group.

                    (c)   "Contribution   Percentage"   shall   mean  the  ratio
               (expressed as a  percentage)  of the  Participant's  Contribution
               Percentage  Amounts relative to such  Participant's  Compensation
               for the Plan Year.

                    (d) "Contribution  Percentage Amounts" shall mean the sum of
               the Employee Contributions,  Matching Contributions and Qualified
               Matching  Contributions (to the extent not taken into account for
               purposes  of the ADP test)  made  under the Plan on behalf of the
               Participant  for the  Plan  Year.  Such  Contribution  Percentage
               Amounts  shall  not  include  Matching   Contributions  that  are
               forfeited  either to correct Excess  Aggregate  Contributions  or
               because  the  contributions  to  which  they  relate  are  Excess
               Deferrals,    Excess    Contributions    or   Excess    Aggregate
               Contributions.  If so  elected  and  designated  at the  time  of


                                       58



               funding,   the  Employer  may  include   Qualified   Non-Elective
               Contributions  in  the  Contribution   Percentage  Amounts.   The
               Employer  may  also  elect  to  use  Elective  Deferrals  in  the
               Contribution  Percentage  Amounts  so long as the ADP test is met
               before  the  Elective  Deferrals  are  used in the ACP  test  and
               continues to be met  following  the  exclusion of those  Elective
               Deferrals that are used to meet the ACP test.

                    (e)  "Eligible  Participant"  shall mean any Employee who is
               eligible to make an Employee Contribution or an Elective Deferral
               (if the  Employer  takes such  contributions  into account in the
               calculation  of the  Contribution  Percentage),  or to  receive a
               Matching  Contribution  (including  forfeitures)  or a  Qualified
               Matching Contribution. If an Employee Contribution is required as
               a condition of  participation in the Plan, any Employee who would
               be a  participant  in the  Plan  if  such  Employee  made  such a
               contribution  shall be  treated  as an  eligible  Participant  on
               behalf of whom no Employee Contributions are made.

                    (f) "Employee Contribution" shall mean any contribution made
               to the Plan by or on behalf of a Participant  that is included in
               the Participant's gross income in the year in which made and that
               is  maintained  under a separate  account to which  earnings  and
               losses are allocated.

                    (g)   "Matching   Contribution"   shall  mean  an   Employer
               Contribution made to this or any other defined  contribution plan
               on behalf of a Participant on account of an Employee Contribution
               made by such  Participant  or on  account  of such  Participant's
               Elective Deferral, under a plan maintained by the Employer.

               (2) Definition of Average Contribution  Percentage.  For purposes
          of this Article,  "Average  Contribution  Percentage"  for a Plan Year
          means, with respect to Highly Compensated  Participants and Non-Highly
          Compensated Participants,  the average of the contribution percentages
          (calculated  separately  for each  eligible  Participant  in each such
          group) of:

                    (a) the sum of Employee  mandatory  contributions,  Employer
               matching contributions and Employee voluntary  contributions,  if
               any, made on behalf of each such  Participant for such Plan Year,
               excluding  Employer  matching  contributions  that are  forfeited
               either to correct Excess  Aggregate  Contributions or because the
               contributions to which they relate are Excess  Deferrals,  Excess
               Contributions or Excess Aggregate Contributions; to


                                       59



                    (b) the Participant's Compensation for such Plan Year.

               The Employer  shall  maintain  records  sufficient to demonstrate
          satisfaction of the ACP test and the amount of Qualified  Non-Elective
          Contributions or Qualified  Matching  Contributions,  or both, used in
          each such test.

               The determination and treatment of the Contribution Percentage of
          any  Participant  shall  satisfy  such  other  requirements  as may be
          prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.

               (1) Excess Aggregate  Contributions.  For purposes of determining
          the  "Actual  Contribution   Percentage"  and  the  amount  of  Excess
          Aggregate   Contributions,   only  Employer   matching   contributions
          contributed to the Plan prior to the end of the  succeeding  Plan Year
          shall be considered.  In addition, the Plan Administrator may elect to
          take into account, with respect to Employees eligible to make Employee
          mandatory  contributions,  Employer matching contributions or Employee
          voluntary contributions, if any, allocated to their accounts, elective
          deferrals (as defined in Treas. Reg. ss.  1.402(g)-1(b)) and qualified
          non-elective  contributions  (as defined in I.R.C.  ss.  401(m)(4)(C))
          contributed  to any plan  maintained  by the  Employer.  Such elective
          deferrals and qualified non-elective contributions shall be treated as
          Employer   matching   contributions   subject  to  Treas.   Reg.   ss.
          1.401(m)-1(b)(2)  which is incorporated herein by reference.  However,
          for Plan Years  beginning  after December 31, 1988, the Plan Year must
          be the  same as the  plan  year  of the  plan to  which  the  elective
          deferrals and the qualified non-elective contributions are made.

               (2) Family  Aggregation  Rules.  For purposes of determining  the
          actual  contribution  ratio of a Highly  Compensated  Employee  who is
          subject to the Family Member Aggregation Rules of I.R.C. ss. 414(q)(6)
          because such  Participant is either:  a five percent (5%) owner of the
          Employer;  or, one of the ten (10) Highly  Compensated  Employees paid
          the  greatest  I.R.C.  ss.  415  Compensation  during  the  year,  the
          following additional rules shall apply:

                    (a) The combined  actual  contribution  ratio for the family
               group  (which  shall be  treated  as one (1)  Highly  Compensated
               Participant) shall be the greater of: (i) the ratio determined by
               aggregating Employee mandatory  contributions,  Employer matching
               contributions and Employee voluntary  contributions made, if any,
               and all I.R.C.  ss. 414(s)  Compensation  of all eligible  Family
               Members who are Highly Compensated Participants without regard to
               family aggregation; and, (ii) the ratio determined by aggregating
               Employee mandatory contributions, Employer matching contributions
               and Employee voluntary contributions made, if any, and I.R.C. ss.
               414(s)


                                       60



               Compensation  of all eligible  Family Members  (including  Highly
               Compensated  Participants).  However, in applying the $200,000.00
               limit to I.R.C. ss. 414(s)  Compensation for Plan Years beginning
               after  December 31, 1988,  Family  Members shall include only the
               affected  Employee's  spouse and any lineal  descendants who have
               not attained age nineteen (19) before the close of the Plan Year.

                    (b) The Employee mandatory contributions,  Employer matching
               contributions  and  Employee  voluntary  contributions  made  and
               I.R.C.  ss. 414(s)  Compensation  of all Family  Members shall be
               disregarded for purposes of determining  the Actual  Contribution
               Percentage of Non-Highly Compensated Participants,  except to the
               extent taken into account above.

                    (c) If a  Participant  is  required  to be  aggregated  as a
               member  of  more  than  one  (1)  family  group  in a  plan,  all
               Participants  who are members of those family groups that include
               the  Participant  are  aggregated  as one  (1)  family  group  in
               accordance with the above.

               (3)  Aggregation  of  Related  Employers.  For  purposes  of this
          Section and I.R.C. ss.ss. 401(a)(4), 410(b) and 401(m), if two or more
          plans  of the  Employer  to  which  matching  contributions,  Employee
          contributions,  or both, are made are treated as one plan for purposes
          of I.R.C. ss.ss.  401(a)(4) or 410(b) (other than the average benefits
          test under  I.R.C.  ss.  410(b)(2)(A)(ii)  as in effect for Plan Years
          beginning after December 31, 1988), such plans shall be treated as one
          plan. In addition, two or more plans of the Employer to which matching
          contributions,  Employee  contributions,  or  both,  are  made  may be
          considered as a single plan for purposes of determining whether or not
          such plans satisfy I.R.C. ss.ss. 401(a)(4), 410(b) and 401(m). In such
          a case,  the  aggregated  plans must  satisfy  this Section and I.R.C.
          ss.ss.  401(a)(4),  410(b) and 401(m) as though such aggregated  plans
          were a single plan. For Plan Years  beginning after December 31, 1989,
          plans may be aggregated under this  subparagraph (5) only if they have
          the same plan year.

               Notwithstanding   the  above,  for  Plan  Years  beginning  after
          December 31,  1988,  an employee  stock  ownership  plan  described in
          I.R.C.  ss.  4975(e)(7)  may not be  aggregated  with  this  Plan  for
          purposes of determining  whether the employee stock  ownership plan or
          this Plan satisfies this Section and I.R.C. ss.ss.  401(a)(4),  410(b)
          and 401(m).

               (4) Aggregation of Highly Compensated Participant  Contributions.
          If a Highly Compensated Participant is a Participant under two or more
          plans  (other  than an  employee  stock  ownership  plan as defined in
          I.R.C.  ss.  4975(e)(7)  for Plan Years  beginning  after December 31,
          1988) which


                                       61



          are  maintained  by the  Employer or an  Affiliated  Employer to which
          matching contributions, Employee contributions, or both, are made, all
          such  contributions on behalf of such Highly  Compensated  Participant
          shall  be  aggregated   for  purposes  of   determining   such  Highly
          Compensated Participant's actual contribution ratio. However, for Plan
          Years  beginning  after December 31, 1988, if the plans have different
          plan years,  this  paragraph  shall be applied by  treating  all plans
          ending with or within the same calendar year as a single plan.

               Notwithstanding the foregoing,  certain plans shall be treated as
          separate if mandatorily  disaggregated  under regulations under I.R.C.
          ss. 401(m).

               (5) Included Participants.  For purposes of this Section,  Highly
          Compensated Participants and Non-Highly Compensated Participants shall
          include any Employee eligible to make Employee mandatory contributions
          (whether  or  not  a  mandatory  contribution  election  was  made  or
          suspended) and Employer matching  contributions or Employee  voluntary
          contributions  (whether or not Employee  voluntary  contributions  are
          made) to his account for the Plan Year.

          (C) Adjustment to Actual Contribution Percentage Tests.

               (1)  Distribution  of  Excess   Contributions.   For  Plan  Years
          beginning   after   December  31,  1986,   in  the  event  the  Actual
          Contribution  Percentage for Highly Compensated  Participants  exceeds
          the  Actual   Contribution   Percentage  for  Non-Highly   Compensated
          Participants as determined pursuant to this Section 6.2, then the Plan
          Administrator  (on or before  the  fifteenth  (15th)  day of the third
          month  following the end of the Plan Year,  but in no event later than
          the close of the  following  Plan Year)  shall  direct the  Trustee to
          distribute to the Highly  Compensated  Participant  having the highest
          actual  contribution  ratio,  his Vested  portion of Excess  Aggregate
          Contributions  (and income  allocable  to such  contributions)  or, if
          forfeitable,  forfeit such non-Vested  Excess Aggregate  Contributions
          attributable to Employer matching  contributions (and Income allocable
          to such  forfeitures)  until  either  one of the  tests  set  forth in
          Section 6.1 above is satisfied, or until his actual contribution ratio
          equals  the  actual  contribution  ratio  of  the  Highly  Compensated
          Participant having the second highest actual  contribution ratio. This
          process shall continue until one of the tests set forth in Section 6.1
          is satisfied.  The distribution  and/or forfeiture of Excess Aggregate
          Contributions  shall be made  simultaneously  from mandatory  Employee
          contributions   and  related  Employer  matching   contributions,   if
          applicable, in the following order:

                    (a) Voluntary Employee contributions;


                                       62



                    (b) Simultaneously from mandatory Employee contributions and
               related Employer matching contributions.

               (2) Pro Rata  Treatment  of  Excesses.  Any  distribution  and/or
          Forfeiture  of  less  than  the  entire  amount  of  Excess  Aggregate
          Contributions (and income) shall be treated as a pro rata distribution
          and/or  Forfeiture  of  Excess  Aggregate  Contributions  and  Income.
          Distributions of Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be designated by
          the Employer as a distribution of Excess Aggregate  Contributions (and
          Income).  Forfeitures  of  Excess  Aggregate  Contributions  shall  be
          treated  in  accordance  with  generally  applicable  Plan  forfeiture
          provisions,  however,  no such Forfeiture may be allocated to a Highly
          Compensated  Participant  whose  contributions are reduced pursuant to
          this Section.

               (3) Treatment of Excess  Distributions  For 404 and 415 Purposes.
          Excess Aggregate Contributions attributable to matching contributions,
          including forfeited matching  contributions,  if any, shall be treated
          as Employer  contributions  for purposes of I.R.C.  ss.ss. 404 and 415
          even if distributed from the Plan.

               (4) Excess Aggregate  Contributions.  For each Highly Compensated
          Participant,  the amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions is equal to
          the  total  Employee   mandatory   contributions,   Employer  matching
          contributions  and  Employee  voluntary  contributions  made  and  any
          qualified non-elective  contributions or elective deferrals taken into
          account,  if any,  on behalf  of the  Highly  Compensated  Participant
          (determined  prior to the  application  of this  paragraph)  minus the
          amount determined by multiplying the Highly Compensated  Participant's
          actual  contribution  ratio  (determined  after  application  of  this
          paragraph)  by  his  I.R.C.  ss.  414(s)   Compensation.   The  actual
          contribution ratio must be rounded to the nearest one-hundredth of one
          percent (1%) for Plan Years  beginning  after December 31, 1988. In no
          case shall the amount of Excess Aggregate  Contributions  with respect
          to any Highly  Compensated  Participant  exceed the amount of Employee
          mandatory contributions,  Employer matching contributions and Employee
          voluntary   contributions   made   and   any   qualified   nonelective
          contributions  or elective  deferrals  taken into account  pursuant to
          Section 6.1 on behalf of such Highly Compensated  Participant for such
          Plan Year.

               (5) Coordination of Excess Aggregate  Contribution  Calculations.
          The determination of the amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions with
          respect  to any Plan Year shall be made after  first  determining  the
          Excess    Contributions    (as    defined   in   Treas.    Reg.    ss.
          1.401(k)-1(g)(13)),  if  any,  to be  treated  as  Employee  voluntary
          contributions due to


                                       63



          recharacterization for the plan year of any qualified cash or deferred
          arrangement  (as  defined  in I.R.C.  ss.  401(k))  maintained  by the
          Employer that ends with or within the Plan Year, if applicable.

               (6) Calculation of Excess In Conjunction With Family  Aggregation
          Rules. Excess Aggregate  Contributions of Participants who are subject
          to the family member  aggregation  rules shall be allocated  among the
          family members in proportion to the Employee mandatory  contributions,
          Employer matching contributions,  Employee voluntary contributions and
          any qualified  non-elective  contributions or elective deferrals taken
          into account,  of each family member that is combined to determine the
          combined Average Contribution Percentage.

               (7)   Correcting   Employer   Contribution   to  Meet  ADP  Test.
          Notwithstanding  the above, within twelve (12) months after the end of
          the  Plan  Year,  the  Employer  may  make  a  qualified  non-elective
          contribution  (as  defined in I.R.C.  ss.  401(m)(4)(C))  on behalf of
          Non-Highly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy
          one of the tests set forth in Section 6.2. Such contribution  shall be
          allocated to the Participant's Account of each Non-Highly  Compensated
          Participant in the same proportion  that each  Non-Highly  Compensated
          Participant's   Compensation   for  the  year   bears  to  the   total
          Compensation of all Non-Highly  Compensated  Participants.  A separate
          accounting shall be maintained with respect to all such contributions.

               (8)   Determination   of   Income  or  Loss.   Excess   Aggregate
          Contributions shall only be adjusted for any income or loss up through
          the end of the Plan  Year.  The  income  or loss  allocable  to Excess
          Aggregate Contributions is the sum of: income or loss allocable to the
          Participant's  Employee  Contribution  account,  Matching Contribution
          account (if any,  and if all  amounts  therein are not used in the ADP
          test) and, if applicable,  Qualified Non-elective Contribution account
          and  Elective  Deferral  account  of the Plan  Year,  multiplied  by a
          fraction,   the  numerator  of  which  is  such  Participant's  Excess
          Aggregate  Contributions  for the Plan Year and the denominator is the
          Participant's   account   balance(s)   attributable   to  Contribution
          Percentage  Amounts  without  regard to any  income or loss  occurring
          during such Plan Year.  No income or loss shall be allocable to Excess
          Aggregate  Contributions  for the period  between  the end of the Plan
          Year and the date of the corrective distribution.

     6.4  Immediate  Vesting.  All  voluntary  cash  or  deferred  or  after-tax
contributions,  if any,  and income and  profits  thereon  shall be  immediately
vested and nonforfeitable upon receipt by the Trustee at all times.


                                       64



     6.5 Contribution Prohibited. No contribution may be made by a person who is
not a Participant  nor during any period when he is not  receiving  Compensation
from the Company.

     6.6 Accounts. These voluntary contributions,  upon delivery to the Trustee,
shall  be  allocated  by  the  Committee  to  appropriate   separate   voluntary
contribution  accounts of each Participant pursuant to Section 3.13 above. Thus,
each Participant who elects to make voluntary  contributions shall have at least
two  accounts  maintained  by the  Committee,  one  for his  voluntary  employee
contributions  and one for  the  Company  contributions  allocated  to him.  The
voluntary  contributions  shall be allocated to the  appropriate  account by the
Committee  on the  Committee's  next  valuation  date  following  receipt of the
contributions by the Trustee.

     6.7 Methods of  Contribution.  The Company may  determine  the  permissible
methods of such  voluntary  contributions,  whether by payroll  deduction  or by
deposit  of cash.  Provided,  however,  that the  Company  need not remit to the
Trustee nor need the Trustee accept any voluntary  contributions more frequently
than  monthly  and in amounts  less than Five  No/100  Dollars  ($5.00),  unless
otherwise specified by Employer. If the Employer permits payroll deductions, the
Company  shall  remit and the  Trustee  agrees  to accept  the same on a monthly
basis.  Any  Participant  may make his cash  contributions  during any Plan Year
subject  to  the  limitations   set  forth  herein,   and  applicable  laws  and
regulations.

     6.8  Payroll  Deduction   Procedure.   If  the  Company  permits  voluntary
contributions  to be  made  by  payroll  deductions,  the  Company  may  require
Participants  to complete  written  application  forms  providing  the following
information:

          (A)  Percentage.   The  percentage  of  his  Compensation   which  the
     Participant desires deducted by the Company,  subject to the limitations of
     this Article.

          (B) Change in Deduction  Percentage.  The percentage designated by the
     Participant  shall  continue from period to period  unless the  Participant
     files with the Committee and the Company a written  request for such change
     upon such forms as the Committee may require. Such changed percentage shall
     be effective as of the date  provided for above in regard to  modifications
     of elections  next following the date it is received by the Company and the
     Committee and shall remain in effect indefinitely until a further change is
     requested by the Participant.

     6.9 Withdrawal of Participant Contributions. A Participant may not withdraw
any  amounts  from his account  balance  under the Plan while  remaining  in the
employ of the Company, except as expressly provided herein, e.g., with regard to
hardship distributions.


                                       65



                                   ARTICLE 7.
                  MANAGEMENT OF TRUST FUNDS AND TRUST AGREEMENT

     7.1  Appointment  of Trustee.  The Board of Directors of the Company  shall
appoint  one or more  persons  to serve as  Trustees  to manage  the Trust  Fund
pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Plan. A natural  person,  a bank or
other qualified  corporation may serve as Trustee. All Trustees shall accept the
terms and conditions of this Plan and the duties and  responsibilities set forth
herein by a written acknowledgment.  All Trustees shall serve at the pleasure of
the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors shall also fill any vacancies by
appointing successor trustees; and, all subsequent Trustees shall be required to
signify in writing their acceptance of the terms and conditions of this Plan and
of the duties and responsibilities set forth herein.

     7.2 Title to Assets.  The title to assets of the Trust Fund shall be in the
name of the  Trustee  and shall  remain in its name until  distribution  is made
pursuant to this Plan and Trust Agreement.  The  contributions may be in cash or
other property.  All assets held by the Trustee  pursuant to this Plan and Trust
Agreement  shall be held as a single  Trust Fund by the  Trustee,  in a separate
bank account,  safe deposit box or other appropriate  manner to ensure that such
Trust Fund assets are not  commingled  with other money or property  held by the
Trustee.  The Trust Fund, however,  need not be segregated further into separate
accounts for each of the Participants, except as provided in Sections 7.7(O), if
applicable,  7.10, 8.3, 8.10 and 8.12. A compensated  full-time  Employee of the
Company may not also receive compensation from the Trust.

     7.3 Company  Notification to Trustee.  The Company shall notify the Trustee
of  the  following  information   concerning   Participants,   Compensation  and
Contributions at appropriate times:

          (A)  Company   Contributions.   At  the  time  the  Company  pays  its
     contributions to the Trustee, it shall notify the Trustee and the Committee
     of all Participants to whom such  contributions are to be allocated and the
     Compensation  paid each  Participant,  during  the  period  covered by such
     Company  contribution.  The Company shall notify the Trustee with reference
     to whether or not the Plan is a "Top-Heavy  Plan" so that an allocation can
     be made  between  Company  contributions  that relate to periods of time in
     which the Plan was and was not in "Top-Heavy Status."

          (B)  Voluntary  Payroll  Deductions.  When the  Company  remits to the
     Trustee the Participant's  voluntary  contributions withheld by the Company
     pursuant to Section 5.6 above, the Company shall notify the Trustee and the
     Committee of the amount of each Participant's voluntary  contribution.  The
     Trustee need not verify such  information  and shall  forthwith  credit the
     respective accounts with the appropriate amounts.


                                       66



     7.4  Determination  of Fair Market Value.  The Trustee shall  determine the
fair market value of all assets of the Trust Fund annually as of the last day of
each Plan Year.  The  Trustee's  determination  of fair  market  value  shall be
binding  and  conclusive  upon  all   Participants,   former   Participants  and
Beneficiaries.

     In determining  the fair market value of securities held in the Trust which
are listed on a registered  stock exchange,  the Trustee shall value the same at
the  prices  they  were  last  traded on such  exchange  preceding  the close of
business  on the  valuation  date.  If such  securities  were not  traded on the
valuation  date,  or if the  exchange  on which they are traded was not open for
business  on the  valuation  date,  then the  securities  shall be valued at the
prices at which they were last traded prior to the valuation  date. Any unlisted
security  held in the Trust shall be valued at its bid price next  preceding the
close of business on the valuation date,  which bid price shall be obtained from
a registered  broker or an investment  banker.  In  determining  the fair market
value of assets  other than  securities  for which  trading or bid prices can be
obtained,  the Trustee may appraise such assets  itself,  or in its  discretion,
employ  one or  more  appraisers  for  that  purpose  and  rely  on  the  values
established by such appraiser or appraisers.

     7.5 Statement of Accounts.  Within thirty (30) days, or within a reasonable
period of time  following the end of the Plan Year, the Trustee shall provide to
the  Committee a complete  Statement of Account,  setting  forth the fair market
value of the Trust Fund.  The  Committee  shall have sixty (60) days in which to
review and reject such  Statement of Accounts by the Trustee;  if the  Committee
fails to  communicate  to the  Trustee its written  disapproval,  the  Trustee's
Statement of Account shall be deemed  approved.  Upon  approval,  whether by the
written  approval of the Committee or the  Committee's  failure to object within
sixty (60) days,  said  Statement of Account  shall be binding as to any and all
matters set forth therein upon all parties to this Plan and Trust  Agreement and
upon all persons  having or claiming any  interest in the Trust Fund  including,
without limitation,  Participants, retired Participants,  beneficiaries,  heirs,
successors, administrators and executors, to the same extent as if the Statement
of Account of the  Trustee  had been  settled by judgment or decree in an action
for a judicial  settlement of its accounts in a court of competent  jurisdiction
in which  the  Trustee,  Company,  Committee  and any  other  persons  having or
claiming any interest in the Trust Fund were parties;  provided,  however,  that
nothing  herein  contained  shall  deprive  the Trustee of the right to have the
accounts  judicially  settled,  if the Trustee so elects.  The Trustee is hereby
relieved from any requirements under the Uniform Trustee's Accounting Act of the
State of  Washington,  or any  amendment  or  amendments  thereto or any similar
legislation  hereinafter  enacted, and the Trustee shall not be required to file
an accounting in any court whatsoever.

     7.6 Payment of  Benefits.  The Trustee may make any payment  required to be
made pursuant to this Plan and Trust  Agreement by  depositing  its checks in an
appropriate  amount in the postage  prepaid,  first  class mail,  in an envelope
addressed  to the  person to whom such  payment is to be made  according  to the
information certified to the Trustee by the Committee.  The Trustee shall not be
required to make any further  investigation  to  determine  the  identity of the
person or the accuracy of the mailing address of any person entitled to benefits


                                       67



under this Agreement.  However,  the Trustee may refuse to make payments pending
certification  of the  identity  and  mailing  address  of persons  entitled  to
benefits  by the  Committee.  In the  event  the  Trustee  is in doubt as to the
identity or rights of persons  entitled to receive benefits under this Plan, the
Trustee  may  withhold  payments  or  benefits  until any such  dispute has been
determined or resolved to the reasonable  satisfaction  of the Trustee;  in that
regard, the Trustee may require written  stipulation as to the settlement by all
parties to the dispute.

     7.7 Investment of Trust Fund Assets; General Powers and Duties. The Trustee
shall  have  the  duty and  responsibility  of  investing  and  reinvesting  the
principal and income of the Trust Fund. This  responsibility  shall be exercised
subject to the following:

          (A) Cash Reserves.  The Trustee may hold uninvested any cash to create
     reserve  for the payment of  distributions  pursuant to the Plan or for any
     other  purpose  in  connection  with the Plan,  without  liability  for any
     interest or income upon such cash reserves.

          (B) Prudent Man Rule.  The Trustee shall,  in discharging  its duties,
     act solely in the interests of the  Participants  and  Beneficiaries of the
     Plan.  It may act  exclusively  for the  purpose of  providing  benefits to
     Participants and Beneficiaries or for defraying the reasonable  expenses of
     administering  the Plan.  The  Trustee  shall carry out its duties with the
     care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing
     that a prudent  man acting in a like  capacity  and  familiarity  with such
     matters would use in the conduct of an  enterprise of a like  character and
     with like aims. ERISA ss. 404(a)(1).

          (C) Committee Advice.  Although  the  Committee  is  authorized  under
     Section  3.7(J)  above to act in a limited  capacity  as an  advisor to the
     Trustee  concerning  investment  of the  Trust  Fund,  the  Trustee  is not
     obligated to follow the investment  recommendations of the Committee if, in
     its opinion,  such  recommendation  is not in the best interest of the Plan
     and Trust Fund.

          (D)  General  Powers.  The Trustee  shall have power to sell,  convey,
     exchange, lease, convert, transfer,  divide, repair, partition,  consent to
     partition, mortgage, encumber or otherwise dispose of any Trust Fund assets
     during the period of its trusteeship  and, in addition,  may bind the Trust
     by  undertaking  any of the preceding  transactions  for periods beyond the
     Trustee's  own  tenure as  Trustee.  The  Trustee  may engage in any of the
     foregoing transactions with Trust Fund assets at public or private sale, or
     on credit or such other  terms and  conditions  as may  appear  appropriate
     under the circumstances in the reasonable judgment of the Trustee.

          (E) Delegation to  Reorganization  Committtee.  The Trustee shall have
     the power to deposit Trust Fund assets with a protective, reorganization or
     similar committee;  to delegate  discretionary power thereto and to pay its
     reasonable  share of such  committee's  expenses and  compensation  and any
     assessments levied with respect to any Trust Fund assets so deposited.


                                       68



          (F)  Exercise of  Ownership  Rights.  The Trustee  with respect to all
     assets,  including  but not  limited to,  bonds,  shares of stock and other
     securities, shall have all rights, powers and privileges of an owner of the
     same, including holding the securities in the name of the Trustee or in the
     name of a  nominee  with or  without  disclosure  of the  Trust,  otherwise
     voting, giving proxies, making payment of calls,  assessments or other sums
     deemed by the  Trustee  expedient  for the  protection  of the Trust  Fund,
     exchanging  securities,   selling  or  exercising  stock  subscriptions  or
     conversion   rights,   participating  in   foreclosures,   reorganizations,
     consolidations,  mergers,  liquidations,  pooling agreements, voting trusts
     and assenting to corporate sales, leases and encumbrances.

          (G) Principal or Income. At all times, the Trustee shall have the full
     authority to determine what is principal and what is income of the Trust.

          (H) Execute  Documents.  The Trustee is  authorized  and  empowered to
     sign,  execute  and  deliver  all  instruments  and  documents   necessary,
     advisable and  incidental to the exercise of his powers  without  obtaining
     further authority, consent, ratification or confirmation thereof, or making
     report to any court. In the event of  Co-Trustees,  any one (1) trustee may
     execute any document and any third party may rely thereon as if executed by
     all Co-Trustees.

          (I) Employment of Agents.  The Trustee is authorized in its discretion
     to employ,  at the expense of the Trust  Fund,  such  agents,  accountants,
     legal counsel, investment counsel or such other services as the Trustee may
     deem  necessary in the  performance  of its duties  hereunder.  The persons
     employed by the Trustee may also perform  similar or other services for the
     Company.  The Trustee shall be fully  protected  with respect to any action
     taken or omitted by it in good faith reliance upon the professional  advice
     of such persons.

          (J) Borrow  Money.  The Trustee is  authorized  in its  discretion  to
     borrow money from others, excluding a Party in Interest, and to advance its
     own funds to the Trust Fund at any time and upon such reasonable  terms and
     conditions  as the Trustee may deem  appropriate.  As  collateral  for such
     loans,  the Trustee may execute a promissory note to evidence said loan and
     may provide  security for the payment  thereof by mortgage,  deed of trust,
     pledge of the Trust Fund or any Trust Fund assets,  and may pay interest on
     funds so borrowed  at the  current,  prevailing  rate of  interest.  If the
     Trustee shall use any life insurance  policy which is an asset of the Trust
     Fund as security for such borrowed  funds,  the Trustee shall use all Trust
     Fund insurance policies on a pro rata basis as security.

          (K)  Compromise and  Settlement.  The Trustee is authorized to accept,
     compromise or otherwise  settle any  obligation or liability due to or from
     it as Trustee under this Plan and Trust Agreement, including any claim that
     may be asserted for taxes under  present or future  laws;  or to enforce or
     contest such matters through appropriate


                                       69



     legal  proceedings.  Provided,  however,  that  the  Trustee  shall  not be
     required to institute or continue  litigation unless the Trustee has in its
     possession  sufficient  funds to  finance  such  litigation,  or unless the
     Trustee has been indemnified to its  satisfaction  against any counsel fees
     and all other expenses and  liabilities  which the Trustee may be subjected
     to in such litigation.  In any event, the Trustee shall be entitled, out of
     the  recoveries of any  litigation,  to  reimbursement  for its expenses in
     connection therewith.

          (L) Payment of Taxes. The Trustee is empowered to pay out of the Trust
     Fund all taxes of whatever nature which may be imposed upon it or the Trust
     Fund assets pursuant to any provision of the law, now or hereafter enacted,
     with respect to the assets or income of the Trust Fund.

          (M) Diversification. The Trustee shall invest the Trust Fund assets in
     accordance with the diversification requirements of ERISA ss. 404(a)(1)(C),
     unless it is clearly  prudent  not to do so.  Pursuant  to  Revenue  Ruling
     81-100,  as amended,  the Plan hereby  explicitly  adopts and  incorporates
     herein by  reference  the  declaration  of  trust,  if  applicable,  of any
     financial  institution and/or insurance company segregated asset account in
     which the Trust's assets may be invested.

          (N) Life Insurance.  The Trustee may purchase life insurance contracts
     on the life of any Participant,  upon the request of a Participant and upon
     the approval of the Committee.  The Trustee may not  unreasonably  refuse a
     Participant's request that has Committee approval.  Any acquisition of life
     insurance shall meet any applicable  incidental benefit  provisions.  Twice
     the amount of term  insurance  premiums  plus the amount of  ordinary  life
     insurance  premiums for any Participant shall be less than 50% of the total
     of his  Employer  Contribution  Account as of the close of the most  recent
     Plan  Year.  The life  insurance  is subject  to the  following  additional
     requirements:

               (1)  Ordinary  Life  Insurance.  The  aggregate  of premiums  for
          ordinary life insurance for each Participant  shall be less than fifty
          percent (50%) of the aggregate of his Employer Contribution Account as
          of the close of the most  recent  Plan  Year.  For  purposes  of these
          incidental insurance provisions, ordinary life insurance contracts are
          contracts with both  non-decreasing  death benefits and non-increasing
          premiums.

               (2) Term and Universal Life Insurance.  The aggregate of premiums
          for term,  universal,  and/or all other life insurance contracts which
          are not defined as ordinary  life  insurance  contracts  herein.  Life
          insurance for each Participant shall be less than twenty-five  percent
          (25%) of the aggregate of his Employer  Contribution Account as of the
          close of the most recent Plan Year.

               (3)  Combination.  The sum of one-half (1/2) of the ordinary life
          insurance  premiums  and all other life  insurance  premiums  will not
          exceed


                                       70



          one-quarter (1/4) of the aggregate Employer contributions allocated to
          any Participant.

               (4)  Retirement.  In order that no portion of the value of a life
          insurance  contract  be used to  continue  life  insurance  protection
          beyond retirement,  at or before retirement the Trustee shall, subject
          to Section 8.2:

                    (a) Convert the entire value of all life insurance contracts
               at or before retirement into cash; or

                    (b)   Convert   all   life   insurance   contracts   into  a
               nontransferable annuity; or

                    (c)  Distribute   the  life   insurance   contracts  to  the
               Participant upon his retirement.

               (5) Procedure.  The Trustee shall apply for and will be the owner
          of any insurance  contract purchased under the terms of this Plan. The
          insurance  contract(s)  must provide that  proceeds will be payable to
          the Trustee,  however,  the Trustee  shall be required to pay over all
          proceeds  of  the   contract(s)   to  the   Participant's   designated
          beneficiary  in accordance  with the  distribution  provisions of this
          Plan. A Participant's spouse will be the designated beneficiary of the
          proceeds in all  circumstances  unless a qualified  election  has been
          made in  accordance  with  Section  8.2,  Joint and  Survivor  Annuity
          Requirements,  if applicable.  Under no circumstances  shall the Trust
          retain any part of the proceeds.  In the event of any conflict between
          the  terms  of this  Plan  and the  terms  of any  insurance  contract
          purchased hereunder, the Plan provisions shall control.

               (6) No Share in Earnings or Forfeiture Allocations. The amount of
          any  Participant's  account  that is allocated to the purchase of life
          insurance  shall not share in  increases  or decreases in the value of
          the Trust Fund assets,  or in the  earnings of the Trust Fund,  except
          for increases in cash value of the life insurance.

          (O) Earmarked Investments.  Pursuant to ERISA ss. 404(c) which applies
     to  pension  plans that  provide  for  individual  accounts  and  permits a
     Participant  or  Beneficiary  to invest  or to  exercise  control  over the
     investment of the assets in his account(s), if a Participant or Beneficiary
     in fact invests or exercises  control over the  investment of the assets in
     his account, the Trustees shall not be liable for any loss, or by reason of
     any breach,  which results from such investment or exercise of control over
     such  investments.  To demonstrate that the Participants and  Beneficiaries
     have independent control,  thus insulating the Trustee from liability,  the
     Trustee should:


                                       71



               (1) Written Notice. Provide each Participant and Beneficiary with
          written  notice of their  rights to earmark the  investments  of their
          accounts including a broad list of permissible investments; and,

               (2)  Written  Instructions.   Obtain  from  each  Participant  or
          Beneficiary a written statement setting forth his instructions for the
          investment   of  his  account   and   releasing   the   Trustee   from
          responsibility for such investments.

     7.8 Prohibited Transactions. The Trustee shall not cause the Plan to engage
in certain transactions,  deemed "prohibited transactions," as determined by the
Internal  Revenue  Service from time to time, if the Trustee knows or has reason
to know  that the  transaction  involves  Parties  in  Interest.  The  direct or
indirect  transactions  between  the  Plan  and a Party  in  Interest  that  are
presently prohibited are:

          (A) Property. A sale, exchange or lease of any property;

          (B) Loans. The loan of money or other extension of credit;

          (C) Provisions. The provision of goods, services or facilities;

          (D)  Transfer.  The  transfer  to, or use by or for the  benefit of, a
     Party in Interest, of any Plan asset; and,

          (E) Employer  Property.  Any acquisition or disposition,  on behalf of
     the Plan,  of any Employer  Security or Employer Real Property in violation
     of ERISA ss.  407(a).  In  addition,  the  Trustee  shall not deal with the
     income or assets of the Plan in his own  interest  or for his own  account.
     However, where the Trustee is a Participant who has an account in the Plan,
     he is not, for that reason,  barred from legitimate dealings which apply to
     all Plan  accounts  without  discrimination.  Thus, a Trustee is allowed to
     receive  any  benefit  to  which he may be  entitled  as a  Participant  or
     Beneficiary  in the Plan as long as the benefit is  computed  and paid on a
     basis  which is  consistent  with the terms of the Plan as  applied  to all
     other Participants or Beneficiaries.

     7.9 Prohibited Transactions;  Exemptions. This Plan does hereby adopt those
exemptions from prohibited  transaction  rules  established from time to time by
the Department of Labor and the Treasury Department.

     7.10  Segregated  Account.  The Trustee  shall have  authority to establish
segregated accounts.

     7.11 Third Party Dealings. A third party,  dealing with the Trustee,  shall
not be required to make any inquiry  whether the  Committee  has  instructed  or
authorized the Trustee, or


                                       72



whether the Trustee is otherwise  authorized  to take or omit any action,  or to
follow the application by the Trustee of any money or property which may be paid
or delivered to the Trustee by such third party.

     7.12 Payment of Expenses. All expenses of the Plan and Trustee compensation
shall  be  paid  by  the  Company,  except  as  expressly  provided  by a  Board
Resolution.  To the extent the Company does not resolve by a Board Resolution to
pay such  expenses  and  costs,  such  expenses  and costs  shall be paid by the
Trustee out of the Trust Fund,  including,  but not limited to: brokerage costs,
management  fees,   transfer  fees,   shipping  expenses  and  compensation  for
professional  services  such as  accountants,  attorneys,  agents and such other
persons  as  the  Trustee  may  employ  in  the  discharge  of  its  duties  and
responsibilities  under this Trust  Agreement.  All  payments of expenses by the
Trustee from the Trust Fund, if any, shall be allocated  against the accounts of
the Participants  proportionately in accordance with this Plan.  Irrespective of
anything  stated above, a full time employee of the Company may not also receive
compensation from the Trust Fund.

     7.13 Voting by Co-Trustees.  In the event more than one person is appointed
as Trustee  pursuant to Section 7.1 above,  all  actions  taken by the  Trustees
shall be taken  pursuant to a vote by a majority of all Trustees.  A majority of
the Trustees shall constitute a quorum; provided,  however, that the affirmative
vote of a majority of all Trustees shall remain necessary (as distinguished from
the affirmative  vote of a majority of those Trustees  present and  constituting
the quorum) for an effective and valid decision to be rendered by the Trustees.

     7.14  Reports.  The Trustee  shall  prepare and  distribute  reports to the
Committee,  the Department of Labor and the Internal Revenue Service pursuant to
ERISA as it now exists or as it may hereafter be amended.

     7.15  Liability of Trustee.  The Trustee  shall  discharge  his duties with
respect  to  said  Plan  solely  in  the  interests  of  the   Participants  and
Beneficiaries   for  the  exclusive   purpose  of  providing   benefits  to  the
Participants and their  Beneficiaries,  and defraying the reasonable expenses of
managing and administering the Trust Fund.

          (A)  Prudent Man  Standard.  The  Trustee  shall use the care,  skill,
     prudence and  diligence  under the  circumstances  then  prevailing  that a
     prudent man acting in a like  capacity and familiar with such matters would
     with like aims. The Trustee shall not be liable to the Company,  Committee,
     Participants, Beneficiaries or any third party for any action taken, or any
     inaction,  in the  exercise  of its  powers  or in the  performance  of its
     duties,  if the Trustee is acting  within the degree of  judgment  and care
     prescribed herein.

          (B) Reliance on Instructions.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any
     action taken or omitted pursuant to the written instructions of the Company
     or the Committee; or in the absence of such instructions,  for the omission
     of any action as to


                                       73



     which the Company or Committee is authorized to provide instruction. If, at
     any time, the Company or Committee  shall fail to give  instructions to the
     Trustee as required  pursuant to this Plan,  the Trustee may act, and shall
     be protected upon so acting, without such instructions, as in the Trustee's
     discretion  appears  appropriate and advisable under the  circumstances for
     carrying out the purposes of this Plan and Agreement.

          (C)  Indemnification.  The Company hereby agrees to indemnify and hold
     harmless  the Trustee  against any  liabilities,  losses,  costs or damages
     which Trustee may incur in the exercise or performance of its duties within
     the degree of judgment and care herein set forth.

          (D) Bond Waived. The Trustee shall not be required to post any bond or
     other security for the faithful performance of its duties hereunder, except
     as  specifically  required  by  ERISA  ss.  412 or  any  other  Federal  or
     Washington State law. If a bond is required,  the premium or costs for such
     bond or other security shall be an expense of the Trust Fund,  which may be
     paid by the Company or Trustee.

          (E) Liability Insurance. Pursuant to ERISA ss. 410(b), the Employer or
     the  Trustee  may  purchase   insurance  for  the  Fiduciaries,   including
     themselves,  to cover potential  liability or losses occurring by reason of
     the act or omission of any Fiduciary.

     7.16 Resignation or Removal.

          (A)  Resignation.  A Trustee or  Co-Trustee  may resign at any time by
     delivering  to the  Chairman or  Secretary of the Board of Directors of the
     Company a written  notice of such  resignation.  Said  resignation  must be
     delivered  to the Board of  Directors at least sixty (60) days prior to the
     date such resignation is to become effective;  provided,  however, that the
     Board of Directors in writing may waive such sixty (60) day period.

          (B)  Removal.  All  Trustees  serve at the  pleasure  of the  Board of
     Directors,  accordingly, any person appointed as a Trustee hereunder may be
     removed by resolution  of the Board of Directors of the Company.  The Board
     of Directors shall deliver to such person or entity a certified copy of the
     resolution  of  removal,  which shall set forth the  effective  date of the
     removal.  Said  resolution  and notice of removal shall be delivered to the
     person or entity at least  sixty (60) days prior to the  effective  date of
     the removal;  provided,  however,  that the person or entity may waive such
     sixty (60) day  period.  In no event will the  removal of a Trustee  become
     effective until a successor Trustee has been appointed to whom the outgoing
     Trustee may transfer and deliver the Trust Fund.

          (C) Settlement of Accounts. In the event of the resignation or removal
     of a Trustee,  said  Trustee  shall have the right to a  settlement  of its
     accounts which may be made at the Trustee's option as follows:


                                       74



               (1)  Judicial  Settlement.  By judicial  settlement  in an action
          instituted by the Trustee in the Snohomish  County  Superior  Court in
          and for the State of Washington; or

               (2)  Settlement  Agreement.  By written  agreement of  settlement
          between and among the Trustee, the Committee and the Company.

          Upon such  settlement,  the Trustee  shall  transfer to the  successor
     Trustee  all assets of the Trust Fund then  existing as well as true copies
     of all records of the Trust.  The removed Trustee further agrees to execute
     all  documents  and  otherwise  cooperate  fully  as  may be  required  for
     transferring  the Trust Fund assets to the successor  Trustee.  The removed
     Trustee shall only be discharged from further  accountability and liability
     for all  matters  embraced in its  settlement  upon  satisfaction  of these
     conditions.

          (D) Company to Fill Vacancy.  The Company covenants and agrees that it
     will,  upon its  receipt  of  resignation,  or upon its  giving  notice  of
     removal,  of a Trustee,  forthwith  appoint by  resolution  of its Board of
     Directors a  successor  Trustee or  Co-Trustee.  Any  successor  Trustee or
     Co-Trustee so appointed may qualify as such by executing, acknowledging and
     delivering  to the  Chairman or  Secretary of the Board of Directors of the
     Company,  and to the  resigned  or removed  Trustee,  a written  instrument
     accepting such  appointment  pursuant to this Article.  Upon receipt of the
     Trust Fund assets and records, such successor Trustee shall become, without
     further act, vested with all the right,  title,  interest,  power, duty and
     discretion  of the  predecessor  Trustee  set  forth in this Plan and Trust
     Agreement as if said successor  Trustee were originally  appointed  Trustee
     hereunder.  In the event there is at least one  remaining  Trustee  after a
     resignation  or removal,  the Company may, but is not required to,  appoint
     additional Co-Trustees.

     7.17 Transfer of Interest or Rollovers. Notwithstanding any other provision
contained in this Plan,  the Trustee at the direction of the Plan  Administrator
shall  transfer,  upon a one (1) year Break in Service of a  Participant  (or at
such earlier time as may be deemed  necessary by the Plan  Trustee),  the Vested
interest,  if any,  of such  Participant  in the  Present  Value of his  Accrued
Benefit to another  Trust  forming  part of a pension,  profit  sharing or stock
bonus plan maintained by such Participant's new Employer and represented by said
Employer in writing as meeting the requirements of I.R.C.  ss. 401(a),  provided
that the Trust to which such  transfers are made permits the transfer to be made
and the requirements of Sections 10.10 and 10.11 are met.

     7.18  Authorization  to Sign.  In the event  more than one (1)  Trustee  is
designated to serve as Trustee herein,  then the signature of all trustees shall
be  required  to  effectuate  or  authorize  any  Plan  or  Trust   transaction.
Notwithstanding  the above,  all Trustees  shall be  responsible  to review each
trust  transaction  even if such  trustee was not a signor on such  transaction.
Provided  further,  the  authority  to sign  shall be  subject  to  modification
pursuant  to any  unanimous  Committee  resolution  and  shall be  effective  as
provided for in any such resolution.


                                       75



                                   ARTICLE 8.
                               RETIREMENT BENEFITS

     8.1  Determination  of Amount.  The  determination  as to the amount of the
Distributive  Share  of any  Participant  or  Beneficiary  shall  be made by the
Committee. The amount shall be determined as follows:

          (A) Previous Plan Year End Value. The distributive plan share shall be
     determined  as of the previous  Plan Year end (or such other more  frequent
     valuation dates as uniformly provided by the Employer);  plus any voluntary
     after-tax  Employee and salary  deferral  contributions;  plus any Employer
     contributions  allocated to the Participant's account for the previous Plan
     Year end; plus any Employer  contributions  allocated to the  Participant's
     account during the Plan Year of termination if the Employee is eligible for
     a  contribution  as determined  pursuant to Section 5.6;  LESS  withdrawals
     and/or distributions made to such Participant.  Such determination of value
     shall  apply to any  distribution  made from the Plan,  including,  but not
     limited to,  distributions on account of a Participant's  death,  permanent
     disability, termination of employment or retirement.

          (B)  Adjustments  for  Significant  Increases or Decreases in Value of
     Plan Assets.  Notwithstanding the above, if, in the opinion of the Trustee,
     there  has been a  significant  increase  or  decrease  in the value of the
     assets of the Trust  between  the  Participant's  termination  date  and/or
     valuation  date,  and the  date  said  Participant's  share  is put  into a
     segregated account,  or distributed to said Participant,  then the Trustee,
     in its  sole  discretion,  shall  have  the  right  to  select  the date of
     termination,  segregation or distribution as the alternate  valuation date,
     to value  assets  accordingly,  and to deposit  such assets into a separate
     account. In the event said change in valuation date increases the amount to
     be distributed to said  Participant,  the Trustee,  in its sole discretion,
     may charge the Participant's account for the cost of making said valuation.

     8.2 Mode of  Distribution.  After a  determination  has been made as to the
Distributive  Share of a Participant,  the general mode of  distribution of such
benefits shall be in a form described below. All distributions  shall be subject
to the additional  limitations and requirements defined more particularly below.
Each  method of  distribution  available  shall be of equal value based upon the
full  vested  interest  accumulated  for  the  benefit  of  the  Employee.   All
distributions under this Section shall be determined and made in accordance with
the proposed  regulations issued under I.R.C. ss. 401(a)(9)  including,  without
limitation,  the minimum  distribution  incidental benefit requirement  provided
under Prop. Treas. Reg. ss. 1.401(a)(9)-2.

          (A) Life Annuity.

               (1) Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.  Unless the Participant
          and his spouse both make a qualified  election and waiver and elect an


                                       76



          alternative   permissible   mode  of  distribution  in  writing  which
          acknowledges  the effect of such  election,  then the  normal  mode of
          distribution in the case of a vested married  Participant who does not
          die before the annuity  starting  date,  then upon such  Participant's
          permanent   disability,   early   retirement,   normal  retirement  or
          commencement  of payment of benefits  on a date not  earlier  than one
          hundred  twenty (120) months  before the  Participant  reaches  normal
          retirement  age  shall  be  a  Non-Transferable  Qualified  Joint  and
          Survivor  Annuity and, for unmarried  Participants  the normal mode of
          distribution shall be a  non-transferable  single life annuity for the
          life of the Participant,  unless another form of benefit is elected by
          the Participant during the applicable election period, and the mode of
          distribution  payable to a spouse of  Participant  who dies before the
          early  retirement date the normal mode of  distribution  shall be by a
          preretirement  survivor annuity.  Provided  further,  that any written
          consent  of  the  Participant  and  the  Participant's   spouse  to  a
          distribution  must be  obtained  not more than ninety (90) days before
          the  commencement  of the  distribution  of  any  part  of an  accrued
          benefit.  Any  annuity  contract  distributed  from  this Plan must be
          nontransferable.  The  terms of any  annuity  contract  purchased  and
          distributed  by the Plan to a Participant  or spouse shall comply with
          the requirements of this Plan.

               Said Qualified Joint and Survivor  Annuity shall not be less than
          one-half  (1/2) nor  greater  than the amount of the  annuity  payable
          during the joint  lives or joint  life  expectancies  of the  Employee
          Participant and his spouse and which is the actuarial  equivalent of a
          single annuity for the life of the Employee Participant,  and includes
          any  annuity  in a form  having  the  effect of a joint  and  survivor
          annuity.  The annuity  contract shall be issued directly to and in the
          name of the  retiring  Participant  and all  incidents of ownership of
          said annuity  contract  shall be vested in him.  Any monies  remaining
          after the purchase of said annuity  contract  shall be  distributed to
          the Participant in cash pursuant to Section 8.2(C) below.  The annuity
          shall commence within sixty (60) days after the close of the Plan Year
          following his retirement,  early retirement,  permanent  disability or
          death.

               The Qualified Joint and Survivor  Annuity  requirements  provided
          above shall apply to Plan  benefits  derived  from both  Employer  and
          non-deductible Employee contributions.

               Provided that for Plan Years  effective  after December 31, 1984,
          distribution  may be made over the life of such  Employee  or over the
          lives of such Employee and a designated  Beneficiary  or over a period
          not extending  beyond the life expectancy of such Employee or the life
          expectancy of such Employee and a designated Beneficiary.


                                       77



               Notwithstanding anything above to the contrary, a Participant may
          elect,   without  the  consent  of  such   Participant's   spouse,  if
          applicable,  to begin  receiving  a  Qualified  Joint and  Survivor or
          Single Life Annuity upon attainment of the earliest  retirement age as
          defined under the Plan.

               (2) Ten-Year Period Certain Annuity.  If a Participant dies on or
          after the  commencement  of payments  but before he has  received  one
          hundred twenty (120) monthly  payments,  the monthly payments shall be
          continued in the same amount to the  Participant's  Beneficiary  until
          the remainder of such one hundred  twenty (120)  monthly  payments has
          been paid.

          (B) Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity. Unless otherwise elected
     according  to a  qualified  election  and  waiver as  provided  for  below,
     effective for Plan Years  commencing  after  December 31, 1984, a Qualified
     Preretirement  Survivor  Annuity  for the  life or life  expectancy  of the
     Employee  Participant's  spouse shall be paid.  Payments under such annuity
     shall be for the life of the surviving  spouse of the Employee  Participant
     or for a designated  beneficiary,  and shall be in an amount, the actuarial
     equivalent  of which is not less than fifty  percent  (50%) of the  account
     balance  of the  Employee  Participant  as of the  date of his  death.  Any
     annuity contract  distributed from this Plan must be  nontransferable.  The
     terms of any annuity  contract  purchased and  distributed by the Plan to a
     Participant or spouse shall comply with the requirements of this Plan.

          The Qualified  Preretirement  Survivor Annuity  requirements  provided
     above  shall  apply  to  Plan  benefits  derived  from  both  Employer  and
     non-deductible Employee contributions.

          In the event a  Qualified  Preretirement  Survivor  Annuity is payable
     pursuant to this Section,  then the Plan shall permit the surviving  spouse
     to direct the  commencement  of payments under the Qualified  Preretirement
     Survivor Annuity within a reasonable period after the Participant's death.

          Any waiver of this form of benefit distribution shall require the same
     degree of spousal  written  consent  provided  and must be made  during the
     election  period  provided in Section 8.2(G) below.  In the event the death
     benefit  is not  paid in the  form of a  Qualified  Preretirement  Survivor
     Annuity,  it shall be paid to the  Participant's  Beneficiary by any of the
     methods allowable under this Section.


                                       78



          (C) Lump Sum. The total amount of the  Distributive  Share may be paid
     to the  Participant in a single cash sum by the later of: the time which is
     as soon as administratively  feasible; or, within sixty (60) days after the
     close  of  the  Plan  Year  following  his  retirement,  early  retirement,
     permanent disability or death, provided the required qualified election and
     spousal  consent  is  obtained  for  this  mode of  distribution.  Lump sum
     distributions  may be rolled over or directly  transferred into an eligible
     transferee plan as provided herein consistent with applicable laws.

          (D)  Installments.  In monthly,  quarterly or annual  installments  of
     interest  and/or  interest  and  principal  over a period not to exceed the
     single or joint life or life  expectancy of the  participant and his or her
     designated beneficiary, as applicable, and pursuant to a schedule to assure
     payment of at least fifty-one  percent (51%) of the amount determined under
     Section 8.1 above, within the life or life expectancy of the Participant or
     within  the  joint  life  or life  expectancy  of the  Participant  and the
     Participant's  spouse.  Said  installments  shall be at least  One  Hundred
     Dollars  ($100.00),  and shall be paid on or  before  the first day of each
     succeeding  designated  period  commencing  not later  than sixty (60) days
     after  the  close  of  the  Plan  Year  following  his  retirement,   early
     retirement,  permanent  disability  or  death,  with said  installments  to
     continue  until the total  Distributive  Share is exhausted.  Once elected,
     installment payments may be increased or the period over which payments are
     made may be  accelerated.  The  Committee may request the Trustee to invest
     the Participant's Distributive Share in an interest bearing savings account
     or  savings  certificates  of a bank or  savings  institution  which may be
     commingled with other such  Distributive  Shares of other  Participants who
     are  receiving  installments,  or the  Committee may request the Trustee to
     purchase  from an insurance  company  approved by the  Committee an annuity
     contract  to pay  such  installments,  containing  such  other  provisions,
     options and  settlements  as the Committee  may approve.  If the Trustee is
     required  to  make  the  installment  payments  to  a  Participant  or  his
     Beneficiary,   the  Trustee  shall  be   compensated  by  the  Company  for
     maintaining and paying such installments at such reasonable compensation as
     may be agreed upon between the Company and the Trustee.  Provided  further,
     that any  election to receive  benefits  on the  installment  method  shall
     require the same degree of spousal written consent and a qualified election
     must be made for such installment distribution.

          (E) Uniform  Availability  of Benefits.  All optional forms of benefit
     shall  be  made   available   to  all   Participants   on  a  uniform   and
     nondiscriminatory basis.

          (F) Distribution to Designated  Beneficiaries.  Any distribution  that
     may  be  made  to  a  Participant's  spouse  may  similarly  be  made  in a
     distribution to a non-spouse designated  beneficiary,  provided any spousal
     consent requirement is met and a qualified election is made as provided for
     in Section  8.2(G)(2)below,  except that no prior  written  consent to such
     distribution is required from a non-spouse designated beneficiary.


                                       79



          (G) Notice and Election.

               (1) General Election Period and Notice Requirement.  No less than
          thirty  (30)  days and no more  than  ninety  (90)  days  prior to the
          annuity  starting  date, the Plan  Administrator  shall furnish to the
          Participant a general  description  of the terms and conditions of the
          joint and survivor  annuity,  a description of the election and waiver
          procedures,  an explanation of the financial effect of a Participant's
          election  of  such  annuity,   a  description  of  the  right  of  the
          Participant's spouse to consent to any election to waive the joint and
          survivor annuity and an explanation of the right of the Participant to
          revoke or re-elect such election and the effect of such revocation. No
          consent obtained under the provisions  described herein shall be valid
          unless the Participant has received notice as described herein.

               (2)  Qualified  Election.  Any  waiver of a  Qualified  Joint and
          Survivor Annuity or a Qualified  Preretirement  Survivor Annuity shall
          require a  qualified  election as  provided  in this  subsection.  The
          waiver  must  be  in  writing  and  must  be   consented   to  by  the
          Participant's spouse, if applicable.  The spouse's consent to a waiver
          must be in writing and witnessed by a plan  representative or a notary
          public  and must be  limited  to and  acknowledge  the  effect of such
          election   and  any  benefit  to  a  specific   alternate   non-spouse
          beneficiary,  if applicable,  including any class of  beneficiaries or
          any contingent  beneficiaries which beneficiary designation may not be
          changed  without  spousal  consent  (unless the  Participant's  spouse
          expressly permits  designations by the Participant without any further
          spousal consent).  Additionally, a Participant's waiver of a Qualified
          Joint and Survivor  Annuity shall not be effective unless the election
          designates a form of benefit which may not be changed  without spousal
          consent  (or  the  spouse  expressly   permits   designations  by  the
          Participant without any further spousal consent). Notwithstanding this
          consent   requirement,   if  the   Participant   establishes   to  the
          satisfaction of the plan  representative that such written consent may
          not be  obtained  because  there is no spouse or the spouse  cannot be
          located or such other  circumstances  as the Internal  Revenue Service
          may provide, a waiver will be deemed a qualified election. Any consent
          necessary  under this  provision will not be valid with respect to any
          other spouse.  A consent that permits  designations by the Participant
          without  any  requirement  of  further  consent  by such  spouse  must
          acknowledge that the spouse has a right to limit consent to a specific
          beneficiary, and a specific form of benefit where applicable, and that
          the spouse  voluntarily  elects to  relinquish  either or both of such
          rights.  Additionally, a revocation of a prior waiver may be made by a
          Participant  without  the consent of the spouse at any time before the
          commencement  of  benefits.  The  number of  revocations  shall not be
          limited.  Any new waiver or change of  beneficiary  will require a new
          spousal  consent  according  to the terms of this  qualified  election
          subsection.


                                       80



               (3)   Qualified   Preretirement   Election   Period   and  Notice
          Requirements. With regard to the election of a Qualified Preretirement
          Survivor  Annuity,  the  Administrator  shall provide each Participant
          within  the  applicable  period  with  a  written  explanation  of the
          Qualified   Preretirement   Survivor  Annuity  containing   comparable
          information to that required pursuant to this Section 8.2.

               The  applicable  period for  purposes  of the above  notification
          requirements  shall  mean,  with  respect to a Plan  Participant,  the
          period which ends last from among the  following  periods:  the period
          beginning with the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant
          attains age thirty-two (32) and ending with the close of the Plan Year
          preceding  the  plan  year  in  which  the  Participant   attains  age
          thirty-five  (35); a  reasonable  period  ending  after an  individual
          becomes a  Participant  in the Plan; a reasonable  period ending after
          I.R.C. ss.  417(a)(5) first applies to the  Participant;  a reasonable
          period ending after I.R.C. ss. 401(a)(11)  applies to the Participant;
          or, a reasonable  period ending after  separation from service in case
          of a  Participant  who  separates  from service  before  attaining age
          thirty-five (35).

               For purposes of applying the  preceding  paragraph,  a reasonable
          period ending after the enumerated  events  described above is the end
          of the two (2) year  period  beginning  one (1) year prior to the date
          the applicable  event occurs,  and ending one year after that date. In
          the case of a Participant  who separates  from service before the Plan
          Year in  which  age  thirty-five  (35) is  attained,  notice  shall be
          provided  within the two (2) year period  beginning one (1) year prior
          to  separation  and ending one (1) year  after  separation.  If such a
          Participant  thereafter  returns to employment with the Employer,  the
          applicable period for such Participant shall be redetermined.

               The election period to waive the Qualified Preretirement Survivor
          Annuity  shall be during the  applicable  period as described  herein.
          Provided,  a Participant who will not yet attain age thirty-five  (35)
          as of the end of any  current  Plan Year may make a special  qualified
          election to waive the qualified preretirement survivor annuity for the
          period  beginning  on the date of the election and ending on the first
          day of the  Plan  Year  in  which  the  Participant  will  attain  age
          thirty-five  (35).  Such  election  shall  not  be  valid  unless  the
          Participant   receives  a  written   explanation   of  the   qualified
          preretirement  survivor annuity in such terms as are comparable to the
          explanation  required as  described  herein.  Qualified  preretirement
          survivor annuity  coverage will be automatically  reinstated as of the
          first  day of the  Plan  Year in which  the  Participant  attains  age
          thirty-five  (35).  Any new  waiver  on or after  such  date  shall be
          subject to the full requirements of this Section.


                                       81



               The Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity provided for in this
          Section shall apply only to Participants who are credited with an Hour
          of Service on or after August 23, 1984.  Former  Participants  who are
          not credited with an Hour of Service on or after August 23, 1984 shall
          be  provided  with  rights  to the  Qualified  Preretirement  Survivor
          Annuity in accordance with Section  303(e)(2) of the Retirement Equity
          Act of 1984.

               (4) Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity  Election  Period.  With
          regard to the election of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity,  the
          Plan Administrator shall provide each Participant, no less than thirty
          (30) and no more than ninety  (90) days prior to the annuity  starting
          date, with a written notice explaining the terms and conditions of the
          Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, the Participant's right to make,
          and the effect of making an election  to waive the joint and  survivor
          annuity  form of  benefit,  the  rights  of the  Participant's  spouse
          concerning  the  election  to receive or waive the joint and  survivor
          annuity form of benefit,  and, the right to make,  and the effect of a
          revocation  of an election to receive or to waive the right to receive
          the joint and survivor  annuity form of benefit.  The annuity starting
          date,  for  purposes  of the  above,  means the first day of the first
          period for which an amount is payable as an annuity, or in the case of
          a benefit  payable in the form of an  annuity,  the first day on which
          all events  have  occurred  which  entitle the  Participant  to such a
          benefit.

               For  purposes  of  electing  to  receive or to waive the right to
          receive the joint and survivor annuity form of benefit, the applicable
          election  period  shall be the ninety  (90) day  period  ending on the
          annuity   starting  date.  For  purposes  of  determining   whether  a
          Participant's  benefit is payable as a qualified joint and survivor or
          preretirement  survivor annuity, such determination shall be made with
          reference to the annuity starting date.

               For unmarried  Participants,  the same provisions  detailed above
          shall apply in regard to single life annuity  notices,  elections  and
          waivers.

               (5) Definitions.  For purposes of this Section "Annuity  Starting
          Date" shall mean the first day of the first period for which an amount
          is paid as an annuity or any other form. For purposes of this Section,
          a vested  account  balance shall refer to the  aggregate  value of the
          Participant's  vested  account  balances  derived  from  Employer  and
          Employee  contributions  (including rollovers and transfers),  whether
          vested  before or upon death,  including  the  proceeds  of  insurance
          contracts,  if any, on the Participant's  life. The provisions of this
          section  shall  apply  to a  Participant  who  is  vested  in  amounts
          attributable to Employer  contributions,  Employee  contributions  (or
          both) at the time of death or distribution.


                                       82



          (H) Commencement of Benefits and Required  Beginning  Dates.  Benefits
     will commence  under the Plan to  Participants  not later than the sixtieth
     (60th)  day  after  the  latest  of the close of the Plan Year in which the
     Participant and his spouse (if applicable) otherwise elect in writing:

               (1)  The  date  on  which  the  Participant  attains  the  age of
          sixty-five (65) (or normal retirement age, if earlier);

               (2) Occurs the tenth (10th)  anniversary of the year in which the
          Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or

               (3) The Participant terminates service with the Company.

               Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the failure of a Participant and
          spouse to consent  to a  distribution  while a benefit is  immediately
          distributable, shall be deemed to be an election to defer commencement
          of payment of any  benefit  sufficient  to satisfy  this  Section.  An
          account  balance  is  immediately  distributable  if any  part  of the
          account  balance could be distributed to the Participant (or surviving
          spouse) before the Participant attains or would have attained,  if not
          deceased, the later of: normal retirement age; or, age sixty-two (62).

               In the case of a Plan which  provides for the payment of an early
          retirement   benefit,   a   Participant   who  satisfied  the  service
          requirements, but separated from service with any nonforfeitable right
          to an accrued  benefit before  satisfying the age requirement for such
          early retirement  benefit,  is entitled upon  satisfaction of such age
          requirement to receive an early retirement  benefit. A Participant may
          not defer  benefits  to the extent  that a  Participant  is creating a
          death benefit that is more than incidental.

               (4) In addition to the above rules,  the entire  interest of each
          Employee  Participant will be distributed as of the first distribution
          calendar  year (if not made in a single  sum) may be made  over one of
          the following periods (or combination thereof):

                    (a) no later  than the  "required  beginning  date" for such
               Participant; or,

                    (b) beginning no later than the "required beginning date" of
               the Participant over one of the following periods:

                         (i) the life of the Participant,


                                       83



                         (ii) the  lives  of the  Participant  and a  Designated
                    Beneficiary,

                         (iii) a period not extending beyond the life expectancy
                    of the Participant; or,

                         (iv) a period not extending  beyond the life expectancy
                    of the Participant and a Designated Beneficiary.

               (5)  (a) For Plan Years commencing  before December 31, 1988, the
          "required  beginning date" for a Participant who is not a five percent
          (5%) owner is April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year
          in which  the  later  of the  following  occur:  retirement;  or,  the
          Participant attains the age seventy and one-half (70 1/2).

                    (b) For Plan Years commencing  before December 31, 1988, the
               "required beginning date" for a Participant who is a five percent
               (5%) owner is the first day of April  following the later of: the
               earlier of the calendar year with or within which the Participant
               becomes a five percent (5%) owner; or, the calendar year in which
               the  Participant  retires  or the  calendar  year  in  which  the
               Participant  attains  the age of seventy  and  one-half  (70 1/2)
               regardless  of when such  Participant  retires.  If a Participant
               becomes a five percent (5%) owner during any Plan Year after such
               Participant  has  attained  the age of seventy and  one-half  (70
               1/2), then the required beginning date is April 1 of the calendar
               year following the calendar year in which such Participant became
               a five percent (5%) owner.  The above five percent (5%) ownership
               rules apply whether or not the Plan is Top-Heavy.

                    (c) For all Plan Years  commencing  after December 31, 1988,
               the required beginning date shall be April 1 of the calendar year
               following the calendar year in which the Participant  attains age
               seventy and one-half (70 1/2) regardless  of any stock  ownership
               interests  held, if any;  provided,  any  applicable  grandfather
               rules provided  under  applicable  legislation  shall continue to
               apply.

                    Specifically,  the required  beginning date of a Participant
               who is not a five  percent (5%) owner who attains age seventy and
               one-half  (70  1/2)  during  1988 and who has not  retired  as of
               January 1, 1989, is April 1, 1990.

                    (d) Five Percent  Owner.  A Participant is treated as a five
               percent   (5%)  owner  for  purposes  of  this  Section  if  such
               Participant is a


                                       84



               five  percent  (5%)  owner  as  defined  in  I.R.C.   ss.  416(i)
               (determined in accordance with I.R.C.  ss. 416 but without regard
               to whether  the plan is  top-heavy)  at any time  during the Plan
               Year ending with or within the calendar  year in which such owner
               attains age  sixty-six  and one-half  (66 1/2) or any  subsequent
               Plan Year. Once  distributions  have begun to a five percent (5%)
               owner under this Section,  they must continue to be  distributed,
               even if the Participant ceases to be a five percent (5%) owner in
               a subsequent year.

               (6) Distributions  Begun Before Death.  Where  distributions to a
          Participant  begin  before death and the  Participant  dies before his
          entire  interest is distributed  to him, the remaining  portion of his
          interest will be  distributed  at least as rapidly as under the method
          of  distribution  that was in effect at the date of his death.  I.R.C.
          ss. 401(a)(9)(B)(i).  However, the designated beneficiary may elect to
          accelerate the remaining payments.

               (7) Distributions  Not Begun Before Death.  Where the Participant
          dies before a distribution of his interest begins, distribution of the
          Participant's entire interest shall be completed by December 31 of the
          calendar  year   containing   the  fifth  (5th)   anniversary  of  the
          Participant's  death, except to the extent that an election is made to
          receive distributions as provided for below:

                    (a) Where (i) any portion of the  Participant's  interest is
               payable to (or for the benefit of) a Designated Beneficiary,  and
               (ii)  that  portion  will be  distributed  over  the  life of the
               Beneficiary  (or  over a period  not  extending  beyond  the life
               expectancy  of the  Beneficiary),  and  (iii)  the  distributions
               commence  on  or  before   December  31  of  the  calendar   year
               immediately  following the calendar year in which the Participant
               died.  Recalculation  of life  expectancy is not permitted  under
               this  provision.  I.R.C.  ss.  401(a)(9)(B)(ii)  and (iii).  This
               exception  applies  only if  amounts  are paid to the  Designated
               Beneficiary  under rules that  satisfy  the minimum  distribution
               rules applicable to before-death distributions.

                    (b)  Where   the   surviving   spouse   is  the   Designated
               Beneficiary,  the five (5) year  rule  does not apply if the date
               distributions are required to begin shall not be earlier than the
               later  of:  (i)  December  31 of the  calendar  year  immediately
               following  the calendar  year in which the  Participant  died; or
               (ii)  December 31 of the calendar  year in which the  Participant
               would  have  reached  age  seventy and one-half (70 1/2).  If the
               surviving  spouse dies after the  Participant but before payments
               to such spouse must begin, then the five (5) year rule applies as
               if  the   surviving   spouse  were  the  Employee.   I.R.C.   ss.
               401(a)(9)(B)(iv).  Payments to the surviving  spouse will satisfy
               the


                                       85



               exception  to the  five  (5)  year  distribution  requirement  if
               payments  are made  pursuant  to a Qualified  Joint and  Survivor
               Annuity.

                    (c) For purposes of the after-death  distribution rules, any
               amount paid to a child of the Participant is treated as if it had
               been paid to the surviving spouse of an Participant if the amount
               becomes  payable to the  surviving  spouse when the child reaches
               the age of majority. I.R.C. ss. 401(a)(9)(F).

                    (d) If the Participant has not made an election  pursuant to
               this Section 8.2(H) by the time of his death,  the  Participant's
               designated  beneficiary  must elect the method of distribution no
               later than the earlier of:  December 31 of the  calendar  year in
               which  distributions  would  be  required  to  begin  under  this
               Section;  or, December 31 of the calendar year which contains the
               fifth (5th)  anniversary of the date of death of the Participant.
               If the  Participant  has  no  designated  beneficiary,  or if the
               designated  beneficiary  does not elect a method of distribution,
               distribution  of  the  Participant's   entire  interest  must  be
               completed  by December 31 of the  calendar  year  containing  the
               fifth (5th) anniversary of the Participant's death.

                    (e) For the purposes of this Section 8.2(H), distribution of
               a   Participant's   interest  is   considered  to  begin  on  the
               Participant's  required beginning date (or, the date distribution
               is  required  to begin to the  surviving  spouse  pursuant to the
               above).  If  distribution  in the form of an annuity  irrevocably
               commences to the Participant  before the required beginning date,
               the  date  distribution  is  considered  to  begin  is  the  date
               distribution actually commences.

               (8) Notwithstanding the above, this Subsection shall not prohibit
          a Plan  distribution  under a  Participant's  written  designation  in
          effect  on  or  before  January  1,  1984  (regardless  of  when  such
          distribution  commences),  provided  such  Participant  had  accrued a
          benefit  under the Plan as of December  31, 1983 and such  designation
          would not have  disqualified the Plan under I.R.C. ss. 401(a)(9) as in
          effect prior to the Tax Equity and Fiscal  Responsibility Act of 1982,
          and all other  requirements  therefor have been satisfied,  including,
          without limitation,  inclusion of the required  information  described
          above  with  regard  to  distributions  to be made upon the death of a
          Participant.  For any  distribution  which commences before January 1,
          1984, but continues after December 31, 1983, the  Participant,  or the
          Participant's  Beneficiary,  to whom such  distribution is being made,
          will be presumed to have designated the method of  distribution  under
          which the distribution is being made if the method of distribution was
          specified in writing and the  distribution  satisfies the requirements
          described   above.  If  a  designation  is  revoked,   any  subsequent


                                       86



          distribution must satisfy the requirements of I.R.C. ss. 401(a)(9) and
          proposed  regulations  thereunder.  If a TEFRA 242(b)  designation  is
          revoked  subsequent to the date  distributions  are required to begin,
          the Trust must  distribute by the end of the calendar  year  following
          the calendar year in which the revocation  occurs the total amount not
          yet   distributed   which  would  have  been  required  to  have  been
          distributed  to  satisfy  I.R.C.   ss.   401(a)(9)  and  the  proposed
          regulations thereunder, but for the TEFRA 242(b)(2) election.

               For calendar  years  beginning  after  December  31,  1988,  such
          distributions  must meet the minimum  distribution  incidental benefit
          requirements  in I.R.C.  Proposed  Regulation ss.  1.401(a)(9)-2.  Any
          changes in the  designation  will be  considered to be a revocation of
          the designation. However, the mere substitution or addition of another
          beneficiary  (one not  named in the  original  designation)  under the
          designation  will  not  be  considered  to  be  a  revocation  of  the
          designation,  so long as such  substitution or addition does not alter
          the  period  over  which  distributions  are  to  be  made  under  the
          designation,  directly or  indirectly  (for  example,  by altering the
          relevant   measuring  life).  In  the  case  in  which  an  amount  is
          transferred or rolled over from one plan to another plan, the rules in
          Q&A J-2 and Q&A J-3 of the I.R.C.  Proposed Regulations  pertaining to
          required distributions shall apply.

          (I) Minimum Required Distributions.

               (1)  Determination  of Amount to be Distributed Each Year. If the
          Participant's  interest  is to be  distributed  in other than a single
          sum, the following minimum  distribution rules shall apply on or after
          the required beginning date:

                    (a) Individual Accounts. If a Participant's benefit is to be
               distributed   over  a  period  not  extending   beyond  the  life
               expectancy of the Participant or the joint life and last survivor
               expectancy of the  Participant and the  Participant's  designated
               beneficiary;   or,  a  period  not  extending   beyond  the  life
               expectancy of the designated beneficiary,  the amount required to
               be   distributed   for  each  calendar   year,   beginning   with
               distributions for the first  distribution  calendar year, must at
               least equal the quotient  obtained by dividing the  Participant's
               benefit by the applicable life expectancy.

                    For calendar years beginning  before January 1, 1989, if the
               Participant's  spouse  is not  the  designated  beneficiary,  the
               method of  distribution  selected must assure that at least fifty
               percent  (50%) of the present  value of the amount  available for
               distribution   is  paid  within  the  life   expectancy   of  the
               Participant.


                                       87



                    For calendar  years  beginning  after December 31, 1988, the
               amount to be distributed each year,  beginning with distributions
               for the first  distribution  calendar year shall not be less than
               the quotient  obtained by dividing the  Participant's  benefit by
               the  lesser  of:  the  applicable  life  expectancy;  or,  if the
               Participant's  spouse  is not  the  designated  beneficiary,  the
               applicable  divisor  determined from the table set forth in Prop.
               Treas. Reg. ss.  1.401(a)(9)-2,  Q&A-4.  Distributions  after the
               death  of  the  Participant   shall  be  distributed   using  the
               applicable  life  expectancy  as  defined  above as the  relevant
               divisor without regard to Prop. Treas. Reg. ss. 1.401(a)(9)-2.

                    The  minimum  distribution  required  for the  Participant's
               first  distribution  calendar  year must be made on or before the
               Participant's  required beginning date. The minimum  distribution
               for other calendar years,  including the minimum distribution for
               the  distribution   calendar  year  in  which  the  Participant's
               required  beginning  date  occurs,  must  be  made  on or  before
               December 31 of that distribution calendar year.

                    (b)  Other   Forms.   If  the   Participant's   benefit   is
               distribution  in  the  form  of  an  annuity  purchased  from  an
               insurance  company,  distributions  thereunder  shall  be made in
               accordance with the  requirements of I.R.C. ss. 401(a)(9) and the
               proposed regulations thereunder.

               (2)  Recalculation  of  Life  Expectancy  Between  Spouses.   For
          purposes  of  determining  the  amount  that  must be paid  out to the
          Participant and to his spouse under the required  distribution  rules,
          the life  expectancy of a  Participant  and the  Participant's  spouse
          (except in the case of a life  annuity  payment)  may be  redetermined
          upon execution of an  appropriate  election,  but not more  frequently
          than annually, as provided under I.R.C. ss. 401(a)(9)(D).

          (J) Definitions.

               (1) Applicable  Life  Expectancy.  The applicable life expectancy
          (or  joint  and last  survivor  expectancy)  is  calculated  using the
          attained age of the Participant (or designated  beneficiary) as of the
          Participant's (or designated beneficiary's) birthday in the applicable
          calendar  year  reduced  by one (1) for each  calendar  year which has
          elapsed since the date life expectancy was first calculated.

               If life  expectancy is being  recalculated,  the applicable  life
          expectancy  shall  be the  life  expectancy  as so  recalculated.  The
          applicable calendar year


                                       88



          shall be the first distribution  calendar year, and if life expectancy
          is being recalculated such succeeding calendar year.

               (2) Designated  Beneficiary.  The individual who is designated as
          the beneficiary under the Plan in accordance with I.R.C. ss. 401(a)(9)
          and the proposed  regulations  thereunder.  Each Participant  shall be
          provided with an opportunity to affirmatively elect his own designated
          beneficiary;  provided,  upon the failure to do so, the  default  plan
          provisions  regarding  the payment of benefits to the class of default
          beneficiaries shall govern.

               (3) Distribution Calendar Year. The distribution calendar year is
          a calendar  year for which a minimum  distribution  is  required.  For
          distributions  beginning  before the  Participant's  death,  the first
          distribution  calendar year is the calendar year immediately preceding
          the calendar year which contains the Participant's  required beginning
          date. For distributions  beginning after the Participant's  death, the
          first  distribution  calendar  year  is the  calendar  year  in  which
          distributions  are required to begin  pursuant to the above  described
          provisions.

               (4) Life Expectancy.  Life expectancy and joint and last survivor
          life expectancies are computed by use of the expected return multiples
          found in Tables V and VI of Treas. Reg. ss. 1.72-9.

               Unless  otherwise  elected by the Participant (or spouse,  in the
          case of distributions  subscribed above) by the time distributions are
          required  to  begin,  life  expectancies  shall  not  be  recalculated
          annually.  Any such election to recalculate life expectancies shall be
          irrevocable as to the  Participant  (or spouse) and shall apply to all
          subsequent  distribution  years.  The life  expectancy of a non-spouse
          beneficiary may not be recalculated.

               (5)  Participant's  Benefit.  Subject to Section  8.1 above,  the
          Participant's  benefit  shall be the  account  balance  as of the last
          valuation  date  in  the  calendar  year  immediately   preceding  the
          distribution  calendar year (valuation calendar year) increased by the
          amount of any  contributions  or forfeitures  allocated to the account
          balance as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the valuation
          date,  if any, and  decreased by  distributions  made in the valuation
          calendar year after the valuation date.

               For purposes of the immediately  preceding  subparagraph,  if any
          portion  of  the  minimum  distribution  for  the  first  distribution
          calendar year is made in the second  distribution  calendar year on or
          before  the  required  beginning  date,  the  amount  of  the  minimum
          distribution  made in the second  distribution  calendar year shall be
          treated  as  if  it  had  been  made  in  the  immediately   preceding
          distribution calendar year.


                                       89



          (K)  Involuntary  Distributions.  Involuntary  distributions  due to a
     Participant's termination of participation in the Plan which never exceeded
     $3,500.00 on a distribution  date,  will be made only if such  distribution
     represents the entire value of the  Participant's  vested  account  balance
     which shall include all accrued benefits  attributable to both Employer and
     Employee  contributions.  Any  nonvested  portion  shall  be  treated  as a
     forfeiture.  For purposes of this Section,  if the value of a Participant's
     vested  account  balance is zero, the  Participant  shall be deemed to have
     received a distribution  of such vested account  balance.  A  Participant's
     vested account balance shall not include  accumulated  deductible  employee
     contributions  within the meaning of I.R.C. ss.  72(o)(5)(B) for Plan Years
     beginning  prior to January 1, 1989.  Distributions  of any account balance
     which ever exceeded  $3,500.00 on a distribution  date, at any time,  shall
     only be made with the advance  written  consent of both the Participant and
     his  spouse.  Any  spousal  consent  required  must be in the same  form as
     provided for above.

          (L) Taxable Distributions.  All taxable distributions of benefits to a
     Participant  prior to age  fifty-nine  and  one-half  (59  1/2),  except on
     account of death, disability, retirement under the Plan and separation from
     service in accordance with Plan provisions, or any other early distribution
     expressly excepted from such distribution tax as provided for in applicable
     I.R.C.  provisions,  shall be subject to an  additional  income tax penalty
     equal  to  ten  percent  (10%)  of  the  amount  deemed  distributed  under
     applicable I.R.C.  provisions if such penalty applies under applicable law.
     For purposes of this provision,  except to the extent otherwise required by
     the I.R.C. or as may be designated by the Participant, distributions from a
     Plan shall be deemed to be distributed in the following order:

               (1) Employee's voluntary contributions;

               (2)   Earnings   and   profits   on  the   Employee's   voluntary
          contributions;

               (3) Employer  contributions  and earnings and profits on Employer
          contributions prior to said Plan becoming a Top-Heavy Plan; and

               (4) Employer  contributions  and earnings and profits on Employer
          contributions during years in which the Plan was a Top-Heavy Plan.

     All taxable distributions shall further be subject to applicable income tax
     withholding  requirements  as provided in the I.R.C.,  unless an  exception
     thereto applies.

          (M) Rehire of Participant in Pay Status.  Subject to the  requirements
     of I.R.C. ss. 401(a)(9), any benefit payments in progress under the Plan to
     a Participant who


                                       90



     has terminated  employment shall cease as of the first day of rehire by the
     Company and shall resume in a recalculated  amount upon such  Participant's
     subsequent  termination from  employment.  All  distributions  shall remain
     subject to required  Participant  elections and Participant  spouse consent
     requirements.

     8.3  Segregated  Account.  When it is determined  by the  Committee  that a
benefit  is  due a  Participant  or  his  Beneficiary,  and  the  Committee  has
determined  the  amount  of the  benefit  pursuant  to  Section  8.1  above,  an
appropriate  amount of cash or securities  may be withdrawn from the Trust Fund,
which  may  be  placed  in  a  segregated  account  in  a  bank  or  appropriate
institution. The Participant or his Beneficiary shall not thereafter participate
in Company  contributions,  profits and losses of the Trust Fund and will not be
eligible to make  voluntary  contributions,  if  applicable.  Alternatively,  an
account balance may be "segregated" for bookkeeping  purposes only and an actual
physical segregation shall not be required.

     8.4 Nonalienation of Plan Benefits and Qualified Domestic Relations Orders.

          (A) Nonalienation of Plan Benefits.  No benefit or interest  available
     under this  Plan,  any assets or the  account of any  Participant  shall be
     subject  in  any  manner  to  anticipation,   alienation,  sale,  transfer,
     assignment, pledge, encumbrance, charge, garnishment,  execution or levy of
     any kind, either voluntarily or involuntarily,  including any liability for
     alimony or support,  prior to actually being  received by the  Participant,
     and any such attempt will be void.  No such benefit  shall in any manner be
     liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities,  engagements or
     torts of the Participant or Beneficiary entitled thereto.

          Notwithstanding  the above, the above  nonalienation  provisions shall
     not apply to the extent a  Participant  or  Beneficiary  is indebted to the
     Plan by reason  of a loan,  if such loan is  secured  by the  Participant's
     accrued nonforfeitable benefit and is exempt from the tax imposed by I.R.C.
     ss. 4975 by reason of I.R.C. ss. 4975(d)(1).

          (B)  Limited  Exception  to  Alienation  of  Benefits  for a Qualified
     Domestic  Relations Order.  Notwithstanding  the above,  effective for Plan
     Years  commencing  after  December  31, 1984,  to the extent  Federal r law
     requires an exception to the  nonalienation  rule for a Qualified  Domestic
     Relations Order (QDRO) as defined below,  pursuant to I.R.C. ss. 414(p) and
     ERISA ss. 206(d),  as amended,  payment pursuant to a QDRO, or any domestic
     relations order entered before January 1, 1985, shall be recognized, but no
     other exceptions shall be recognized for any other purposes.

               (1) Qualified Domestic Relations Order Defined.

                    (a) Qualified  Domestic Relations Order. The term "Qualified
               Domestic  Relations Order" means a Domestic Relations Order which
               creates or recognizes the existence of an alternate payee's right
               to, or assigns to an alternate payee the right to, receive all or


                                       91



               a portion of the benefits  payable with respect to a  Participant
               under  the  Plan,  and  which  meets  all  the   requirements  as
               established below.

                    (b) Domestic  Relations Order. The term "Domestic  Relations
               Order" means any judgment, decree or order (including approval of
               a property settlement agreement) which:

                         (i) relates to the provision of child support,  alimony
                    payments or marital  property  rights to a spouse,  child or
                    other dependent of a Participant, and

                         (ii) is made pursuant to a State Domestic Relations Law
                    (including a community property law).

               (2)  Order  Must  Clearly   Specify  Certain  Facts.  A  domestic
          relations order meets the  requirements of this paragraph only if such
          order clearly specifies:

                    (a) The name and the last known mailing  address (if any) of
               the  Participant  and  the  name  and  mailing  address  of  each
               alternate payee covered by the order;

                    (b) The amount or percentage of the  Participant's  benefits
               to be paid  by the  Plan to each  such  alternate  payee,  or the
               manner in which such amount or percentage is to be determined;

                    (c) The  number of  payments  or period to which  such order
               applies; and

                    (d) Each Plan to which such order applies.

               (3) Order May Not Alter Amount,  Form, Et. Cetera, of Benefits. A
          Domestic Relations Order meets the requirements of this paragraph only
          if such order:

                    (a) Does not require the Plan to provide any type or form of
               benefit,  or any option,  not otherwise  provided under the Plan,
               except as may be expressly permitted herein;

                    (b) Does not require the Plan to provide increased benefits,
               (determined on the basis of actuarial value); and

                    (c) Does not require the payment of benefits to an alternate


                                       92



               payee which are  required to be paid to another  alternate  payee
               under  another  order  previously  determined  to be a  Qualified
               Domestic Relations Order.

               (4) Exception for Certain Payments Made After Earliest Retirement
          Age.

                    (a)  In  General.  In  the  case  of any  payment  before  a
               Participant  has  separated  from service,  a Domestic  Relations
               Order shall not be treated as failing to meet the requirements of
               subparagraph  (a) of  paragraph  (3)  solely  because  such order
               provides  for  a   distribution   pursuant  to  Treas.   Reg  ss.
               1.401(a)-13(g)(3) or requires that payment of benefits be made to
               an alternate payee:

                         (i) on or  after  the  date on  which  the  Participant
                    attains (or would have attained) the Earliest Retirement Age
                    (as defined in this Section);

                         (ii) as if the  Participant  had retired on the date on
                    which such  payment is to begin under such order (but taking
                    into account only the present value of the benefits actually
                    accrued and not taking into account the present value of any
                    Employer subsidy for early retirement); and

                         (iii) in any form in which  such  benefits  may be paid
                    under the Plan to the Participant (other than in the form of
                    a joint and survivor  annuity with respect to the  alternate
                    payee and his subsequent spouse).

                         For  purposes  of  clause  (ii),   the  interest   rate
                    assumption  used in  determining  the present value shall be
                    the  interest  rate  specified in the Plan or, if no rate is
                    specified,  five percent (5%). In addition,  notwithstanding
                    the above or any other provision of this Plan, distributions
                    may be made to an alternate payee under a qualified domestic
                    relations  order  in an  immediate  lump sum  regardless  of
                    whether  the  Participant  has  separated  from  service  or
                    reached his earliest retirement age.

                    (b) Earliest Retirement Age. For purposes of this paragraph,
               the term  "Earliest  Retirement  Age" has the meaning  given such
               term by  I.R.C.  ss.  417(f)(3),  except  that in the case of any
               Defined  Contribution Plan, the earliest  retirement age shall be
               the date which is ten (10) years before the normal retirement age
               (within  the  meaning  of I.R.C.  ss.  411(a)(8))  and shall also
               include a pre-early  retirement age  distribution as permitted by
               Treas. Reg. ss. 1.401(a)-13(g)(3).


                                       93



                    (c) Method of  Distribution  Available to  Alternate  Payee.
               Notwithstanding  the above, an alternate payee who is entitled to
               receive  a  distribution  shall  only be  entitled  to  receive a
               distribution  in the  form or  method  which  would  actually  be
               available to the  Participant,  e.g.,  in  installments,  if such
               Participant  terminated  service and began receiving  benefits at
               such time.

               (5) Treatment of Former  Spouse as Surviving  Spouse for Purposes
          of Determining Survivor Benefits.  To the extent expressly provided in
          any Qualified Domestic Relations Order:

                    (a) The former spouse of a Participant shall be treated as a
               surviving  spouse  of such  Participant  for  purposes  of I.R.C.
               ss.ss. 401(a)(11) and 417; and

                    (b) If  married  for at least  one (1) year,  the  surviving
               spouse shall be treated as meeting the requirements of I.R.C. ss.
               417(d).

               The Plan shall not be treated as failing to meet the requirements
          of I.R.C.  ss.ss.  401(a) or (k) which  prohibit  payment of  benefits
          before  termination  of employment  solely by reason of payments to an
          alternate payee pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

               (6) Plan Procedures with Respect to Orders.

                    (a)  Notice and Determination by Plan Administrator.  In the
               case of any Domestic  Relations Order received by the Plan:ion by
               Plan Administrator

                         (i) the Plan  Administrator  shall promptly  notify the
                    Participant  and any other alternate payee of the receipt of
                    such order and the Plan's  procedures  for  determining  the
                    qualified status of Domestic Relations Orders; and

                         (ii) within a reasonable  period after  receipt of such
                    order, the Plan  Administrator  shall determine whether such
                    order is a Qualified Domestic Relations Order and notify the
                    Participant and each alternate payee of such determination.

                    (b) Plan to Establish Reasonable Procedures.  The Plan shall
               establish reasonable procedures to determine the qualified status
               of  Domestic  Relations  Orders and to  administer  distributions
               under such qualified orders.


                                       94



               (7)  Procedures  for Period During Which  Determination  Is Being
          Made.

                    (a) In  General.  During  any  period  in which the issue of
               whether  a  Domestic  Relations  Order  is a  Qualified  Domestic
               Relations Order is being  determined (by the Plan  Administrator,
               by a court of  competent  jurisdiction  or  otherwise),  the Plan
               Administrator  shall separately  account for in the Plan or in an
               escrow account (herein referred to as the  "segregated"  account)
               the amounts which would have been payable to the alternate  payee
               during  such  period  if the order  had been  determined  to be a
               Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

                    (b) Payment to  Alternate  Payee If Order  Determined  to Be
               Qualified  Domestic  Relations  Order.  If within  eighteen  (18)
               months the order (or modification  thereof) is determined to be a
               Qualified Domestic Relations Order, the Plan Administrator  shall
               pay the  segregated  amounts  (plus any interest  thereon) to the
               person or persons entitled thereto.

                    (c) Payment to Plan  Participant in Certain Cases. If within
               eighteen (18) months:

                         (i) it is determined  that the order is not a Qualified
                    Domestic Relations Order; or

                         (ii) the issue as to whether  such order is a Qualified
                    Domestic  Relations  Order  is not  resolved,  then the Plan
                    Administrator  shall pay the  segregated  amounts  (plus any
                    interest  thereon)  to the person or persons  who would have
                    been  entitled  to such  amounts if there had been no order.
                    The  Plan  Administrator  may,  however,  elect  in its sole
                    discretion  to delay  payment of any benefits from the Plan,
                    until the eighteen (18) month period has elapsed if the Plan
                    Administrator has actual knowledge that a defect in an order
                    is  being  remedied,   that  the  resolution  of  a  dispute
                    concerning  an order is being  sought,  or that a  qualified
                    domestic relations order is being sought.

                    (d)  Subsequent   Determination   or  Order  to  Be  Applied
               Prospectively   Only.  Any  determination  that  an  order  is  a
               Qualified  Domestic Relations Order which is made after the close
               of the eighteen (18) month period shall be applied  prospectively
               only.


                                       95



               (8) Alternate Payee Defined. The term "alternate payee" means any
          spouse,  former spouse,  child or other dependent of a Participant who
          is  recognized  by a  Domestic  Relations  Order as  having a right to
          receive all, or a portion of, the benefits payable under the Plan with
          respect to such Participant.

     8.5 Hardship Distributions.  The Committee, in its sole discretion, subject
to the nondiscrimination requirements of ERISA, may authorize a lump sum payment
of cash in an amount  not to  exceed  the  vested  interest  in a  Participant's
Elective Salary  Deferral  Contribution  and Rollover  accounts who has suffered
severe  hardship  occasioned  by  illness,  accident or death to himself or to a
member of his family whom he is  obligated  to support,  tuition or  educational
expenses for the Participant or the  Participant's  spouse or dependents  and/or
the need to prevent the eviction of the Participant from his principal residence
or foreclosure on the mortgage or similar security  regarding the  Participant's
principal residence.

     No hardship  distributions  from a Participant's  discretionary or matching
contribution account shall be permitted.

          (A) Written  Application.  The Participant must provide an appropriate
     written  application for such hardship  payment setting forth in detail the
     reasons for his request.

          (B) Burden on  Participant.  The burden is on the Participant to prove
     to the  Committee's  satisfaction  the hardship to justify  this  premature
     withdrawal of retirement benefits from the Trust Fund.

          (C) Definition of Hardship.  For purposes of this Plan, a distribution
     will be deemed made on account of hardship only if the distribution is made
     both on account of an immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant
     and is necessary to satisfy such financial need. The  determination  of the
     existence  of an  immediate  and  heavy  financial  need and of the  amount
     necessary   to  meet   such   need   must  be  made  in   accordance   with
     nondiscriminatory  and objective  standards described herein which decision
     shall take into  consideration  all  relevant  facts and  circumstances.  A
     financial  need  shall  not  fail to  qualify  as an  immediate  and  heavy
     financial  need merely  because  such need was  reasonably  foreseeable  or
     voluntarily  incurred by the Participant.  The following  expenses shall be
     deemed  immediate and heavy financial  needs:  funeral expenses of a family
     member;  medical  expenses  incurred or  necessary  for the  medical  care,
     described  in  I.R.C.   ss.  213(d),   as  amended,   of  the  Participant,
     Participant's  spouse or any dependents of the Participant as defined under
     I.R.C.  ss. 152;  purchase,  excluding  mortgage  payments,  of a principal
     residence for the Participant;  payment of tuition and related  educational
     fees for the next twelve (12) months of  post-secondary  education  for the
     Participant,  Participant's  spouse,  children or  dependents;  the need to
     prevent the eviction of the Participant from his or her principal residence
     or  foreclosure  on the  mortgage  or deed of  trust  on the  Participant's
     principal  residence;  and, such other  immediate and heavy financial needs
     which  may be  determined,  from  time to  time,  by the  Commissioner  and


                                       96



     applicable  regulations,  revenue  rulings,  notices and other documents of
     general applicability.

          In addition,  the hardship distribution must be in an amount necessary
     to satisfy the determined financial need and shall not be made in excess of
     the amount  required  to relieve  the  financial  need  (including  amounts
     necessary  to pay any  federal,  state or local  income  taxes or penalties
     reasonably  anticipated to result from the  distributions) or to the extent
     such  need may be  satisfied  from  other  resources  that  are  reasonably
     available to the Participant.

          A  Participant's  resources  shall be deemed to include  assets of his
     spouse and minor children that are reasonably available to the Participant.
     (Property held for the  Participant's  child in an irrevocable  trust or in
     custodial  accounts  established under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act will
     not be treated as a resource of the Participant.)

          A distribution  will be deemed to be necessary to satisfy an immediate
     and heavy financial need if all of the following  requirements are met: the
     distribution  is not in excess of the  amount  of the  immediate  and heavy
     financial  need  of the  Participant;  the  Participant  has  obtained  all
     distributions  other than hardship  distributions  and all nontaxable loans
     currently  available  under the Employer's  plans;  the Plans and all other
     plans  maintained by the Employer provide that the  Participant's  Elective
     Deferral Contributions and Employee after-tax contributions (as defined and
     provided under I.R.C.  Treas.  Reg. ss.  1.401(k)-1(d)) to the Plan will be
     suspended  for at least  twelve (12) months  after  receipt of the hardship
     distribution ; and, the Plan and all other plans maintained by the Employer
     provide that the  Participant  cannot make Elective  Contributions  for the
     Participant's  taxable year  immediately  following the taxable year of the
     hardship  distribution in excess of the applicable  limit under I.R.C.  ss.
     402(g) for such next  taxable  year less the  amount of such  Participant's
     Elective Contributions for the taxable year of the hardship distribution.

          (D)  Effective  Date.  The   above-described   hardship   distribution
     requirements  shall only be effective for Plan Years commencing on or after
     January 1, 1989.

          (E) Participant  Status.  Notwithstanding the above, an Employee shall
     not fail to be treated as an eligible  employee for purposes of I.R.C.  ss.
     401(k) merely because he is suspended from making Elective Contributions in
     accordance with the above hardship provisions.

          (F) Limitation on Hardship  Distributions.  For Plan Years  commencing
     after  December 31, 1988,  amounts  attributable  to Qualified  Nonelective
     Contributions,  Qualified  Matching  Contributions  or earnings on Elective
     Deferrals earned after the 1988 Plan Year shall not be distributable merely
     on account of a Participant's hardship.


                                       97



     8.6 Retirement Benefits.

          (A) Benefits on Normal  Retirement.  When any Participant  reaches his
     normal  retirement  age while in the employ of the  Employer,  his  account
     shall  be  fully  vested  and  nonforfeitable.  If said  Participant  shall
     thereupon retire, the Committee shall certify that fact to the Trustee. The
     Committee  shall  compute  the  amount  of his  Distributive  Share and the
     Trustee shall distribute the same in accordance with one of the methods set
     forth above. Provided,  however, a Participant is not required to retire at
     the  designated  normal  retirement  age by virtue of this Plan.  Thus, the
     Participant  and  the  Employer  may  agree  that  he may  continue  in the
     employment of the Employer;  and in such event, his Normal  Retirement Date
     under this Plan shall be his actual retirement date.

          (B) Benefits on Optional  Early  Retirement.  If a Participant  shall,
     upon  reaching his Earliest  Retirement  Date,  or at any time  thereafter,
     elect early  retirement and shall  thereupon  retire,  the Committee  shall
     certify said fact to the Trustee and his  Distributive  Share shall be paid
     to him as if he had retired under the normal retirement  provisions of this
     Plan and benefits  shall be distributed  under one of the methods  provided
     for above. A Participant  who meets the  requirement  for Early  Retirement
     upon  termination of employment will commence to receive benefits upon such
     early retirement or as otherwise provided under this Plan.

     8.7 Benefits on Death. When any Participant dies while in the employ of the
Employer  but before his actual  retirement,  his  Distributive  Share  shall be
determined as if he had reached his Normal  Retirement Date. The Committee shall
certify  that fact to the  Trustee,  and the  Trustee  shall  thereupon  pay the
distributive share to the Beneficiary designated by such decedent.

     8.8 Distribution  Events and Disribution  Limitations.  Except as expressly
provided for in this Plan, all amounts attributable to Elective Contributions to
this  Plan  shall  not be  distributable  earlier  than  upon one of the  events
described  in this  Article or this  Section.  For Plan Years  commencing  after
December  31,  1988,  amounts  attributable  to  Elective  Contributions  may be
distributed upon the occurrence of any one of the following events:

          (A)  Disposition  of Corporation  or  Substantially  All of Employer's
     Assets.  Upon  the  date of  sale  by  other  disposition  of the  Employer
     corporation of such Employer's interest in a subsidiary (within the meaning
     of I.R.C. ss. 409(d)(3)) to an unrelated entity, or the date of the sale or
     other   disposition  by  the  Employer  to  an  unrelated   corporation  of
     substantially  all  of  its  assets  (within  the  meaning  of  I.R.C.  ss.
     409(d)(2)) used by such Employer corporation in a trade or business of such
     Employer  corporation,  a  distribution  to Plan  Participants  may  occur.
     Provided,  the  above  provision  shall  only  apply,  respectively,  to an
     employee   Participant  who  continues   employment  with  the  corporation
     acquiring such subsidiary or such assets.  The sale of eighty-five  percent
     (85%) of the assets  used in a trade or  business  will be deemed a sale of
     "substantially all" of the assets used in such trade or business.


                                       98



          (B) Plan  Termination.  Upon the  termination  of the Plan without the
     establishment  of a successor Plan a distribution to Plan  Participants may
     occur.  The  establishment  of a successor  plan means the existence at the
     time the Plan is terminated (including the cash or deferred arrangement) or
     within the period ending twelve (12) months after the  distribution  of all
     assets from the Plan, any other defined contribution plan maintained by the
     Employer (other than an I.R.C.  ss.  4975(e)(7)  plan). If a successor plan
     exists with respect to a terminated plan, the cash or deferred  arrangement
     under the Plan making the distribution will not meet I.R.C. ss. 401(k), the
     successor plan will be treated as a continuation of the terminated plan and
     the successor plan will be treated as not satisfying  I.R.C.  ss. 401(a). A
     plan  maintained by an unrelated  employer  maintaining the terminated plan
     within the meaning of I.R.C. ss. 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) will be treated as
     a successor plan only if, as of the date of the  termination,  the Employer
     knows or has  reason to know  that  such  unrelated  employer  will  become
     related to the Employer.

          (C)  Hardship.  In the case of Elective  Contributions  (and of income
     allocable  thereto  credited to a Participant's  account as of December 31,
     1988,  and  such  later  date  authorized  by  applicable  regulations),  a
     distribution may be made on account of a Participant's  hardship as defined
     above under Section 8.5.

     8.9 Benefits on Permanent  Disability.  In the event the Participant  shall
suffer  Permanent and Total  Disability as defined under I.R.C. ss. 22(e)(3) and
as  determined by the Committee on a uniform and  nondiscriminatory  basis,  his
Distributive  Share shall be fully vested and  nonforfeitable.  The Distributive
Share shall be paid to the  Participant  as an Accident and Health benefit under
one of the authorized  methods provided and elected pursuant to Article 8 hereof
so as to qualify as a  disability  benefit  under  I.R.C.  ss. 105 to the extent
possible.

     8.10 Benefits on Termination.  If a Participant  shall, for any cause other
than  retirement,  death or  Permanent  Disability,  cease to be employed by the
Company, or cease to have any Compensation from the Company, the Committee shall
certify such fact to the Trustee. The Committee shall determine the Distributive
Share of the Terminated  Participant in accordance  with the applicable  vesting
schedule set forth below and in  accordance  with the status of said  Terminated
Participant's  accounts  as of the  applicable  Committee's  allocation  and the
applicable  Trustee's   valuation.   The  Trustee  shall  thereupon  place  said
Distributive  Share  in a  segregated  account  on  behalf  of  said  Terminated
Participant  and/or take other  actions  deemed  necessary or  convenient by the
Trustee.  Said  amount  shall be  disbursed  by the  Trustee  to the  Terminated
Participant upon said Terminated Participant's attaining his Earliest Retirement
Date, or such other date as may be elected by the Participant in accordance with
Section  8.2  above.   In  the  event  the   Participant   requests  an  earlier
distribution,  a distribution of the Participant's  vested benefits will be made
to the terminated Participant after such Participant has incurred a one (1) year
Break in  Service,  or such  other  time as  determined  to be  administratively
feasible;  provided,  however, all plan distributions shall be administered in a
uniform manner without discrimination.


                                       99



     8.11  Vesting.  Subject  to  Section  8.16  below,  pursuant  to ERISA  ss.
203(a)(2)(A),  Employer matching and nonmatching  contributions  shall be vested
and nonforfeitable in accordance with the following schedule:

               ===================                 ==============
                 Completed Years                     Percentage
                   of Service                          Vested
               -------------------                 --------------
                        1                                 0%
                        2                                 0%
                        3                                20%
                        4                                40%
                        5                                60%
                        6                                80%
                        7                               100%
               ===================                 ==============

     The term "year of employment"  means a Year of Service,  required by I.R.C.
ss.  411(a)(4) to be taken into  account in computing an Employee  Participant's
nonforfeitable  percentage,  without regard to subparagraphs (A), (B) and (C) of
I.R.C. ss. 411(a)(4).

     For purposes of vesting, Years of Service shall not include:

          (A) Years Before Attainment of Minimum Age for Vesting Purposes. Years
     of Service  during vesting  Computation  Periods before the period in which
     the Employee attained age eighteen (18);

          (B) Failure to Make Mandatory Contributions. Years of Service in which
     an  Employee  made no  mandatory  contributions  to the  Plan,  if the Plan
     requires mandatory contributions;

          (C) Break in Service Years.  Years in which an Employee incurs a break
     in service; and

          (D)  Prebreak  Years of  Service.  Years of Service  before a break in
     service,  if the Employee is both not vested in any benefits at the time of
     his break and if the Employee's number of consecutive one (1) year break in
     service equals or exceeds the greater of five (5), or the aggregate  number
     of years of service before such period of a break in service.

     If the Plan's  vesting  schedule is amended,  or the Plan is amended in any
way that directly or indirectly  affects the  computation  of the  Participant's
nonforfeitable  percentage  or if the Plan is  deemed  amended  by an  automatic
change to or from a top-heavy vesting  schedule,  each Participant with at least
three (3) years of service with the Employer may elect, within a


                                      100



reasonable  period  after the adoption of the  amendment or change,  to have the
nonforfeitable  percentage  computed  under  the  Plan  without  regard  to such
amendment or change.  For  Participants who do not have at least one (1) Hour of
Service in any Plan Year  beginning  after  December  31,  1988,  the  preceding
sentence shall be applied by substituting "five (5) years of service" for "three
(3) years of service" where such language appears.

     The period  during which the election may be made shall  commence  with the
date the  amendment  is  adopted or deemed to be made and shall end on the later
of:

          (A) Sixty (60) days after the amendment is adopted;

          (B) Sixty (60) days after the amendment becomes effective; or

          (C) Sixty (60) days after the  Participant is issued written notice of
     the amendment by the Employer or Plan Administrator.

     For vesting purposes, Years of Service with an Employer must include credit
for service with other related  Employers  (while related) that are members of a
controlled   group  of   corporations,   [See  I.R.C.   ss.ss.   1563(a)(4)  and
1563(e)(3)(C)]  and trades or  businesses  under common  control and  affiliated
service  groups.   See  I.R.C.  ss.  414(b),   (c)  and  (m);  Treas.  Reg.  ss.
1.411(a)-5(b)(3)(iv)(B).

     If the  adopting  Employer  maintains  a Plan  of a  Predecessor  Employer,
service  with the  Predecessor  Employer  shall be counted  as service  with the
Adopting Employer for eligibility, retention of eligibility, vesting and accrual
of benefits purposes.

     If a Participant  terminates  service,  and elects,  in accordance with the
requirements  of  Article 8, to receive  the value of the  Participant's  vested
account balance,  the nonvested portion will be treated as a forfeiture.  If the
Participant  elects to have  distributed  less than the entire vested portion of
the  account  balance  derived  from  Employer  contributions,  the  part of the
nonvested  portion that will be treated as a forfeiture  is the total  nonvested
portion  multiplied  by a fraction,  the numerator of which is the amount of the
distribution attributable to Employer contributions and the denominator of which
is the total value of the vested Employer derived account balance.

     8.12 Break in Service Rules. For purposes of participation and vesting, the
following Break in Service Rules will control:

          (A) Years of Service  After  Break.  Years of  Service  after five (5)
     one-year consecutive Breaks in Service will not be taken into consideration
     in  determining  the  vested   percentage  of  a   Participant's   prebreak
     Distributive Share.

          (B) Years of Service Before Break.  Years of Service before a Break in
     Service shall not be taken into  consideration  until said  Participant has
     completed one (1) Year of Service after his reemployment.


                                      101



          (C) Non-Vested Participants--Greater of: Rule of Parity or Five Years.
     A  non-vested   participant's   years  of  service  before  any  period  of
     consecutive  one (1) year breaks in service will be disregarded or included
     pursuant to the following rules:

               (1) Breaks in service for Plan years  commencing  before December
          31, 1984 -- if a  Participant  has no vested rights at the time of his
          Break in  Service,  prior  years of  service  shall not be taken  into
          consideration in determining  post-break  vested rights, if the number
          of consecutive one year Breaks in Service equals or exceeds the number
          of Years of Service prior to the break (herein referred to as the Rule
          of Parity);

               (2) Breaks in Service for Plan years  commencing  after  December
          31, 1984 -- the same  general rule shall apply to Breaks in Service in
          Plan years commencing  after December 31, 1984 as before,  except that
          for a Participant who has the greater of: five (5) consecutive one (1)
          year Breaks in Service;  or, a Rule of Parity break in service,  years
          of service  after such Break  shall not be  required  to be taken into
          account for purposes of determining the  nonforfeitable  percentage of
          his accrued benefit derived from Employer  contributions which accrued
          before such five (5) year period.

               (3) A nonvested Participant means a Participant who does not have
          any nonforfeitable  right under the Plan to an accrued benefit derived
          from Employer contributions.

          (C) Special  Account Rule. If a distribution  is made at a time when a
     Participant  has a  nonforfeitable  right to less than one hundred  percent
     (100%) of the account balance derived from Employer  contributions  and the
     Participant may increase the nonforfeitable percentage in the account:

               (1) A separate account will be established for the  Participant's
          interest in the Plan as of the time of the distribution; and

               (2) At any relevant time the Participant's nonforfeitable portion
          of the separate account will be equal to an amount ("X") determined by
          the formula:

                    ========================================
                          X = P(AB / (R x D)) - (R x D)
                    ========================================

For purposes of applying the formula: P is the nonforfeitable  percentage at the
relevant  time; AB is the account  balance at the relevant time; D is the amount
of the  distribution;  and R is the ratio of the account balance at the relevant
time to the account balance after distribution.


                                      102



     8.13 Forfeitures.

          (A) General Allocation of Forfeitures.  Any portion of a Participant's
     Account to which such  Participant  is not entitled at the  termination  of
     such  Participant's  employment and upon a distribution to such Participant
     shall constitute a Forfeiture.  The remaining  portion of said money deemed
     non-vested  under  Section 8.10 through  8.12 above,  if any,  shall remain
     vested in the  Trustee,  shall remain a part of the Trust Fund and shall be
     allocated to the suspense account as provided herein.  Furthermore,  in the
     case of a  Terminated  Participant  whose  Vested  benefit  is  zero,  such
     Terminated  Participant  shall be deemed to have received a distribution of
     his Vested benefit upon his termination of employment.

          If the  Terminated  Participant  returns to the employ of the  Company
     before he has incurred five (5) consecutive one (1) year Breaks in Service,
     the separate  account  (non-vested  portion)  shall be  maintained  for the
     Employee  and  future   allocations   shall  be  made  to  a  new  Employer
     Contribution Account.

          Forfeitures  shall occur on the last day of the Plan Year in which the
     Participant  incurs five (5) consecutive one (1) year Breaks in Service and
     shall be allocated  to  Participants  in such Plan as of such date,  all as
     more particularly provided for herein.

          As of each Entry Date, any amounts which become  Forfeitures since the
     last Entry Date  shall  first be made  available  to  reinstate  previously
     forfeited  account balances of Former  Participants,  if any, in accordance
     with Section  8.12(B) above.  The remaining  Forfeitures,  if any, shall be
     used to reduce matching Employer  contributions  provided for under Section
     5.1(C) above; and, if additional  forfeitures  remain to be allocated,  the
     remaining forfeitures will be allocated among the Participants' Accounts in
     the same proportion as discretionary  Employer  contributions  are made for
     such Plan Year,  e.g., in the same proportion that each such  Participant's
     eligible   Compensation  (as  determined  for  Employer  Plan  contribution
     purposes)  for  the  Plan  Year  bears  to  the  total  included   eligible
     Compensation  of all  Participants  for the Plan  Year;  provided,  nothing
     herein shall  require any  additional  allocation  in excess of the minimum
     top-heavy benefit, if applicable.  In the allocation process said sum shall
     be added to the Company  contribution  before any  allocations  are made to
     avoid  an  excessive   integration  benefit  in  the  event  said  Plan  is
     integrated.

          The  terminated  Participant  shall  have no further  interest  in the
     Forfeiture except as otherwise provided herein.

          (B) Return to Service by a Participant Whose Account Was Forfeited. If
     a  Participant  is partially  vested in his account  balance and receives a
     distribution  from the  Plan of his  vested  account  balance  and  resumes
     employment  covered  by this  Plan,  then  such  Employee  shall  have  the
     opportunity, as provided herein, to repay the full


                                      103



     amount  of  the  Employee's   Employer  derived  account  balance  and  the
     Employee's  nonvested  Employer derived account balance will be restored to
     the amount on the date of  distribution  if  repayment  is made as provided
     herein.  If a  Participant's  interest is reallocated  and the  Participant
     returns  to  the  service  of  the  Employer  before   incurring  five  (5)
     consecutive one (1) year Breaks in Service,  the reallocated  Account shall
     be restored as follows:

               (1) If no part of the  Participant's  nonforfeitable  interest is
          distributed to him, the  forfeitable  amount,  adjusted for investment
          increases, shall be restored to the Participant's Account.

               (2) If the Participant is paid his entire nonforfeitable interest
          and the  portion  of such  distribution  represented  by the  Employer
          derived  benefit  does not  exceed  $3,500.00,  or if the  Participant
          voluntarily  elected to  receive a  distribution  with  respect to his
          earlier service, the forfeitable amount,  unadjusted by any investment
          increases or decreases, shall be restored to the Participant's Account
          only  if the  Participant  repays  the  full  amount  of  the  earlier
          distribution not later than the earliest of the following dates:

               o    the end of the  five  (5)  year  period  beginning  with the
                    Employee's resumption of service covered by the Plan; or,

               o    the end of the first period of five (5)  consecutive one (1)
                    year  Breaks  in  Service  beginning  with  the  date of the
                    distribution.

               (3) If the  Participant  is  paid  less  than  his or her  entire
          nonforfeitable  interest,  the  forfeitable  amount,  adjusted  by any
          investment  increases,  shall be  restored  and  placed in a  separate
          suspense  account.  The  Participant's  vested  portion  of his or her
          interest in the suspense account at any time shall not be less than an
          amount "X" determined by the following formula:

                    ========================================
                          X = P[AB + (R x D)] - (R x D)
                    ========================================

               For purposes of applying this formula, P is the vested percentage
          at the relevant time; AB is the Participant's suspense account balance
          at the relevant time; D is the amount of the  distribution;  and, R is
          the ratio of the suspense  account balance at the relevant time to the
          account balance after distribution.

               (4) Any amount  repaid by the  Participant  pursuant to the above
          shall be treated as an after-tax  contribution  by the Participant for
          purposes of the taxation of any subsequent distribution.


                                      104



               (5) Amounts to be restored  under this  paragraph (B) shall first
          be  restored  out of any  forfeitures  and  second  out of  additional
          nonelective  discretionary  Employer contributions to be allocated for
          the Plan Year for which the restoration is to be made.

          (C) Years of Service for Vesting  Purposes.  In counting an Employee's
     Years of Service for vesting purposes, the following shall apply, using the
     applicable  Vesting  Computation  Period to determine  Years of Service and
     Breaks in Service.

               (1) Except as  hereafter  provided,  an  Employee  shall  receive
          credit for each Year of Service.

               (2) Years of Service prior to a One-Year Break in Service will be
          disregarded  unless and until the Employee completes a Year of Service
          after his re-employment.

               (3) In the case of an Employee who incurs a one (1) year Break in
          Service  prior  to the  time  he has  any  vested  and  nonforfeitable
          interest in this Accrued Benefit derived from Employer  contributions,
          his service  prior to the Break in Service shall not be counted if the
          number of his  consecutive  one (1) Year  Breaks in Service  equals or
          exceeds the greater of: five (5); or, his aggregate number of Years of
          Service preceding the Break. Such aggregate number of Years of Service
          preceding  such Break in Service  shall be deemed not to include Years
          of Service not required to be taken into account under this Section by
          reason of any prior Break in Service.

               (4) In the case of a Participant  who incurs five (5) consecutive
          one (1) year Breaks in  Service,  Years of Service  completed  by such
          Participant  after the five (5) year break period shall not be counted
          to increase the Participant's  nonforfeitable  interest in his Account
          as determined prior to such Break in Service.

          (D)  Account  Restoration.  If a  benefit  is  forfeited  because  the
     Participant or Beneficiary cannot be found, such benefit will be reinstated
     to such  Participant or Beneficiary if a timely and bona fide claim is made
     by the  Participant  or Beneficiary  pursuant to applicable  federal and/or
     state law.  Adequate  proof of such claim shall be  determined  by the Plan
     Administrator and shall be required from any such claimant on a uniform and
     nondiscriminatory basis.

          (E) Vested Rights.  Nothing  contained in this Plan shall be construed
     as giving the Company or the  Committee  the right to  deprive,  forfeit or
     take away from any  Participant  any of the vested rights such  Participant
     may have in the Trust Fund.


                                      105



     8.14 Loans.  Effective as of the effective date of this Plan Amendment,  no
future Plan loans shall be authorized pursuant to this Plan and Trust.

     8.15 Effects of Payments.  All  benefits  payable  under this Plan shall be
paid or  provided  for solely from the Trust  Fund,  and the Company  assumes no
liability or responsibility therefore. Any payment to any Participant,  retired,
permanently   disabled  or   Terminated   Participant,   Beneficiary   or  legal
representative  of any of the above in  accordance  with the  provisions of this
Plan shall, to the extent of such payment, be in full satisfaction of all claims
hereunder  against the Trustee,  Committee and Company.  The Trustee,  Committee
and/or Company may require any payee, as a condition  precedent to such payment,
to execute a receipt of payment and release in such form as shall be  determined
by the Trustee, Committee and/or Company as the case may be.

     8.16.  Top-Heavy Plans.  Notwithstanding  any other provision in this Plan,
for each Plan Year in which this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan or part of a Top-Heavy
group of plans the following provisions shall apply:

          (A)  Top-Heavy  Vesting  Schedule.   Irrespective  of  the  provisions
     contained in Section  8.11 above,  the  following  vesting  schedule  shall
     apply:

               ===================                 ==============
                 Completed Years                     Percentage
                   of Service                          Vested
               -------------------                 --------------
                        1                                 0%
                        2                                20%
                        3                                40%
                        4                                60%
                        5                                80%
                        6                               100%
               ===================                 ==============


     For purposes of vesting, Years of Service shall not include:

               (1) Years Before  Attainment of Minimum Age for Vesting Purposes.
          Years of Service during vesting  computation periods before the period
          in which the Employee reaches age eighteen (18);

               (2) Failure to Make Mandatory Contributions.  Years of Service in
          which an Employee  declines  to make  mandatory  contributions  to the
          Plan, if the Plan requires mandatory contributions;

               (3) Break in  Service  Years.  Years in which an  Employee  has a
          break in service; and


                                      106



               (4) Prebreak Years of Service. Years of Service before a break in
          service,  if the  Employee  is both not vested in any  benefits at the
          time of his break and if the Employee's  number of consecutive one (1)
          year  breaks in service  equals or exceeds the greater of five (5) or,
          the aggregate number of Years of Service before such period.

          For vesting  purposes,  Years of Service with an Employer must include
     credit for service with other related  Employers  (while  related) that are
     members of a controlled  group of  corporations,  [See I.R.C.  ss.  1563(a)
     without regard to subsection (a)(4) and (e)(3)(C)] and trades or businesses
     under common control and affiliated  service groups. See I.R.C. ss. 414(b),
     (c) and (m); Treas. Reg. ss. 1.411(a)-5(b)(3)(iv)(B).

          If the adopting Employer  maintains a Plan of a Predecessor  Employer,
     service with the Predecessor  Employer shall be counted as service with the
     Adopting  Employer for eligibility,  retention of eligibility,  vesting and
     accrual of benefits purposes.

          In the event the Plan subsequently  ceases to be a Top-Heavy Plan, the
     above provision contained in this Subsection (B) shall continue to apply in
     reference to all current Plan  Participants,  irrespective  of the fact the
     Plan is no longer a Top-Heavy Plan.

          Should the status of the Plan change from  Non-Top-Heavy to Top-Heavy,
     such  change  shall  be  treated  as a  Plan  amendment  when  the  regular
     Non-Top-Heavy   vesting  schedule  is  more  favorable  than  the  required
     Top-Heavy vesting  schedule.  Should the Plan cease to be a Top-Heavy Plan,
     then  any  change  in the  vesting  schedule  shall  be  treated  as a Plan
     Amendment.

          Pursuant  to any Plan  amendment  to the  vesting  schedule  which may
     result from a change in Top-Heavy  status of the Plan,  the  provisions  of
     I.R.C.  ss.  411(a)(10)  shall  apply.  Section  411(a)(10)  of the  I.R.C.
     requires  that no Plan  Amendment to a vesting  schedule  shall result in a
     reduction in the nonforfeitable percentage of accrued benefits allocable to
     a Participant  from Employer  contributions.  In addition,  pursuant to any
     amendment to the vesting schedule of the Plan, each Participant  having not
     less than three (3) Years of Service shall have an  opportunity  to select,
     within a reasonable  period after the adoption of such  amendment,  to have
     his nonforfeitable vested percentage computed under the Plan without regard
     to the amendment to the Plan vesting schedule.

          For any Plan Year in which this Plan is Top-Heavy, the minimum vesting
     schedule  elected  by the  Employer  in  regard  to a  Top-Heavy  Plan will
     automatically  apply to the Plan. The minimum vesting  schedule  applies to
     all  benefits  within the  meaning of I.R.C.  ss.  411(a)(7)  except  those
     attributable to Employee  contributions,  including benefits accrued before
     the effective date of I.R.C.  ss. 416 and benefits  accrued before the Plan
     became Top-Heavy.  Further,  no decrease in a Participant's  nonforfeitable
     percentage  may occur in the event the Plan's  status as a  Top-Heavy  Plan
     changes  for any Plan Year.  However,  this  Section  does not apply to the
     account balances of any Employee who does


                                      107



     not have an Hour of Service after the Plan has initially  become  Top-Heavy
     and such Employee's account balance attributable to Employer  contributions
     and forfeitures will be determined without regard to this Section.

          If the vesting  schedule  under the Plan shifts in or out of the above
     schedule for any Plan Year  because of the Plan's  Top-Heavy  status,  such
     shift is an amendment  to the vesting  schedule and the election in Section
     8.11 of the Plan applies.

          (B) Excess  Compensation  Amounts.  Irrespective of anything contained
     herein,  Compensation  of Employees in excess of the first  $200,000.00 for
     any Plan  Year for  which the Plan is  Top-Heavy  shall  not be taken  into
     consideration in determining  contributions  and benefits  provided under a
     Top-Heavy  Plan,  subject to cost of living  adjustments as approved by the
     Internal  Revenue  Service;  provided that, any benefits accrued before the
     Plan became Top-Heavy shall not be reduced hereby.

          (C) Combined  Plan  Fraction.  The combined Plan fraction set forth in
     I.R.C.  ss.ss.  415(e)(2)(B) and  415(e)(3)(B)  shall be deemed to read 1.0
     instead  of 1.25.  Provided,  however,  this  provision  shall not apply to
     Top-Heavy  Plans or Top-Heavy  Groups if such Plan is not a Super Top-Heavy
     Plan or Super  Top-Heavy Group and if additional  minimum  benefits will be
     provided  for the  benefit of Non-Key  Employees  as set forth in  Sections
     8.16(E)  and (F) of this  Plan  and in  I.R.C.  ss.  416(h)(2)(A)(i)  which
     provides that for purposes of determining  minimum  benefits as detailed in
     Section  8.16(E)  below,  seven  and  one-half  percent (7 1/2%)  shall  be
     substituted  for three percent (3%) in regard to this defined  contribution
     plan.

          (D)  Defined  Contribution  Minimum  Benefit.  Each  Non-Key  Employee
     Participant,  who has not  separated  from  service  by the end of the Plan
     Year, shall receive a defined  contribution minimum benefit (in the form of
     Qualified Nonelective Employer contributions, matching contributions and/or
     reallocated  forfeitures,  as  applicable)  of not less than the lesser of:
     three percent (3%) of said  Participant's  Compensation  for that Plan Year
     for the calendar year ending within the Plan Year for the year in which the
     Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan; or, in the case where the Employer has no defined
     benefit plan which designates this Plan to satisfy I.R.C. ss. 401, then the
     largest  percentage  of  Employer  contributions  and  forfeitures,   as  a
     percentage  of  the  first  $200,000.00  (indexed)  of the  Key  Employee's
     Compensation allocated on behalf of any Key Employee for that Plan Year. In
     determining the percentage contributed for Key Employees,  the contribution
     made or  required  to be made for such Key  Employee  shall be equal to the
     ratio  of the sum of the  contributions  made or  required  to be made  and
     forfeitures  allocated  for such Key  Employee  divided  by such of the Key
     Employee's total compensation for the year that does not exceed $200,000.00
     (as  adjusted by the cost of living  adjustments  approved by the  Internal
     Revenue Service).

          Non-Key  Employees who have become  Participants  in the Plan, but who
     subsequently  fail to complete a Year of Service as defined  herein (or the
     equivalent)  for an accrual  computation  period,  shall  receive the above
     described defined contribution


                                      108



     minimum  benefit.  A Non-Key  Employee  shall not fail to receive a defined
     contribution   minimum  benefit  because  the  Employee  is  excluded  from
     participation or accrues no benefit or a reduced benefit merely because the
     Employee's  compensation  is less than a stated amount;  or the Employee is
     excluded from participation or accrues minimal benefits merely because of a
     failure to make Mandatory  Employee  Contributions (if required) or, in the
     case of a cash or deferred arrangement,  elective contributions. See Treas.
     Reg. ss.ss. 1.416-1(M-7) and (M-19).

          The  minimum  allocation  shall be  determined  without  regard to any
     permitted disparity provisions which may be incorporated herein.

          A lower defined contribution minimum benefit,  however, is permissible
     where  the  largest  contribution  made or  required  to be  made,  for Key
     Employees is less than three percent (3%). In the event no  contribution is
     made,  or a  contribution  of less  than  three  percent  (3%) is made,  or
     required  to be made for Key  Employees  under the Plan,  then the  defined
     contribution  minimum benefit  payable to Non-Key  Employees under the Plan
     shall be equal to the highest  rate of Employer  contribution  made for the
     benefit of any Key Employees.  Provided  that,  the preceding  exception to
     payment of the three percent (3%) defined contribution minimum benefit does
     not apply to any Plan  required to be included in an  Aggregation  Group if
     such Plan enables a defined  benefit  plan  required to be included in such
     Group to meet the  requirements of I.R.C.  ss.  401(a)(4) or 410.  Provided
     further,  that for purposes of determining the defined contribution minimum
     benefit  that is  required  to be made on behalf of  Non-Key  Employees,  a
     waiver of the minimum funding requirement shall be disregarded.  Thus, if a
     defined  contribution  plan  receives  a  waiver  of  the  minimum  funding
     requirement,  and if the  minimum  contribution  required  under  the  Plan
     without regard to the waiver exceeds three percent (3%), then the exception
     provided  above  shall not apply  even  though no Key  Employee  receives a
     contribution  in excess of three  percent  (3%) and even  though the amount
     required to be  contributed  on behalf of the Key Employee has been waived.
     The  adjusted  account  balance,  however,  of the Non-Key  Employees  must
     reflect the required defined  contribution minimum benefit even though such
     contribution was not actually made.

          For purposes of the defined  contribution  benefit  rule,  all defined
     contribution  plans that are included in a Top-Heavy Group shall be treated
     as a single  plan,  reallocated  forfeitures  shall be treated as  Employer
     contributions.

          Employer  contributions  attributable to a salary reduction or similar
     arrangement  elected by a Key Employee shall be included in determining the
     amount  contributed  on behalf of a Key Employee,  for the above  purposes,
     when the minimum  contribution will be less than three percent (3%) (except
     for Plan Years commencing before January 1, 1985). For Plan Years beginning
     after  December  31, 1988,  the Plan shall not treat such salary  reduction
     contributions as Employer  contributions  for the purpose of satisfying the
     minimum contribution or benefit requirements for Non-Key Employees.


                                      109



          To the extent a  Participant  is  covered  under any other Plan of the
     Employer  and  the  Employer  has  provided  a  minimum  allocation  to the
     Participant  under such Plan,  then the Employer  need not provide a second
     minimum allocation to such Participant under this provision.

          The minimum  allocation  provided herein (to the extent required to be
     nonforfeitable  under I.R.C.  ss. 416(b)) may not be forfeited under I.R.C.
     ss.ss. 411(a)(3)(B) or 411(a)(3)(D).

          (E) Multiple Employer Plans. If the Employer  maintains both a defined
     contribution and a defined benefit plan in a Top-Heavy  Aggregation  Group,
     then the  Employer is not required to provide the Non-Key  Employee  with a
     defined  contribution  minimum  benefit  under both  plans,  but rather the
     Employer shall utilize the defined  contribution  five percent (5%) minimum
     benefit safe harbor approach as provided in Treas.  Reg. ss.  1.416-1(M-12)
     under which the  top-heavy  minimum  benefit of five  percent (5%) shall be
     provided under the defined contribution plan.


                                   ARTICLE 9.
              AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, MERGERS, CONSOLIDATIONS, ETC.

     The  Employer  reserves  certain  rights  of  modification,  amendment  and
termination as hereinafter set forth:

     9.1 Plan Amendments.  The Employer  reserves the right at any time and from
time to time to  amend  or  terminate  this  Agreement  in  whole  or in part by
delivering to the Trustee a copy of such amendment or  termination  certified by
any officer of the Employer;  provided, however, that the Employer shall have no
power to amend or  terminate  this  Agreement  in such  manner as would cause or
permit  any part of the  income or the  corpus of the  Trust to be  diverted  to
purposes  other  than  for  the  exclusive  benefit  of  Participants  or  their
Beneficiaries,  or as would  cause or permit  any  portion  of the Trust Fund to
divert to,  revert to or become the property of the Employer  except as provided
in Section  5.7 above or except to the extent  Plan  assets are  utilized to pay
Plan  expenses,  taxes or  administrative  costs;  and provided  further that no
change  in the  rights,  duties  or  responsibilities  of the  Trustee  or  Plan
Administrator  shall be permitted  without its advance and express  consent,  in
writing.   Any  such  amendment   shall  be   communicated  in  writing  to  the
Participants.

     Except as permitted by regulations,  including Treas. Reg. ss.  1.411(d)-4,
no amendment to the Plan, or  transaction  having the effect of a Plan amendment
(such as a merger or plan transfer or similar transaction) shall be effective to
the extent  that it has the effect of reducing or  eliminating  a  Participant's
I.R.C. ss. 411(d)(6)  protected benefit or adds or modifies  conditions relating
to  I.R.C.  ss.  411(d)(6)  protected  benefits  when the  result  is a  further
restriction on such benefit  unless such  protected  benefits are preserved with
respect  to  benefits  accrued as of the later of: the  adoption  date;  or, the
effective date of the amendment.  I.R.C.  ss. 411(d)(6)  protected  benefits are
benefits  described under I.R.C. ss.  411(d)(6),  early retirement  benefits and


                                      110



retirement-type  subsidies and optional  forms of benefit.  Notwithstanding  the
preceding sentence, a Participant's account balance may be reduced to the extent
permitted under I.R.C.  ss.  412(c)(8).  For purposes of this paragraph,  a plan
amendment which has the effect of decreasing a Participant's  account balance or
eliminating an optional form of benefit,  with respect to benefits  attributable
to  service  before the  amendment,  shall be  treated  as  reducing  an accrued
benefit.  Furthermore,  if the vesting  schedule of the Plan is amended,  in the
case of an  Employee  who is a  Participant  as of the later  of:  the date such
amendment  is adopted;  or, the date it becomes  effective,  the  nonforfeitable
percentage  (determined  as of  such  date)  of  such  Employee's  right  to his
Employer-derived  accrued benefit will not be less than his percentage  computed
under the Plan without  regard to such amendment as more  particularly  provided
above.

     9.2 Successor Company. Unless this Trust be sooner terminated,  a successor
to the  business of the  Company,  by  whatever  form or manner  resulting,  may
continue this Plan and Trust by executing an appropriate  supplemental agreement
and such successor shall  completely and immediately  succeed to all the rights,
powers and duties of the Company  hereunder.  The employment of any Employee who
is  continued in the employ of such  successor  shall not be deemed to have been
terminated or severed for any purpose hereunder.

     9.3  Termination  of Trust.  In the event of a complete  discontinuance  of
contributions  under the Plan, the account balance of each affected  Participant
will be nonforfeitable. Upon termination of the Trust, whether by its own act or
pursuant  to  a  petition  by  the  Pension  Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation,  if
applicable,  accounts  of all  Participants  shall be  nonforfeitable  and fully
vested,  and the  Committee  shall direct the Trustee to  distribute  all assets
remaining in the Trust as soon as  administratively  feasible (as  determined in
the sole  discretion  of  Employer),  after  payment  of any  expenses  properly
chargeable  against the Trust, to the  Participants in accordance with the value
of the  respective  accounts  of  such  Participants  as of  the  date  of  such
termination  of the  Trust,  in  cash or in  kind,  and in  such  manner  as the
Committee shall  determine.  To the extent any unallocated  amounts exist in the
Trust,  said  unallocated  amounts  shall be  allocated in  accordance  with the
provisions  hereof. The Committee's  determination  shall be conclusive upon all
persons.  Provided,  however,  that the  Committee  in its sole  discretion  may
provide  Participants  with the election to leave their account  balances in the
Trust  until they would  otherwise  be entitled to receive or elect to receive a
distribution thereof under the Plan to the extent such option is available under
applicable  law. The Committee in office at the time of such  termination  shall
continue  to act  with  its full  powers  hereunder  until  all the  assets  are
completely  distributed;  and a majority of the members of the Committee then in
office shall have the power to fill any  vacancies  occurring  in the  Committee
after such  termination  by  resignation,  death or otherwise.  In the event the
Committee shall not within a reasonable time after such  termination  have given
the Trustee the directions  provided in this Section,  the assets then remaining
in the Trust Fund shall be  distributed  in such  manner as may be directed by a
judgment  or  decree  of a court  of  competent  jurisdiction  or by rule of the
Pension Benefit Guaranty  Corporation.  Distributions for all Participants shall
be made  pursuant  to the  distribution  provisions  of  Article  9.  Except  as
permitted by  regulations,  any termination  shall not affect any  Participant's
I.R.C. ss. 411(d)(6) protected benefit.


                                      111



     9.4 Contributions Permanently Discontinued. In the event that contributions
are permanently  discontinued by the Employer, the Participants' entire interest
in their respective Employer contribution accounts shall become fully vested and
nonforfeitable.

     9.5  Partial  Termination.  In the  event  of a  partial  termination,  the
accounts of all affected  Participants  shall be nonforfeitable and fully vested
to the extent of such partial termination.

     9.6 Merger or Consolidation.  The Plan may be merged or consolidated  with,
or its  assets  and/or  liabilities  transferred  to,  any other  Plan and Trust
pursuant to I.R.C. ss.  401(a)(12),  only if each Participant in this Plan shall
receive a benefit  immediately  after such merger,  consolidation or transfer of
assets (if the Plan is then  terminated)  which is equal to or greater  than the
benefit he would have been  entitled to receive  immediately  before the merger,
consolidation  or transfer of assets if the Plan was terminated at that time. No
transfer,  merger or consolidation  shall result in the elimination or reduction
of an I.R.C. ss. 411(d)(6) protected benefit.


                                   ARTICLE 10.
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     10.1 No Contribution Obligation.

          (A) Employer. Continuance of this Plan is not assumed as a contractual
     obligation  of the Employer and the right is reserved by the Company at any
     time to reduce,  suspend or discontinue its contributions  hereunder all as
     provided  in  Article 9.  Neither  the  establishment  of this Plan nor any
     modification  thereof shall be deemed to constitute a contract  between the
     Employer and any Employee or to be a  consideration  for, an inducement for
     or condition of, the  employment of any person.  Nothing  contained  herein
     shall be deemed to give any Employee the right to be retained in the employ
     of the  Employer  or to  interfere  with  the  rights  of the  Employer  to
     discharge  any  Employee  at any  time,  nor  shall it  interfere  with the
     Employee's  right to terminate his  employment at any time.  Nothing herein
     contained  shall be  construed  as  giving  any  Participant,  or any other
     person, any legal or equitable rights against the Employer,  the Trustee or
     Committee,  unless  the same  shall be  specifically  provided  for in this
     Agreement  or  conferred  by  affirmative  action of the  Committee  or the
     Employer in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

          (B) Employee.  For Plan Years  commencing  after December 31, 1988, no
     Employer provided benefits, as defined in Treas. Reg. ss. 1.401(k)-1(e)(6),
     shall be conditioned, either directly or indirectly, upon any Participant's
     or Employee's election to make or not to make salary deferral contributions
     under the Plan (as  described  above under  Section  6.2).  Provided,  this
     provision shall not apply to Employer matching  contributions as defined in
     I.R.C. ss. 401(m) which are made by reason of a Participant's


                                      112



     Salary Deferral Election or I.R.C. ss. 125 contributions  which may be made
     in lieu of Elective Salary Deferral Contributions.

     10.2  Partial  Invalidity.  In the event any  provision  of this  Agreement
should  for any reason be held  invalid,  such  invalidity  shall not affect the
remaining  provisions hereof,  and such remaining  provisions shall be construed
and enforced as though such invalid provisions had not formed a part hereof.

     10.3 Headings. The headings of Articles are included solely for convenience
of reference,  and if there is any conflict between such heading and the text of
this Plan, the text shall control.

     10.4 Counterparts.  The Plan may be executed in any number of counterparts,
each of which shall be deemed the original whether or not all such  counterparts
are produced.

     10.5 Gender. Whenever appropriate,  the masculine may include feminine, the
singular may include plural or the plural may be read as singular.

     10.6  Retroactive  Amendments.  In  general,  no  amendment  shall have any
retroactive  effect so as to eliminate  or reduce any right or early  retirement
benefit  already  accrued and no amendment  shall  eliminate an optional form of
benefit or mode of distribution to the Employee Participant;  provided, however,
that an  amendment  may have such  retroactive  effect if necessary to bring the
Plan into conformity with any Federal law or regulation pertaining to the Plan's
qualification  or tax exempt status under ERISA or any other  applicable laws or
regulations now existing or hereafter adopted.

     10.7  Construction.  The provisions of this  Agreement  shall be construed,
administered and enforced  according to applicable  Federal laws including ERISA
and  applicable  regulations  promulgated  thereunder.  Matters  not  covered by
applicable Federal laws shall be determined  according to Washington State laws.
All  contributions  to the Trust  shall be deemed  to take  place in  Washington
State.

     10.8 Division of Powers.  The  Fiduciaries  shall have only those  specific
powers,  duties,  responsibilities and obligations as are specifically set forth
in this Plan and Trust Agreement.

          (A)   Company.   In  general,   the   Company   shall  have  the  sole
     responsibility  for making its  contributions,  appointing and removing the
     Trustee and members of the Committee;  and amending or terminating in whole
     or in part this Plan and Trust Agreement.

          (B) Committee.  The Committee shall have the sole  responsibility  for
     the administration of this Plan as set forth in Article 3 above.


                                      113



          (C) Trustee.  The Trustee shall have the sole  responsibility  for the
     administration  of the Trust and the  management  of the Trust Fund assets,
     all as specifically set forth in Article 7 above.

          Each Fiduciary may rely upon such direction,  information or action of
     another Fiduciary as being proper under this Plan and Trust Agreement,  and
     is not  required  to  inquire  further  into  the  propriety  of  any  such
     direction, information or action of another Fiduciary. It is intended under
     this Plan and Trust  Agreement that each Fiduciary shall be responsible for
     the proper exercise of its respective powers, duties,  responsibilities and
     obligations  set  forth  herein,  but that  each  Fiduciary  should  not be
     responsible for any act or failure to act by another Fiduciary.

     10.9 Appeals  Procedure.  Any Employee  Participant  or  Beneficiary  of an
Employee  Participant  who is  dissatisfied  with and adversely  affected by any
decision,  action  or  inaction  of the  Company,  Trustee,  Committee  or  Plan
Administrator  with  reference  to any  matter  concerning  the  Plan or  Trust,
including but not limited to the eligibility  determinations  or benefit awards,
shall have the right to request the Committee to conduct a hearing on the matter
provided  that said person  makes such a request,  in writing,  and delivers the
same to the  Committee  within  sixty  (60) days  after  being  apprised  of, or
learning of the decision or action. The Committee shall conduct a hearing within
forty-five (45) days after receipt of said written  notification  and shall give
said Employee Participant or Beneficiary at least fifteen (15) days notice prior
to the  date of said  hearing.  The  person  requesting  such  hearing  shall be
entitled to present his  position  and any  evidence in support  thereof  either
orally or in  writing.  Said  person  may be  represented  at the  hearing by an
attorney or by any other representative of his choosing.

     Within  thirty (30) days after said hearing,  the  Committee  shall issue a
written decision affirming, modifying or setting aside the decision or action of
the Company,  Trustee,  Committee or Plan Administrator.  A copy of said written
decision shall be mailed to the person requesting the hearing.

     The  decision of the  Committee  shall be final and binding on all parties.
Provided,  if any  dispute as a matter of state or federal law cannot be settled
by decision of the Committee,  either the Employee Participant or Beneficiary of
the Employee Participant,  or the Company,  Trustee, or Plan Administrator shall
have a right to appeal said decision to the Snohomish  County  Superior Court by
filing an appeal with the Clerk of the Snohomish  County  Superior  Court within
sixty (60) days after receipt of the written decision.

     The  Committee  shall  submit  to the  Snohomish  County  Superior  Court a
certified copy of the record upon which the Committee's decision was made.

     The Snohomish  County Superior Court shall first determine  whether federal
or state law  mandates  that the decision of the  Committee  cannot be final and
binding  on all  parties.  If the  court  determines  that the  decision  of the
Committee cannot be final and binding on all parties,  then the question for the
court shall be:


                                      114



          (A) Error. Whether the Committee was in error upon an issue of law;

          (B)  Arbitrary  or  Capricious  Exercise  of  Discretion.  Whether the
     Committee  acted  arbitrarily  or  capriciously  in  the  exercise  of  its
     discretion; or

          (C) Existance of Substantial Evidence. Whether the Committee's finding
     of fact was supported by substantial evidence.

     The  decision of the  Snohomish  County  Superior  Court shall be final and
binding upon all parties whose interests are affected  thereby and neither party
shall have the right to appeal.

     10.10 Plan Transfer Provisions.

          (A) Roll Over Provisions. Subject to the limitations described herein,
     this Plan and Trust is authorized to make or to accept  elective  transfers
     which  constitute  any portion to the balance to the credit of the Employee
     in a qualified  retirement plan or any other entity or "conduit" individual
     retirement  account for the benefit of any Employee or  Participant  of the
     Company. Said eligible rollover distribution received by the Employer shall
     be  credited to the account of said  Employee or  Participant  and shall be
     subject to the  provisions  of this Plan and Trust.  With  reference to the
     amount  rolled over only,  and the earnings and profits  thereon,  said sum
     shall be fully vested and  non-forfeitable  at all times.  In regard to all
     rollover distributions and contributions, the requirements of I.R.C. ss.ss.
     402 and 403, as amended and applicable,  shall govern.  Notwithstanding the
     above,  the  Committee,  in its sole  discretion,  may  refuse  to accept a
     rollover of plan assets if the character or  qualification of said funds is
     in question or if such  rollover is not  administratively  feasible for the
     Employer to handle. Any determination not to accept a rollover contribution
     shall be made on a uniform and nondiscriminatory  basis by the Committee as
     determined in its sole discretion.

          Rollovers  shall be the  preferred  method of  transfer as compared to
     trust-to-trust transfers.

          Provided further, with regard to distributions made from the Plan to a
     Distributee  Participant on or after January 1, 1993,  notwithstanding  any
     provision  of the  plan  to the  contrary  that  would  otherwise  limit  a
     Distributee's  election under this Section, a Distributee may elect, at the
     time and in the manner  prescribed by the Plan  Administrator,  to have any
     portion of an eligible  rollover  distribution paid directly to an eligible
     retirement  plan  specified by the  Distributee  in a direct  rollover,  as
     permitted by Revenue Procedure 93-12, as amended.

          (B) Trust to Trust Transfers from Other Qualified Plans.  This Plan is
     authorized  to accept or to make Trust to Trust  transfers  of fund  assets
     from  related  or  unrelated  qualified  Plans;  provided  that,  the  Plan
     Participant who receives an allocation to


                                      115



     his account  pursuant to such Trust to Trust  transfer  shall not  actually
     receive a benefit  distribution  or have the funds made  available for such
     Employee or Participant's  use. All trust to trust transfers from qualified
     plans  shall be subject to the consent of the Plan  Administrator,  amounts
     may be transferred  from other qualified  corporate and, after December 31,
     1983, noncorporate plans, provided that the trust from which such funds are
     transferred  permits  the  transfer to be made and, in the opinion of legal
     counsel for the Employer,  the transfer will not  jeopardize the tax exempt
     status  of the Plan or Trust or create  adverse  tax  consequences  for the
     Employer. The Employer may refuse to accept trust to trust transfers in its
     sole discretion; provided, any such refusal shall be based on a uniform and
     nondiscriminatory basis.

          (C) Participant's  Transfer Account.  The amounts transferred pursuant
     to this Section shall be set up in a separate account herein referred to as
     "Participant's  Transfer  Account."  Transfers may be made pursuant to this
     Section  if  tax  deductible  voluntary  Employee   contributions  are  not
     transferred,  if consent to such  transfer is expressly  received  from the
     Plan  Administrator  and all other applicable  I.R.C.  limitations are met,
     including,   without  limitation,   spouse  consent  requirements  on  Plan
     distribution.

          (D) No  Forfeiture of  Participant's  Transfer  Account.  Amounts in a
     Participant's Rollover Account shall be held by the Trustee pursuant to the
     provisions  of this Plan,  such amounts  shall be fully vested at all times
     and  shall not be  subject  to  forfeiture  for any  reason  and may not be
     withdrawn  by,  or  distributed  to the  Participant,  in whole or in part,
     except as provided in this Section.

          (E)  Additional  Benefits  at  Retirement  Date or Other Date on Which
     Participant  is Entitled to Benefits.  At Normal  Retirement  Date, or such
     other date when the  Participant  or his  beneficiary  shall be entitled to
     receive  benefits,  the fair  market  value of the  Participant's  Transfer
     Account shall be used to provide additional  benefits to the Participant in
     the normal form or such other optional method as may be elected pursuant to
     Section 8.2 above.

          (F) Segregation of Transfer Funds. The Plan  Administrator may direct,
     in its sole discretion,  that Employee transfers made after the first month
     of the Plan Year  pursuant  to this  Section be  physically  segregated  or
     separately  accounted for in a separate  account for each  Participant in a
     federally  insured  savings  account,  certificate  of deposit in a bank or
     savings and loan association,  money market certificate or other short term
     debt  security  acceptable  to  the  Trustee  until  the  first  day of the
     following  Plan Year, at which time they shall be invested as determined by
     the Plan Administrator pursuant to Section 3.7 above. Nothing herein shall,
     however, require the Plan Administrator to segregate the same.

          (G)   General   Investment   of  Transfer   Funds.   Unless  the  Plan
     Administrator directs that the Participant's Transfer Account be segregated
     into a separate account for such Participant in a federally insured savings
     account, certificate of deposit


                                      116



     in a bank or savings and loan  association,  money  market  certificate  or
     other  short term debt  security  acceptable  to the  Trustee,  it shall be
     invested  as part of the  general  Trust  Fund and  share in  earnings  and
     losses.  Except,  however,  deposits  into the general Trust Fund after the
     first month of the Plan Year shall not share in earnings and losses of such
     Plan Year except to the extent that the  Committee  may, by  administrative
     rule, provide for daily allocations pursuant to Article III above.

          (H)  Self-Directed   Investment  of  Transferred  Funds.  All  amounts
     allocated  to a  Participant's  Transfer  Account  may be treated as a self
     directed  investment  account,  if self  directed  investment  accounts are
     otherwise  provided  for by this  Plan,  and shall be  subject  to the same
     limitations therein.

          (I)  Amounts   Transferred   From  Another   Qualified   Corporate  or
     Noncorporate   Plan.  For  purposes  of  this  Section  the  term  "amounts
     transferred from another qualified  corporate and Plan  noncorporate  plan"
     shall mean (i)  amounts  transferred  to this Plan  directly  from  another
     qualified corporate (and, after December 31, 1983, noncorporate) plan; (ii)
     eligible  rollover  distributions  received  by an  Employee  from  another
     qualified  Plan which are  eligible  for tax free  rollover  to a qualified
     corporate or noncorporate plan and which are transferred by the Employee to
     this Plan  within  sixty (60) days  following  the receipt  thereof;  (iii)
     amounts  transferred  to this  Plan from a  conduit  individual  retirement
     account  provided  that the conduit  individual  retirement  account has no
     assets other than assets which were previously  distributed to the Employee
     by another qualified corporate (and, after December 31, 1983, noncorporate)
     plan as a lump sum  distribution,  such assets were  eligible  for tax free
     rollover to a qualified  corporate or noncorporate  plan and were deposited
     in such conduit  individual  retirement  account  within sixty (60) days of
     receipt  thereof and other than earnings on said assets;  and, (iv) amounts
     distributed to the Employee from a conduit  individual  retirement  account
     meeting the  requirements  of clause (iii) above,  are  transferred  by the
     Employee to this Plan within  sixty (60) days of his receipt  thereof  from
     such  conduit  individual  retirement  account.   Prior  to  accepting  any
     transfers to which this Section applies, the Plan Administrator may require
     the Employee to establish  that the amounts to be  transferred to this Plan
     meet the  requirements of this Section and may also require the Employee to
     provide an opinion of legal counsel  satisfactory  to the Employer that the
     amounts to be transferred meet the requirements of this Section.

          (J) Qualified  Corporate or  Noncorporate  Plan.  For purposes of this
     Section, the term "qualified corporate or noncorporate plan" shall mean any
     tax qualified plan under I.R.C. ss. 401(a), including,  without limitation,
     other  plans  sponsored  by the  Employer  to the extent  permitted  by the
     recipient plan.

          (K) Assets Received.  The Employer may impose reasonable  restrictions
     on eligible rollovers  received,  uniformly  applied,  as determined in its
     sole  discretion,  which  may,  by way of  illustration  and  not by way of
     limitation,  limit  rollovers  required to cash or securities,  may exclude
     limited or general partnership interests, employer securities


                                      117



     and insurance or otherwise  reasonably restrict the type of assets received
     in a rollover  or  transfer  to cash or other  similarly  liquid or readily
     negotiable investments.

          (L)  Miscellaneous.  This Plan shall not accept any direct or indirect
     transfers,  as that  term is  defined  and  interpreted  under  I.R.C.  ss.
     401(a)(11) and the  Regulations  thereunder,  from a defined  benefit plan,
     money  purchase  plan  (including a target  benefit  plan),  stock bonus or
     profit sharing plan which would  otherwise have provided for a life annuity
     form of payment to the  Participant,  unless this Plan also  provides for a
     life  annuity  form of  payment  or unless  such  transfer  constitutes  an
     "elective transfer" as defined under applicable regulations.

          Notwithstanding  anything herein to the contrary,  a transfer directly
     to this Plan from  another  qualified  plan,  or a  transaction  having the
     effect of such a transfer, shall only be permitted if it will not result in
     the elimination or reduction of any I.R.C. ss. 411(d)(6) protected benefit.

          The  Employer,   Committee  or  Trustees  may,  by  an  administrative
     determination,   impose  additional  rollover  or  transfer   requirements,
     uniformly applied, as deemed necessary or convenient for the administration
     of the Plan.

          (M) Definitions.

               (1)  Eligible  Rollover  Distributions.   An  "Eligible  Rollover
          Distribution" is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance
          to the credit of the  Distributee,  except that an  eligible  rollover
          distribution  does  not  include:  any  distribution  that is one of a
          series of substantially  equal periodic  payments (not less frequently
          than  annually)  made  for  the  life  (or  life  expectancy)  of  the
          Distributee  or the joint  lives (or joint life  expectancies)  of the
          Distributee and the  Distributee's  designated  beneficiary,  or for a
          specified  period of ten (10) years or more; any  distribution  to the
          extent such distribution is required under I.R.C. ss. 401(a)(9);  and,
          the portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross income
          (determined  without  regard  to  the  exclusions  of  net  unrealized
          appreciation with respect to employer securities).

               (2) Eligible  Retirement Plans. An "Eligible  Retirement Plan" is
          an individual  retirement  account  described in I.R.C. ss. 408(a), an
          individual  retirement  annuity  described in I.R.C.  ss.  408(b),  an
          annuity plan  described in I.R.C.  ss.  403(a),  or a qualified  trust
          described  in  I.R.C.  ss.  401(a),  that  accepts  the  Distributee's
          eligible  rollover  distribution.  In the case of an eligible rollover
          distribution to the surviving spouse,  however, an eligible retirement
          plan is an  individual  retirement  account or  individual  retirement
          annuity.

               (3) Distributee.  A "Distributee"  includes an employee or former
          employee.  In addition,  the employee's or former employee's surviving
          spouse


                                      118



          and the employee's or former employee's spouse or former spouse who is
          the alternate  payee under a qualified  domestic  relations  order, as
          defined in I.R.C.  ss.  414(p),  are  Distributees  with regard to the
          interest of the spouse or former spouse.

               (4) Direct Rollover. A "Direct Rollover" is a payment by the Plan
          to the eligible retirement plan specified by the Distributee.

     10.11 Governing Law. To the extent  applicable and not preempted by federal
law, Washington State law shall govern this Plan and Trust.

[Please see signature page which is attached hereto and  incorporated  herein by
reference.]

















                                      119



     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  and to record the adoption of the Plan,  the Employer
has caused its  officers to execute  this 401(k)  Profit  Sharing Plan and Trust
Agreement for EVERETT MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK on October 17, 1999.


                                        EVERETT MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK


                                        -----------------------------------
                                        Michael B. Hansen, President


Attest:


- -----------------------------------
Lori Christenson, Vice President

EVERETT MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK 401(k)
EMPLOYEE SAVINGS AND PROFIT SHARING
PLAN AND TRUST

TRUSTEE:


- -----------------------------------
U.S. Bank of Washington,
a National Association


                                        MUTUAL BANCSHARES, a Mutual Holding
                                        Company


                                        -----------------------------------
                                        Michael B. Hansen, President


                                        -----------------------------------
                                        Lori Christenson, Vice President





                                      120



     The  following  entities  have adopted  this Plan,  with the consent of the
Board of Directors of Everett Mutual Savings Bank as of the date shown below:

===================================          ===================================
         Adopting Employer                       Initial Participation Date
===================================          ===================================

         Mutual Bancshares                             January 1, 1994













                                      121



                          FIRST PLAN AMENDMENT TO THE
                          EVERETT MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK
                      401(k) PROFIT SHARING PLAN AND TRUST

     This Amendment is made to the EVERETT  MUTUAL  SAVINGS BANK,  401(k) PROFIT
SHARING  PLAN AND TRUST,  to amend the same as provided  for below,  pursuant to
Article IX of said Plan.

     1. Amended Plan  Provisions.  The following  described  amendments shall be
made to the Plan, to be effective as provided for herein.

          a. Waiver of 30 Day Notification  Period.  Pursuant to I.R.S.  Revenue
     Procedure  93-47,  the following  model language shall be adopted and shall
     control  over any  other  inconsistent  provisions  of the Plan and  Trust,
     including, without limitation, Section 8.2(G)(1) thereof. Specifically, the
     following language shall be adopted into the Plan:

               If a distribution is one to which sections  401(a)(11) and 417 of
          the Internal Revenue Code do not apply, such distribution may commence
          less than thirty  (30) days after the notice  required  under  section
          1.411(a)-ll(c) of the Income Tax Regulations is given, provided that:

                    (1) the plan  administrator  clearly informs the participant
               that the  participant  has a right to a period of at least thirty
               (30) days after  receiving the notice to consider the decision of
               whether or not to elect a  distribution  (and, if  applicable,  a
               particular distribution option), and

                    (2)   the   participant,   after   receiving   the   notice,
               affirmatively elects a distribution.

               The  immediately  preceding Plan amendment shall be effective for
          all  distributions  made  during  Plan Years  commencing  on and after
          January 1, 1993.

          b.  Minimum  Thirty Day  Notification.  Section  8.2(G)(1) of the Plan
     shall be amended to read as follows:

               (G) Notice and Election.

                    (1) General Election Period and Notice Requirement.  No less
               than  thirty (30) days and no more than ninety (90) days prior to
               the annuity starting date (or the date of distribution)  the Plan
               Administrator   shall  furnish  to  the   Participant  a  general
               description of the terms and


                                       1



               conditions of the joint and survivor  annuity,  a description  of
               the  election  and  waiver  procedures,  an  explanation  of  the
               financial effect of a Participant's  election of such an annuity,
               a description of the right of the Participant's spouse to consent
               to any election to waive the joint and survivor annuity, a notice
               concerning tax  consequences as described under I.R.C. ss. 402(f)
               (including, without limitation, notification of the right to make
               direct rollover  transfers  within a reasonable time period prior
               to receipt of an eligible  distribution),  an  explanation of the
               right of the Participant to revoke or re-elect such elections and
               the effect of such  revocation  and such other  notices as may be
               required pursuant to I.R.C. ss.ss. 402(f) and 411(a)(11).

                    The immediately  preceding Plan amendment shall be effective
               for all  distributions  made during Plan Years  commencing on and
               after January 1, 1993.

          c.  Maximum  Compensation  Limit of  $150,000.00.  Pursuant  to I.R.S.
     Revenue  Procedure 94-13, the following model language shall be adopted and
     shall control over any other inconsistent provisions of the Plan and Trust,
     including,  without limitation, Plan Sections 2.8, 8.16. Specifically,  the
     following language shall be adopted into the Plan:

          In addition to other applicable limitations set forth in the Plan, and
     notwithstanding  any other provision of the Plan to the contrary,  for Plan
     Years  beginning on or after January 1, 1994,  the annual  compensation  of
     each  Employee  taken into account under the Plan shall not exceed the OBRA
     '93 annual  compensation  limit. The OBRA '93 annual  compensation limit is
     $150,000,  as adjusted by the  Commissioner  for  increases  in the cost of
     living in accordance  with section  401(a)(17)(B)  of the Internal  Revenue
     Code. The  cost-of-living  adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies
     to any  period,  not  exceeding  12  months,  over  which  compensation  is
     determined  (determination  period)  beginning in such calendar  year. If a
     determination  period consists of fewer than 12 months, the OBRA '93 annual
     compensation limit will be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which
     is the number of months in the determination period, and the denominator of
     which is 12.

          For Plan years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, any reference in
     this Plan to the limitation under section 401(a)(17) of the Code shall mean
     the OBRA '93 annual compensation limit set forth in this provision.

          If  compensation  for any prior  determination  period  is taken  into
     account in determining an employee's  benefits accruing in the current plan
     year, the  compensation for that prior  determination  period is subject to
     the  OBRA  '93  annual   compensation   limit  in  effect  for  that  prior
     determination period. For this purpose, the determination periods


                                       2



     beginning before the first day of the first Plan Year beginning on or after
     January 1, 1994, the OBRA '93 annual compensation limit is $150,000.

          The  immediately  preceding Plan amendment  shall be effective for all
     contributions  made during Plan Years  commencing  on and after  January 1,
     1994.

     2. No I.R.C.  ~ 411(dl(61  Engermissible  Cut-Back.  Nothing  herein  shall
result in an  impermissible  cut-back in  Participant  benefits as prohibited by
I.R.C. ss. 411(d)(6).

     DATED this 7th day of December, 1994.

                                        EVERETT MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK


                                        /s/  Michael Hansen
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        By:  Michael Hansen
                                        Its: President


                                        /s/  Lori Christenson
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        By:  Lori Christenson
                                        Its: Vice President/Secretary


MUTUAL BANCSHARES, A Mutual
Holding Company


/s/  Michael Hansen
- ------------------------------------
By:  Michael Hansen
Its: President


/s/  Lori Christenson
- ------------------------------------
By:  Lori Christenson
Its: Vice President/Secretary



                                        3



EVERETT MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK
401(k) PROFIT SHARING PLAN AND TRUST

U.S. BANK OF WASHINGTON, TRUSTEE:


/s/  James M. Beaumont
- ------------------------------------------
By:  James M. Beaumont
Its: Vice President, Asset Management Div.







                                        4



                          SECOND PLAN AMENDMENT TO THE
                           EVERETT MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK
                                  PENSION PLAN


     THESE  AMENDMENTS ARE MADE TO THE EVERETT MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK PENSION PLAN,
TO AMEND THE SAME AS PROVIDED  FOR BELOW,  PURSUANT TO SECTION 8.1 OF SAID PLAN,
TO BRING THE PLAN INTO  COMPLIANCE  WITH THE  GENERAL  AGREEMENT  ON TARIFFS AND
TRADE (GATT), THE SMALL BUSINESS JOB PROTECTION AND HEALTH INSURANCE AND WELFARE
REFORM  ACTS OF 1996,  TAXPAYER  RELIEF  AFT OF 1997 AND TO  PROVIDE  FOR  OTHER
DESIRED PLAN AMENDMENTS.

     1. Effective  Date.  Except as may be expressly  provided for herein,  this
Amendment shall be effective for plan years commencing on and after December 31,
1997.

     2. Change of Plan Name. The name of the Plan shall be changed to the Mutual
Bancshares  Pension Plan.  Any and all  references to the Everett Mutual Savings
Bank Pension Plan shall be to the Mutual Bancshares Pension Plan. This amendment
to the name of the Plan shall be effective for all Plan Years  commencing on and
after January 1, 1997.

     3.  Addition of Plan  Sponsors.  Effective  on and after  ________________,
199___, the Commercial Bank of Everett shall adopt the Mutual Bancshares Pension
Plan.

     Effective on and after  ________________,  199___,  Mutual Bancshares shall
adopt the Mutual Bancshares Pension Plan.

     The original  sponsor of this Plan,  Everett  Mutual  Savings Bank,  hereby
expressly  consents  to the  adoption  of  this  Plan  by the  above  designated
entities.

     4. Amended Plan Provisions.  The following  described plan provisions shall
be amended to provide as follows:

          1.12 Compensation. "Compensation" means a Participant's earned income,
     wages,  salaries, W-2 earnings and fees for professional services and other
     amounts received for personal  services  actually rendered in the course of
     employment  with the  Employer  maintaining  the Plan  (including,  but not
     limited to,  commissions  paid salesmen,  compensation  for services on the
     basis of a percentage of profits,  commissions on insurance premiums,  tips
     and bonuses) which compensation is currently  includible in gross income as
     defined under I.R.C. ss. 415(c)(3).  It also includes any elective deferral
     (as defined in I.R.C. ss. 402(g)(3)) and any amount which is contributed or
     deferred by the


                                       1



     Employer at the election of the Employee and which is not includible in the
     gross income of the Employee by reason of I.R.C. ss.ss. 125 or 457.

          For purposes of this Section,  the determination of Compensation shall
     be made by:

               (a)  including  amounts  which are  contributed  by the  Employer
          pursuant to a salary reduction  agreement and which are not includible
          in the  gross  income  of the  Participant  under  Code  Section  125,
          402(e)(3),  402(h)(1)(B),  403(b) or 457, and  Employee  contributions
          described  in Code  Section  414(h)(2)  that are  treated as  Employer
          contributions.

               (b)  excluding  payments  for  overtime,  bonuses,   commissions,
          incentive  payments and other special pay.  Compensation also excludes
          compensation   amounts  not  paid  in  cash,   relocation   or  moving
          allowances,   tuition   allowances,   reimbursements   for   expenses,
          termination  or  severance  pay,  lump sum vacation and sick leave pay
          provided upon termination from employment,  living allowances,  income
          included pursuant to I.R.C.  Section 79 and compensatory pay for board
          meeting participation.

               (c)  excluding  employer  contributions  to a  plan  of  deferred
          compensation  which are not includible in the Employee's  gross income
          for the taxable year in which contributed,  or Employer  contributions
          under  a  simplified   employee   pension  plan  to  the  extent  such
          contributions  are  deductible by the Employee,  or any  distributions
          from a plan of deferred compensation;

               (d)   excluding   amounts   realized   from  the  exercise  of  a
          non-qualified  stock option,  or when  restricted  stock (or property)
          held by the  Employee  either  becomes  freely  transferable  or is no
          longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture;

               (e) excluding  amounts realized from the sale,  exchange or other
          disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option.

          In addition to other applicable limitations set forth in the Plan, and
     notwithstanding  any other provision of the Plan to the contrary,  for Plan
     Years  beginning on or after January 1, 1994,  the annual  Compensation  of
     each  Employee  taken into account under the Plan shall not exceed the OBRA
     '93 annual  compensation  limit. The OBRA '93 annual  compensation limit is
     $150,000,  as adjusted by the  Commissioner  for  increases  in the cost of
     living in accordance  with Code Section  401(a)(17)(B).  The cost of living
     adjustment  in effect  for a  calendar  year  applies  to any  period,  not
     exceeding 12 months,  over which Compensation is determined  (determination
     period) beginning in such


                                       2



     calendar year. If a  determination  period  consists of few than 12 months,
     the OBRA '93 annual  compensation  limit will be  multiplied by a fraction,
     the numerator of which is the number of months in the determination period,
     and the denominator of which is 12.

          For Plan years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, any reference in
     this Plan to the limitation  under Code Section  401(a)(17)  shall mean the
     OBRA '93 annual compensation limit set forth in this provision.

          If  Compensation  for any prior  determination  period  is taken  into
     account in determining an Employee's  benefits accruing in the current Plan
     Year, the  Compensation for that prior  determination  period is subject to
     the  OBRA  '93  annual   compensation   limit  in  effect  for  that  prior
     determination  period. For this purpose,  for determining periods beginning
     before the first day of the first Plan year  beginning on or after  January
     1, 1994, the OBRA '93 annual compensation limit is $150,000.

          For purposes of this Section,  if the plan is a plan described in Code
     Section 413(c) or 414(f) (a plan maintained by more than one Employer), the
     limitation  applies  separately  with respect to the  Compensation  for any
     Participant from each Employer maintaining the Plan.

          The immediately  preceding  amendment to Section 1.12 is effective for
     plan years beginning after December 31, 1997.

               1.26 Highly Compensated  Employee.  The term "Highly  Compensated
          Employee"  includes  highly  compensated  active  employees and highly
          compensated  former employees.  A highly  compensated  active employee
          includes  any  employee  who:  (i) was a  5-percent  owner at any time
          during the year or the  preceding  year;  or,  (ii) for the  preceding
          year: had  compensation  from the employer in excess of $80,000.00 (as
          adjusted  pursuant to I.R.C. ss. 415(d));  and, if the employer elects
          the  application  of I.R.C.  ss.  414(q)(1)(B)(ii)  for such preceding
          year, was in the top-paid group of employees for such preceding  year.
          For the above purposes, the determination year shall be the Plan Year.
          The preceding  year shall be the twelve (12) month period  immediately
          preceding the determination year. A highly compensated former employee
          includes  any employee  who  separated  from service (or was deemed to
          have separated) prior to the determination year,  performed no service
          for the  Employer  during  the  determination  year,  and was a highly
          compensated  active  employee  for either the  separation  year or any
          determination  year ending on or after the  Employee's  55th birthday.
          The determination of who is a highly compensated  employee,  including
          the  determination  of the number and  identity  of  employees  in the
          top-paid group and the compensation  that is considered,  will be made
          in accordance with I.R.C. ss. 414(g) and the regulations


                                       3



          thereunder. For purposes of this section, the term compensation is the
          "participant's compensation" as defined in I.R.C. ss. 415(c)(3).

          The immediately  preceding  amendment to Section 1.26 is effective for
     plan years beginning after December 31, 1996.

               1.33 Leased Employee. The term "leased employee" means any person
          (other than an employee of the recipient) who pursuant to an agreement
          between the  recipient and any other person  ("leasing  organization")
          has  performed  services for the  recipient  (or for the recipient and
          related persons determined in accordance with I.R.C. ss. 414(n)(6)) on
          a substantially full time basis for a period of at least one (1) year,
          and such services are performed under the primary direction or control
          by the  recipient.  Contributions  or  benefits  provided  to a leased
          employee  by  the  leasing  organization  which  are  attributable  to
          services  performed  for the  recipient  employer  shall be treated as
          provided by the recipient  employer.  A leased  employee  shall not be
          considered  an  employee  of the  recipient  if: (i) such  employee is
          covered  by  a  money   purchase   pension  plan   providing:   (1)  a
          non-integrated  employer  contribution  rate of at least  ten  percent
          (10%) of  compensation,  as  defined  in  I.R.C.  ss.  415(c)(3),  but
          including amounts contributed pursuant to a salary reduction agreement
          which are  excludable  from the  employee's  gross income under I.R.C.
          ss.ss. 125, 402(a)(8),  402(h) or 403(b), (2) immediate participation,
          and (3) full and immediate  vesting;  and (ii) leased employees do not
          constitute   more  than  twenty  percent  (20%)  of  the   recipient's
          non-highly compensated workforce.

          The immediately  preceding  amendment to Section 1.33 is effective for
     plan years beginning after December 31, 1996.

AMENDED LANGUAGE: 5.6 Involuntary Distributions.

     The second paragraph of Section 5.6(a) shall be amended to read as follows:

          However,  the Administrator shall, at the election of the Participant,
     direct earlier payment of the Vested portion of the  Participant's  Accrued
     Benefit.  Any  distribution  under this paragraph shall be made in a manner
     which is  consistent  with and  satisfies  the  provisions  of Section 5.7,
     including,  but not limited to,  notice and  consent  requirements  of Code
     Sections 417 and 411(a)(11) and the Regulations thereunder. Notwithstanding
     the  foregoing,  if the  Vested  portion  of the  Present  Value of Accrued
     Benefit does not exceed $5,000 and has never exceeded $5,000 at the time of
     any prior  distribution,  the  Administrator  shall  direct the  Trustee to
     distribute such amount within a reasonable time after the Anniversary  Date
     to  coincide  with  or  next   following  such   Terminated   Participant's
     termination of employment. For purposes of this Section, if the


                                       4



     value of a  Participant's  vested account  balance is zero, the Participant
     shall be deemed to have  received a  distribution  of such  vested  account
     balance.  Any spousal consent required must be in the same form as provided
     for above.

AMENDED LANGUAGE: 5.7 Distribution of Benefits.

     Sections 5.7(c) and (d) of the Plan shall be amended to read as follows:

          (c) The present value of a  Participant's  joint and survivor  annuity
     derived from  Employer and Employee  contributions  may not be paid without
     his written  consent if the value exceeds,  or has ever exceeded  $5,000 at
     the time of any prior  distribution.  Further,  the spouse of a Participant
     must  consent  in  writing  to any  immediate  distribution,  if the  value
     exceeds, or has ever exceeded $5,000 at the time of any prior distribution.
     If the  value  of the  Participant's  benefit  derived  from  Employer  and
     Employee contributions does not exceed $5,000 and has never exceeded $5,000
     at the time of any prior  distribution,  the  Administrator may immediately
     distribute such benefit without such  Participant's and such  Participant's
     spouse's  consent,  if applicable.  No  distribution  may be made under the
     preceding sentence after the "annuity starting date" unless the Participant
     and his spouse consent in writing to such distribution. Any written consent
     required  under this  paragraph  must be obtained not more than ninety (90)
     days before  commencement of the distribution and shall be made in a manner
     consistent  with Section  5.7(a)(2).  The present value of accrued  benefit
     shall be determined as provided in Section 1.45.

          (d) Any distribution to a Participant who has a benefit which exceeds,
     or has ever exceeded,  $5,000 at the time of any prior  distribution  shall
     require  such  Participant's  consent  (and  such  Participant's   spouse's
     consent, if required under applicable laws) if such distribution  commences
     prior to the later of: his Normal  Retirement  Age; or, age 62. With regard
     to this required consent:

               (1) No consent shall be valid unless the Participant has received
          a general  description of the material  features and an explanation of
          the relative  values of the optional forms of benefit  available under
          the Plan that would  satisfy the notice  requirements  of Code Section
          417.

               (2) The  Participant  must be  informed  of his  right  to  defer
          receipt of the  distribution.  If a Participant  fails to consent,  it
          shall be deemed an  election to defer the  commencement  of payment of
          any  benefit.  However,  any election to defer the receipt of benefits
          shall not apply with respect to distributions which are required under
          Section 5.7(e).


                                       5



               (3) Notice of the rights  specified under this paragraph shall be
          provided  no less than  thirty  (30) days and no more than ninety (90)
          days before the "annuity starting date."

               (4) Written consent of the Participant to the  distribution  must
          not be made  before the  Participant  receives  the notice and must be
          made more than ninety (90) days before the "annuity starting date."

               (5) No  consent  shall  be valid if a  significant  detriment  is
          imposed under the Plan on any  Participant who does not consent to the
          distribution.

AMENDED LANGUAGE: 5.8 Distribution of Benefits Upon Death.

     Section 5.8(e) of the Plan shall be amended to read as follows:

          (e) If  the  present  value  of the  Pre-Retirement  Survivor  Annuity
     derived from Employer and Employee contributions does not exceed $5,000 and
     has  never  exceeded  $5,000  at the time of any  prior  distribution,  the
     Administrator shall direct the immediate distribution of such amount to the
     Participant's  spouse.  No  distribution  may be made  under the  preceding
     sentence  after the annuity  starting  date  unless the spouse  consents in
     writing.  The present  value in this regard shall be determined as provided
     in Section 1.45.

          If the value exceeds, or has ever exceeded,  $5,000 at the time of any
     prior distribution,  an immediate  distribution of the entire amount may be
     made to the surviving  spouse,  provided such surviving  spouse consents in
     writing to such  distribution.  Any  written  consent  required  under this
     paragraph must be obtained not more than 90 days before commencement of the
     distribution  and  shall  be  made  in a  manner  consistent  with  Section
     5.7(a)(2).

AMENDED LANGUAGE: 5.14 Limitation of Benefits on Termination.

     Section 5.14(a)(3) of the Plan shall be amended to read as follows:

          (3) the value of the benefits  payable under the Plan to an individual
     described above does not exceed $5,000.

     The immediately  preceding amendments to Sections 5.6(a), 5.7, 5.8 and 5.14
are effective for plan years beginning after August 5, 1997.


                                       6



AMENDED LANGUAGE: 6.2 Maximum Annual Benefit.

     The  following  additional  subsections  shall be added to  Section  6.2 as
follows:

          6.2(i) 415 Safe-Harbor Compensation. Under this Plan, the Code Section
     415  safe-harbor  compensation  shall include wages,  salaries and fees for
     professional services and other amounts received (without regard to whether
     or not an amount is paid in cash) for personal  services  actually rendered
     in the course of employment  with the Employer  maintaining the Plan to the
     extent that the amounts are includible in gross income,  including, but not
     limited to,  commissions  paid salesmen,  compensation  for services on the
     basis of a percentage of profits,  commissions on insurance premiums, tips,
     bonuses,  fringe  benefits,  reimbursements  and  expense  allowances,  any
     elective deferral (as defined in I.R.C. ss. 402(g)(3)) and any amount which
     is  contributed or deferred by the employer at the election of the employee
     which is not  includible  in the gross  income of the employee by reason of
     I.R.C. ss.ss. 125 or 457, and excluding the following:

               (a) Amounts  realized from the exercise of a non-qualified  stock
          option,  or when  restricted  stock (or property) held by the employee
          either  becomes  freely  transferable  or is no  longer  subject  to a
          substantial risk of forfeiture; and,

               (b) Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition
          of stock acquired under a qualified stock option.

DELETED LANGUAGE: 6.6 Multiple Plan Reduction.

     Section 6.6 shall be deleted from the Plan.

     The  immediately  preceding  amendment  to Section  6.2(i) and  deletion of
Section 6.6 are effective for Plan Limitation Years beginning after December 31,
1999.

     5. Global Amendments.  Notwithstanding anything provided to the contrary in
the Plan or related  documents,  effective  as noted  below,  this Plan shall be
amended as follows:

          o    Effective  for Plan Years  commencing  on and after  December 31,
               1996, the family  aggregation  rules  provided  under I.R.C.  ss.
               414(q)(6) shall not apply.

          o    Effective for Plan Years  commencing on and after August 5, 1997,
               the applicable  limit under I.R.C.  ss.  411(a)(11)  shall be the
               applicable limit as determined  under such provision,  as amended
               from time to time.


                                       7



          o    Effective  for Plan Years  commencing  on and after  December 31,
               1996, the rules provided under I.R.C. ss.  401(a)(26) shall cease
               to apply to this Plan.

     6. No I.R.C. ss.  411(d)(6)  Impermissible  Cut-Back.  Nothing herein shall
result in an  impermissible  cut-back in  Participant  benefits as prohibited by
I.R.C. ss. 411(d)(6).









                                       8



     DATED this _____ day of ______________________, 1997.


                                        EVERETT MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK


                                        ------------------------------------
                                        By:  Michael B. Hansen
                                        Its: President and CEO/Director


                                        ------------------------------------
                                        By:  Lori Christenson
                                        Its: Vice President and
                                             Corporate Secretary


                                        COMMERCIAL BANK OF EVERETT


                                        ------------------------------------
                                        By:  Dale Lyski
                                        Its: President and COO/Director


                                        ------------------------------------
                                        By:  Lori Christenson
                                        Its: Vice President and
                                             Corporate Secretary


                                        MUTUAL BANCSHARES


                                        ------------------------------------
                                        By:  Michael B. Hansen
                                        Its: President, Chairman of the
                                             Board of Directors and CEO


                                        ------------------------------------
                                        By:  Lori Christenson
                                        Its: Secretary and Chief Information
                                             Officer


                                       9



EVERETT MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK
PENSION PLAN AND TRUST

TRUSTEE:

U.S. BANK OF WASHINGTON, N.A.


- ----------------------------------------------
By:  James M. Beaumont
Its: Vice President, Asset Management Division











                                       10



                           THIRD PLAN AMENDMENT TO THE
                           EVERETT MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK
                           401(k) EMPLOYEE SAVINGS AND
                          PROFIT SHARING PLAN AND TRUST


     THESE  AMENDMENTS  ARE  MADE TO THE  EVERETT  MUTUAL  SAVINGS  BANK  401(k)
EMPLOYEE  SAVINGS  AND  PROFIT  SHARING  PLAN AND  TRUST,  TO AMEND  THE SAME AS
PROVIDED FOR BELOW,  PURSUANT TO ARTICLE IX OF SAID PLAN, TO BRING THE PLAN INTO
COMPLIANCE  WITH THE GENERAL  AGREEMENT ON TARIFFS AND TRADE  (GATT),  THE SMALL
BUSINESS JOB  PROTECTION  AND HEALTH  INSURANCE AND WELFARE REFORM ACTS OF 1996,
TAXPAYER RELIEF AFT OF 1997 AND TO PROVIDE FOR OTHER DESIRED PLAN AMENDMENTS.

     1. Effective  Date.  Except as may be expressly  provided for herein,  this
Amendment shall be effective for plan years commencing on and after December 31,
1997.

     2.  Change of Plan Name.  The name of the Plan  shall be  changed  from the
Everett Mutual Savings Bank 401(k) Employee  Savings and Profit Sharing Plan and
Trust to the Mutual  Bancshares  401(k) Employee Savings and Profit Sharing Plan
and Trust.  Any and all  references  to the Everett  Mutual  Savings Bank 401(k)
Employee  Savings  and Profit  Sharing  Plan  shall be to the Mutual  Bancshares
401(k) Employee Savings and Profit Sharing Plan and Trust. This amendment to the
name of the Plan shall be effective  for all Plan Years  commencing on and after
January 1, 1997.

     3.  Addition of Plan  Sponsors.  Effective  on and after  ________________,
199___,  the Commercial Bank of Everett shall adopt the Mutual Bancshares 401(k)
Employee Savings and Profit Sharing Plan and Trust.

     Effective on and after  ________________,  199___,  Mutual Bancshares shall
adopt the Mutual  Bancshares 401(k) Employee Savings and Profit Sharing Plan and
Trust.

     The original  sponsor of this Plan,  Everett  Mutual  Savings Bank,  hereby
expressly  consents  to the  adoption  of  this  Plan  by the  above  designated
entities.

     4. Amended and/or  Deleted Plan  Provisions.  The following  described Plan
provisions shall be amended or deleted, as indicated, as follows:


                                       1



AMENDED LANGUAGE:  2.16 Employee.

     The following Sections 2.16(B) and (C) shall be amended to read as follows:

          (B)  Highly  Compensated   Employee.   The  term  "Highly  Compensated
     Employee"   includes  highly   compensated   active  employees  and  highly
     compensated former employees. A highly compensated active employee includes
     any employee who: (i) was a 5-percent  owner at any time during the year or
     the preceding year; or, (ii) for the preceding year: had compensation  from
     the employer in excess of $80,000.00  (as adjusted  pursuant to I.R.C.  ss.
     415(d));  and,  if the  employer  elects  the  application  of  I.R.C.  ss.
     414(q)(1)(B)(ii)  for such  preceding  year,  was in the top-paid  group of
     employees  for  such   preceding   year.  For  the  above   purposes,   the
     determination  year shall be the Plan Year. The preceding year shall be the
     twelve (12) month period  immediately  preceding the determination  year. A
     highly compensated former employee includes any employee who separated from
     service (or was deemed to have separated) prior to the determination  year,
     performed no service for the Employer  during the  determination  year, and
     was a highly  compensated active employee for either the separation year or
     any determination year ending on or after the Employee's 55th birthday. The
     determination  of who  is a  highly  compensated  employee,  including  the
     determination of the number and identity of employees in the top-paid group
     and the  compensation  that is considered,  will be made in accordance with
     I.R.C.  ss.  414(g) and the  regulations  thereunder.  For purposes of this
     section 2.15(B), the term compensation is the "participant's  compensation"
     as defined in I.R.C. ss. 415(c)(3).

          (C)  Leased  Employee.  The term  "leased  employee"  means any person
     (other than an  employee of the  recipient)  who  pursuant to an  agreement
     between the recipient  and any other person  ("leasing  organization")  has
     performed  services for the  recipient  (or for the  recipient  and related
     persons   determined  in  accordance  with  I.R.C.  ss.   414(n)(6))  on  a
     substantially  full time  basis for a period of at least one (1) year,  and
     such services are performed  under the primary  direction or control by the
     recipient.  Contributions or benefits  provided to a leased employee by the
     leasing  organization  which are attributable to services performed for the
     recipient employer shall be treated as provided by the recipient  employer.
     A leased  employee shall not be considered an employee of the recipient if:
     (i) such employee is covered by a money  purchase  pension plan  providing:
     (1) a  non-integrated  employer  contribution  rate of at least ten percent
     (10%) of compensation,  as defined in I.R.C. ss.  415(c)(3),  but including
     amounts  contributed  pursuant to a salary  reduction  agreement  which are
     excludable  from the  employee's  gross  income under  I.R.C.  ss.ss.  125,
     402(a)(8), 402(h) or 403(b), (2) immediate participation,  and (3) full and
     immediate vesting; and (ii) leased


                                       2



     employees  do  not  constitute  more  than  twenty  percent  (20%)  of  the
     recipient's non-highly compensated workforce.

     The  immediately  preceding  amendments  to  Sections  2.16(B)  and (C) are
effective for plan years beginning after December 31, 1996.

AMENDED LANGUAGE:  2.27(A) Maximum Annual Addition.

     The following Section 2.27(A) shall be amended to read as follows:

          (A) Maximum Annual Addition.  Pursuant to said limitation, the maximum
     aggregate  Annual  Addition  to  the  account  of  any  Participant  in any
     Limitation  Year shall not exceed  the  lesser of the  maximum  permissible
     amount (as described below) or any other limitation contained in this Plan.

               (1) Dollar Limitation. Thirty Thousand Dollars ($30,000.00); or,

               (2)  Percentage  Limitation.  Twenty-five  percent  (25%)  of the
          Compensation paid to the Participant by the Employer in the Plan Year;
          provided, the Compensation limitation described herein shall not apply
          to any  contribution  for medical  benefits made within the meaning of
          I.R.C.  ss.ss.  401(h) or 419(A)(f)(2)  which are otherwise treated as
          Annual  Additions  under  I.R.C.  ss.ss.  415(1)(1)  or  419(A)(d)(2),
          respectively.

               (3) 415 Safe-Harbor  Compensation.  Wages,  salaries and fees for
          professional  services and other amounts  received  (without regard to
          whether  or not an  amount  is paid in  cash)  for  personal  services
          actually  rendered  in the  course  of  employment  with the  Employer
          maintaining  the Plan to the extent that the amounts are includible in
          gross  income,   including,  but  not  limited  to,  commissions  paid
          salesmen,  compensation  for services on the basis of a percentage  of
          profits,  commissions on insurance  premiums,  tips,  bonuses,  fringe
          benefits, reimbursements and expense allowances, any elective deferral
          (as  defined  in  I.R.C.  ss.  402(g)(3))  and  any  amount  which  is
          contributed  or  deferred  by  the  employer  at the  election  of the
          employee  which is not  includible in the gross income of the employee
          by reason of I.R.C. ss.ss. 125 or 457, and excluding the following:

                    (a) Amounts  realized  from the exercise of a  non-qualified
               stock option,  or when restricted stock (or property) held by the
               employee  either  becomes  freely  transferable  or is no  longer
               subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; and,


                                       3



                    (b)  Amounts  realized  from  the  sale,  exchange  or other
               disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option.

DELETED LANGUAGE:  2.27(B) Maximum Annual Addition.

     The following sections of Section 2.27(B) shall be deleted:

               (1)  Participation  in  Both  Defined  Contribution  and  Defined
          Benefit  Plans.  In  any  case  in  which  an  individual  is or was a
          Participant in both a Defined Benefit Plan and a Defined  Contribution
          Plan  maintained by the same Employer,  the sum of the Defined Benefit
          Plan Fraction and the Defined  Contribution Plan Fraction for any year
          may not exceed 1.0 in any Limitation Year.

               (2) Defined  Benefit Plan Fraction  Defined Benefit Plan Fraction
          for any year is a fraction:

                    (a) The  numerator of which is the sum of the  Participant's
               projected annual benefits to the Participant  under all qualified
               defined benefit plans (whether or not  terminated)  maintained by
               the Employer (determined as of the close of the Limitation Year);
               and,

                    (b) The denominator of which is the lesser of:

                         (i) The  product of 1.25 (1.0 if for such year the Plan
                    is a "Top-Heavy Plan," except in the event the conditions of
                    I.R.C.  ss.  416(h)(2)  are met),  multiplied  by the dollar
                    limitation  on the  annual  benefit in effect  under  I.R.C.
                    ss.ss.  415 (b) and (d) determined for such Limitation Year;
                    or

                         (ii) The  product  of 1.4,  multiplied  by one  hundred
                    percent  (100%)  of  the   Participant's   highest   average
                    Compensation  with the  Employer  for the three (3)  highest
                    consecutive  Years of Service  during which the  Participant
                    was an  active  Participant  in  such  Plan,  including  any
                    adjustments as provided under I.R.C. ss. 415(b).

               Notwithstanding  the above,  if the Participant was a Participant
          as of the first  day of the  first  Limitation  Year  beginning  after
          December 31, 1986, in one or more defined benefit plans  maintained by
          the Employer which were in existence on May 6, 1986,  the  denominator
          of this fraction will not be less than one hundred twenty-five percent
          (125%) of the sum of the annual  benefits  under such plans  which the
          Participant had accrued as of the close of the last


                                       4



          Limitation  Year beginning  before January 1, 1987,  disregarding  any
          changes in the terms and conditions of the Plan after May 5, 1986. The
          preceding   sentence   applies  only  if  the  defined  benefit  plans
          individually and in the aggregate satisfied the requirements of I.R.C.
          ss. 415 for all Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 1987.

               (3) Defined  Contribution  Plan  Fraction.  For  purposes of this
          subsection,  the Defined Contribution Plan Fraction for any Limitation
          Year is a fraction:

                    (a)  The  numerator  of  which  is the  sum  of  the  Annual
               Additions  credited to the Participants'  account under this Plan
               and all qualified  defined  contribution  plans maintained by the
               Employer in which the Employee  participates,  as of the close of
               the Limitation  Year and all prior  Limitation  Years  (including
               Annual Additions attributable to the Participant's non-deductible
               Employee  contributions to all defined benefit plans,  whether or
               not  terminated,  maintained  by  the  Employer  and  the  Annual
               Additions  attributable  to all welfare benefit funds, as defined
               in I.R.C. ss. 419(e),  and individual medical accounts as defined
               in I.R.C. ss. 415(l)(2) maintained by the Employer; and,

                    (b) The denominator of which is the sum of the lesser of the
               following   maximum   aggregate   amounts   determined  for  such
               Limitation  Year and for each prior  Limitation  Years of Service
               with the Employer  regardless  of whether a defined  contribution
               plan was maintained by the Employer:

                         (i) The  product of 1.25 (1.0 if for such year the Plan
                    is a "Top-Heavy Plan," except in the event the conditions of
                    I.R.C.  ss.  416(h)  are  met),  multiplied  by  the  dollar
                    limitation in effect under I.R.C. ss.  415(c)(1)(A) for such
                    Limitation Year; or,

                         (ii) The product of 1.4, multiplied by the amount which
                    may be taken into account under I.R.C. ss. 415(c)(1)(B) with
                    respect  to  such  Participant  under  such  Plan  for  such
                    Limitation Year.

                    If the Employee was a Participant as of the end of the first
               day of the first  Limitation  Year  beginning  after December 31,
               1986, in one or more defined contribution plans maintained by the
               Employer which were in existence on May 6, 1986, the numerator of
               this  fraction  will be adjusted if the sum of this  fraction and
               the defined benefit fraction


                                       5



               would  otherwise  exceed 1.0 under the terms of this Plan.  Under
               the adjustment,  an amount equal to the product of (1) the excess
               of the sum of the fractions over 1.0 times (2) the denominator of
               this fraction,  will be permanently subtracted from the numerator
               of  this  fraction.   The  adjustment  is  calculated  using  the
               fractions  as they  would be  computed  as of the end of the last
               Limitation   Year   beginning   before   January  1,  1987,   and
               disregarding  any changes in the terms and conditions of the Plan
               made after May 5, 1986,  but using the I.R.C.  ss. 415 limitation
               applicable  to the first  Limitation  Year  beginning on or after
               January 1, 1987.

     Except as expressly provided below, the immediately preceding amendments to
Section 2.27(A) and deletion of Sections  2.27(B)(1)-(3)  are effective for Plan
Limitation  Years  beginning  after  December 31, 1999. The amendment to Section
2.27(A)(1) to delete the language "if greater,  one-quarter (1/4) of the defined
benefit  dollar  limitation,  as adjusted  for cost of living  increases,  as in
effect under I.R.C. ss.  415(b)(1)(A) as in effect for the Limitation Year; or,"
shall be effective for Plan Years commencing after December 31, 1994.

DELETED LANGUAGE: 4.9 Minimum Plan Participation Requirements.

     The following language shall be deleted from the Plan:

     4.9 Minimum  Plan  Participation  Requirements.  For Plan Years  commencing
after  December 31, 1988, a trust shall not  constitute a qualified  trust under
I.R.C. ss.  401(a)(26) unless such trust is part of a Plan, which on each day of
the Plan Year benefits the lesser of: fifty (50) Employees of the Employer;  or,
forty percent  (40%) or more of all  Employees of the Employer.  For purposes of
determining compliance with the above provisions, the following Employees of the
Employer  may be  excluded:  Employees  who are  included in a unit of Employees
covered by an  agreement  which the  Secretary of Labor finds to be a collective
bargaining agreement between employee representatives and one or more employers,
if there is evidence  that  retirement  benefits  were the subject of good faith
bargaining between such employee representatives and such employer or employers;
Employees who have not met the minimum age and service requirements  established
by the Plan for Plan  participation;  and,  any other  employee  excluded  under
I.R.C. ss. 401(a)(26), as amended, unless such Employee is otherwise eligible to
participate hereunder. Employees who are eligible to contribute or who may elect
to have  contributions  made on their  behalf,  pursuant  to a  deferred  salary
reduction  election  under I.R.C.  ss.  401(k) or matching  contributions  under
I.R.C. ss. 401(m) shall be treated as benefiting under the Plan.


                                       6



AMENDED LANGUAGE: 5.7 Actual Deferral Percentage Tests.

     Section 5.7 of the Plan shall be amended to read as follows:

     5.7 Actual Deferral Percentage Tests.

          (A) Maximum Annual Allocation of Elective Employer Contributions.  For
     each Plan Year  commencing  after December 31, 1986, the annual  allocation
     derived  from  Elective  Employer   Contributions,   or  Elective  Employer
     Contributions  in  combination  with  Qualified  Nonelective  Contributions
     and/or  Qualified  Matching  Contributions  that are  treated  as  Elective
     Contributions  under the Plan,  made to a  Participant's  Elective  Account
     shall satisfy one of the following actual deferral percentage tests:

               (1) The "Actual  Deferral  Percentage"  for the  eligible  Highly
          Compensated  Participant  group  shall  not be more  than the  "Actual
          Deferral   Percentage"   of  the   eligible   Non-Highly   Compensated
          Participant group multiplied by 1.25; or,

               (2)  The  excess  of the  "Actual  Deferral  Percentage"  for the
          eligible  Highly  Compensated   Participant  group  over  the  "Actual
          Deferral   Percentage"   for  the  eligible   Non-Highly   Compensated
          Participant  group  shall  not be more  than  two  percentage  points.
          Additionally, the "Actual Deferral Percentage" for the eligible Highly
          Compensated  Participant  Group  shall  not be more  than the  "Actual
          Deferral   Percentage"   for  the  eligible   Non-Highly   Compensated
          Participant group multiplied by two (2).

               The  provisions  of I.R.C.  ss.  401(k)(3)  and Treas.  Reg.  ss.
          1.401(k)-1(b)  shall  also  apply to this  Plan  and are  incorporated
          herein by reference.

               The  adopting  Employer  named  herein has elected to utilize all
          Elective  Contributions,   Qualified  Nonelective   Contributions  and
          Qualified  Matching   Contributions  which  are  treated  as  Elective
          Contributions  under the Plan,  as  applicable,  to satisfy the Actual
          Deferral Percentage Test.

               Subject  to  applicable  transition  rules,  compliance  with the
          Actual Deferral  Percentage  nondiscrimination  requirements  shall be
          based on the  applicable  actual  Deferral  Percentages as of the Plan
          Year immediately  preceding the current Plan Year;  provided,  for the
          initial  year to which such  provisions  apply,  the  Actual  Deferral
          Percentage  shall  be based  on  either  the  current  or  immediately
          preceding Plan Year as permitted by applicable transition rules.


                                       7



          (B) Coordination of Actual Deferral Percentage and Actual Compensation
     Percentage  Tests.  Notwithstanding  the above,  for Plan Years  commencing
     after  December  31,  1988,  in order to prevent  the  multiple  use of the
     alternative method described in the immediately  preceding paragraph and in
     I.R.C. ss.  401(m)(9)(A),  any Highly Compensated  Participant  eligible to
     make  Elective  deferrals  pursuant to this  section and to make  after-tax
     Employee  contributions  or to receive  matching  contributions  under this
     Plan, if applicable,  or under any other plan maintained by the Employer or
     an Affiliated  Employer,  shall have his actual  contribution ratio reduced
     pursuant  to  Treas.  Reg.  ss.  1.401(M)-2,  the  provisions  of which are
     incorporated herein by reference.

               1.  Definitions.  For purposes of this Section,  "Actual Deferral
          Percentage"  means, with regard to each specific group of Participants
          for a Plan Year, with respect to the Highly Compensated and Non-Highly
          Compensated  Participant  groups for a Plan Year,  the  average of the
          contribution  percentage  ratios,  of the amount of Elective  Employer
          Contributions  allocated to each  Participant's  Elective  Account for
          such Plan Year, including all or any portion of cash bonuses which may
          be deferred  pursuant  to this Plan in relation to such  Participant's
          Compensation  for such Plan Year.  The actual  deferral ratio for each
          Participant and the "Actual Deferral  Percentage" for each group shall
          be  calculated  to the  nearest  one-hundredth  (1/100) of one percent
          (1%).  Elective  Employer  Contributions  allocated to any Participant
          shall  include:  (1)  any  Elective  Deferrals  made  pursuant  to the
          Participant's  deferral election  (including Excess Elective Deferrals
          of Highly  Compensated  Employees),  but excluding (a) Excess Elective
          Deferrals of Non-Highly  Compensated  Employees that arise solely from
          Elective  Deferrals  made under  this Plan or plans of this  Employer;
          and,  (b)  Elective  Deferrals  that are  taken  into  account  in the
          Contribution  Percentage test (provided the ADP test is satisfied both
          with and without  exclusion of these Elective  Deferrals;  and, (2) at
          the election of the Employer, Qualified Non-Elective Contributions and
          Qualified  Matching  Contributions.  For purposes of computing  Actual
          Deferral  Percentages,  an Employee who would be a Participant but for
          the  failure  to  make  Elective  Deferrals  shall  be  treated  as  a
          Participant on whose behalf no Elective Deferrals are made.

               For purposes of this Plan, an Elective  Contribution  may only be
          taken into account under the Plan if such  contribution  satisfies the
          requirements described herein. Specifically, the Elective Contribution
          must be  allocated  to the  Participant  under the Plan as of the date
          within  the  applicable  Plan Year.  For  purposes  of this  rule,  an
          Elective  Contribution  is considered  allocated as of a date within a
          Plan  Year  only  if  the   allocation   is  not   contingent  on  the
          Participant's  participation in the Plan or performance of services on
          any  date  subsequent  to  the  allocation  date;  and,  the  Elective
          Contribution  is  actually  paid to the trust no later than the end of
          the twelve (12) month period  immediately  following  the Plan Year to
          which the contribution  relates.  The Elective  Contribution must also
          relate to  compensation  that either  would have been  received by the
          Participant  in the Plan Year but for the  Participant's  election  to
          defer under the Plan, or is


                                       8



          attributable to services performed by the Participant in the Plan Year
          and,  but for the  Participant's  election  to defer,  would have been
          received  by the  Participant  within two and  one-half (2 1/2) months
          after the close of the Plan  Year.  All  Elective  Contributions  must
          satisfy the above  requirements  in order to be taken into account for
          purposes of the Actual Deferral Percentage Test.

               For  the  purposes  of  this   section,   a  Highly   Compensated
          Participant and a Non-Highly Compensated Participant shall include any
          Employee  eligible  to  make a  deferral  election  pursuant  to  this
          section,  whether or not such deferral  election was made or suspended
          pursuant to this Plan.

          (D)  Aggregation of Cash or Deferred  Plans.  For the purposes of this
     Section and I.R.C.  ss.ss.  401(a)(4),  401(k) and  410(b),  if two or more
     plans which include cash or deferred  arrangements  are considered one plan
     for purposes of I.R.C.  ss.ss.  401(a)(4) or 410(b) (other than I.R.C.  ss.
     410(b)(2)(A)(ii)  as in effect for Plan Years  beginning after December 31,
     1988,  the cash or  deferred  arrangements  included in such plans shall be
     treated as one arrangement.

          In  addition,  two  or  more  cash  or  deferred  arrangements  may be
     considered as a single  arrangement for purposes of determining  whether or
     not such arrangements satisfy I.R.C. ss.ss. 401(a)(4), 401(k) or 410(b). In
     such a case, the cash or deferred  arrangements  included in such plans and
     the plans including such  arrangements  shall be treated as one arrangement
     and as one plan for purposes of this Section and I.R.C.  ss.ss.  401(a)(4),
     401(k) and 410(b).

          For Plan  Years  beginning  after  December  31,  1989,  plans  may be
     aggregated  under  this  subparagraph  (E) only if they  have the same Plan
     Year.

          For the purposes of this Section, if a Highly Compensated  Participant
     is a  Participant  under two or more cash or deferred  arrangements  (other
     than a cash or  deferred  arrangement  which is part of an  employee  stock
     ownership plan as defined in I.R.C. ss. 4975(e)(7) for Plan Years beginning
     after December 31, 1988),  of the Employer or an Affiliated  Employer,  all
     such cash or deferred arrangements shall be treated as one cash or deferred
     arrangement  for the purpose of determining  the actual deferral ratio with
     respect to such Highly  Compensated  Participant.  However,  for Plan Years
     beginning  after  December 31, 1988,  if the cash or deferred  arrangements
     have different Plan Years,  this paragraph shall be applied by treating all
     cash or deferred  arrangements ending with or within the same calendar year
     as a single arrangement.

          Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  certain  plans  shall be  treated as
     separate if mandatorily  disaggregated  under  regulations under I.R.C. ss.
     401(k)


                                       9



          (E) Adjustments to Actual Deferral Percentage Tests. In the event that
     the initial  allocations  of the  Employer's  Elective  Contributions  made
     pursuant to Section  5.7(A) above do not satisfy one of the tests set forth
     therein  for  Plan  Years  beginning  after  December  31,  1986,  then the
     Administrator shall adjust Excess Contributions pursuant to the options set
     forth below:

               (1) Leveling and Distribution  Method. On or before the fifteenth
          (15th) day of the third  (3rd)  month  following  the end of each Plan
          Year,  the Highly  Compensated  Participant  having the highest dollar
          deferral shall have his portion of Excess Contributions distributed to
          him and/or, at his election  recharacterized as a voluntary  after-tax
          Employee contribution,  if available, pursuant to this Plan, until one
          of the tests set forth in Section  5.7(A) is  satisfied,  or until his
          dollar  amount  deferred  equals the next highest  dollar ratio of the
          Highly  Compensated  Participant  having  the  second  highest  dollar
          deferral. This process shall continue until one of the tests set forth
          in  Section   5.7(A)  is  satisfied.   For  each  Highly   Compensated
          Participant,  the  amount  of  Excess  Contributions  is  equal to the
          Elective  Contributions  made on  behalf  of such  Highly  Compensated
          Participant  (determined  prior to the  application of this paragraph)
          minus the amount  determined  by  multiplying  the Highly  Compensated
          Participant's  Actual Deferral Ratio  (determined after application of
          this paragraph) by his "414(s) Compensation."  However, in determining
          the  amount  of  Excess   Contributions   to  be  distributed   and/or
          recharacterized   with  respect  to  an  affected  Highly  Compensated
          Participant as determined herein,  such amount shall be reduced by any
          Excess Deferred  Compensation  amounts previously  distributed to such
          affected  Highly  Compensated  Participant for his taxable year ending
          with or within such Plan Year.

               With respect to the distribution of Excess Contributions pursuant
          to subsection (1) above, such distribution:

                    (a) may be  postponed  but not  later  than the close of the
               Plan Year following the Plan Year to which they are allocable;

                    (b) shall be made from Qualified  Nonelective  Contributions
               only to the extent that Excess  Contributions  exceed the balance
               in the  Participant's  Elective Account  attributable to Deferred
               Compensation and Employer matching contributions made pursuant to
               this Plan, if any;

                    (c) shall be  adjusted  for  Income,  except  for gap period
               income as provided herein;


                                       10



                    (d) shall be designated by the Employer as a distribution of
               Excess Contributions (and Income); and,

                    (e) in no case  shall the  amount  of  excess  contributions
               recharacterized  for a Plan  Year  with  respect  to  any  Highly
               Compensated Employee exceed the amount of Elective  Contributions
               made on behalf of such Highly Compensated  Employee for such Plan
               Year.

               Notwithstanding the above, in the event of a complete termination
          of the Plan  during  the Plan  Year in which the  Excess  Contribution
          arose, such  distribution  shall be made after the date of termination
          of the Plan and as soon as administratively  feasible, but in no event
          later  than the close of the  twelve  (12)  month  period  immediately
          following such termination.

               (2)    Recharacterization    Method.    With   respect   to   the
          recharacterization of Excess Contributions  pursuant to subsection (E)
          above, such recharacterized amounts:

                    (a) shall be deemed  to have  occurred  on the date on which
               the last of those  Highly  Compensated  Participants  with Excess
               Contributions   to  be   recharacterized   is   notified  of  the
               recharacterization    and   the   tax    consequences   of   such
               recharacterization;

                    (b) for Plan Years ending on or before  August 8, 1988,  may
               be postponed but not later than October 24, 1988;

                    (c) shall not exceed the amount of Deferred  Compensation on
               behalf of any Highly Compensated Participant for any Plan Year;

                    (d) shall be treated as voluntary Employee contributions for
               purposes of I.R.C. ss. 401(a)(4) and Treas.  Reg.  1.401(k)-1(b).
               However,  for  purposes  of  Sections  5.7 and 6.2 to the  extent
               required  by  applicable   regulations,   recharacterized  Excess
               Contributions   shall   continue   to  be  treated  as   Employer
               contributions  that are  Deferred  Compensation.  For Plan  Years
               commencing   after  December  31,  1988,   Excess   Contributions
               recharacterized   as  voluntary  Employee   contributions   shall
               continue   to  be   nonforfeitable   and   subject  to  the  same
               distribution rules provided for in Article 8;

                    (e) are not  permitted if the amount  recharacterized,  plus
               voluntary  Employee  contributions  actually  made by such Highly
               Compensated  Participant,  exceed the maximum amount of voluntary


                                       11



               Employee  contributions  (determined prior to application of this
               section) that such Highly Compensated Participant is permitted to
               make under the Plan in the absence of recharacterization;

                    (f) shall be  adjusted  for  Income  except  for gap  period
               income as provided herein;

                    (g) any distribution and/or  recharacterization of less than
               the entire  amount of Excess  Contribution  shall be treated as a
               pro  rata  distribution  and/or   recharacterization   of  Excess
               Contributions and Income; and,

                    (h) for Plan  Years  commencing  after  December  31,  1988,
               Elective  Contributions  may  not  be  recharacterized  hereunder
               unless they are  recharacterized  under the Plan with  respect to
               which the Elective  Contributions  were made or under a Plan with
               the  same  Plan  Year  as  the  Plan  under  which  the  Elective
               Contributions were made.

               (3) Discretionary  Qualified Nonelective Employer  Contributions.
          Within twelve (12) months after the end of the Plan Year, the Employer
          may make a special  Qualified  Nonelective  Contribution  on behalf of
          Non-Highly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy
          one of the tests set forth in Section 5.7. Such contribution  shall be
          allocated to the  Participant's  Elective  Account of each  Non-Highly
          Compensated  Participant in the same  proportion  that each Non-Highly
          Compensated Participant's  Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the
          total Compensation of all Non-Highly Compensated Participants.

          (F)  Impermissible  Treatment  of  Excess  Contributions.  Any  excess
     contributions for a Plan Year may not remain unallocated or be allocated to
     a suspense account to one or more Participants in any future year.

          (G) Miscellaneous Provisions.

               (1)  The  income  allocable  to  Excess  Contributions  shall  be
          nondiscriminatory  and used  consistently for all Participants and for
          all  corrective  distributions  made during each Plan Year. The income
          allocable to Excess Contributions is equal to the sum of the allocable
          gain or loss for the Plan Year and  excluding  the  allocable  gain or
          loss for the period  between  the end of the Plan Year and the date of
          distribution.   Income   includes  all   earnings  and   appreciation,
          including, such items as interest,  dividends,  rent, royalties, gains
          from the sale of property,  appreciation in the value of stock, bonds,


                                       12



          annuity and life  insurance  contracts,  and other  property,  without
          regard to whether such appreciation has been realized.

               The income allocable to excess contributions for the Plan Year is
          determined by  multiplying  the income for the Plan Year  allocable to
          Elective  Contributions and amounts treated as Elective  Contributions
          by  a  fraction.   The   numerator  of  the  fraction  is  the  Excess
          Contributions by the Participant for the Plan Year. The denominator of
          the  fraction  is  the  total  account   balance  of  the  Participant
          attributable to Elective Contributions and amounts treated as Elective
          Contributions  as of the end of the  Plan  Year,  reduced  by the gain
          allocable to such total amount for the Plan Year and  increased by the
          loss  allocable  to such total  amount for the Plan Year.  Such income
          will be distributed  under the  fractional  method set forth in Treas.
          Reg ss.  1.401(k)-1  or,  alternatively,  under the safe harbor method
          described  below.  If  applicable,  under the fractional  method,  the
          income  for the period  between  the end of the Plan Year and the last
          day of the month preceding the distribution  date that is allocable to
          Elective  Contributions  is multiplied by a fraction  determined under
          the method described for the Plan Year. If elected, income may also be
          computed  under the safe harbor method,  the allocable  income for the
          period between the end of the Plan Year and the  distribution  date is
          equal  to  ten  percent  (10%)  of  the  income  allocable  to  Excess
          Contributions  for the Plan Year  multiplied by the number of calendar
          months that have elapsed since the end of the Plan Year.  For purposes
          of determining  the number of calendar  months that have elapsed under
          the safe harbor  method,  a  distribution  occurring  on or before the
          fifteenth  (15th) day of the month will be treated as having been made
          on the last day of the preceding month,  and a distribution  occurring
          after such fifteenth (15th) day will be treated as having been made on
          the first day of the next month.

               No  income  allocable  to  Excess  Contributions  for the  period
          between  the  end of the  Plan  Year  and  the  date  of a  corrective
          distribution,  herein  referred  to as "gap  period  income,"  will be
          distributed.

               (2)  A  corrective  distribution  of  Excess  Contributions  (and
          income) may be made under the terms of the Plan without  regard to any
          notice or consent otherwise  required under I.R.C.  ss.ss.  411(a)(11)
          and 417.

               (3)  A  corrective  distribution  of  Excess  Contributions  (and
          income)  under the terms of the Plan is  includable in gross income on
          the  earliest  dates any  Elective  Contributions  by the  Participant
          during the Plan Year would have been received by the  Participant  had
          he  originally  elected  to  receive  the  amounts  in  cash,  or,  if
          distributed  more than two and  one-half (2 1/2) months after the Plan
          Year for which such contributions were made, in the Taxable


                                       13



          Year of the  Participant  in which  distributed.  The amount of Excess
          contributions  includable in the  Participant's  gross income shall be
          reduced as provided above. In addition, such a corrective distribution
          of Excess  Contributions  (and  income)  is not  subject  to the early
          distribution  tax  of  I.R.C.  ss.  72(t)  and  is  not  treated  as a
          distribution  for purposes of applying the excess tax under I.R.C. ss.
          4981A.

               (4) A distribution  of Excess  Contributions  (and income) is not
          treated as a distribution for purposes of determining whether the Plan
          satisfies  the  minimum   distribution   requirements  of  I.R.C.  ss.
          401(a)(9).

               (5) The amount of Excess  Contributions to be  recharacterized or
          distributed  with  respect to a  Participant  for a Plan Year shall be
          reduced  by  any  Excess  Deferrals  previously  distributed  to  such
          Participant for the  Participant's  Taxable Year ending with or within
          such Plan Year.

               (6) A Plan may use Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Qualified
          Matching Contributions,  the recharacterization method, the corrective
          distribution  method,  or a combination of these methods,  to avoid or
          correct excess contributions.  This Plan does not, at present, require
          that,  upon  commencement  of  participation,   a  Highly  Compensated
          Employee  may  elect  whether  any  Excess  Contributions  are  to  be
          recharacterized or distributed,  however,  the Plan reserves the right
          to require Highly  Compensated  Employees to make such election.  This
          Plan does permit a Highly Compensated Employee to elect to have all or
          a portion of the Excess  contributions  on behalf of such  Participant
          for a Plan Year recharacterized or distributed. Any recharacterization
          or distribution of less than the entire amount of Excess Contributions
          with  respect to any Highly  Compensated  Employee is treated as a pro
          rata  recharacterization  or distribution of excess  contributions and
          allocable income or loss.

     The  immediately  preceding  amendment to Section 5.7 is effective for plan
years beginning after December 31, 1996.

DELETED LANGUAGE: 6.3 Limitations on Amount.

     The  following  family  aggregation  rules under  Section  6.3(B)(2)  [sic]
commencing at page 59 shall be deleted:

          (B)(2) [sic] Family  Aggregation Rules. For the purpose of determining
     the actual deferral ratio of a Highly  Compensated  Employee who is subject
     to the Family Member aggregation rules of I.R.C. ss. 414(q)(6) because such
     Participant is either: a "five percent owner" of the Employer; or,


                                       14



     one of the ten (10) Highly  Compensated  Employees paid the greatest I.R.C.
     ss. 415 Compensation during the year, the following rules shall apply:

               (a) The  combined  actual  deferral  ratio for the  family  group
          (which shall be treated as one Highly  Compensated  Participant) shall
          be the greater of: (i) the ratio  determined by  aggregating  Employee
          mandatory contributions,  Employer matching contributions and Employee
          voluntary  contributions  made,  if any,  and all  I.R.C.  ss.  414(s)
          Compensation"   of  all  eligible   Family   Members  who  are  Highly
          Compensated  Participants  without regard to family aggregation;  and,
          (ii)  the  ratio   determined  by   aggregating   Employee   mandatory
          contributions,  Employer matching contributions and Employee voluntary
          contributions  made, if any, and I.R.C. ss. 414(s) Compensation of all
          eligible Family Members (including Highly  Compensated  Participants).
          However,  in applying  the  compensation  limit to I.R.C.  ss.  414(s)
          Compensation for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988,  Family
          Members  shall  include  only the affected  Employee's  spouse and any
          lineal  descendants who have not yet attained age nineteen (19) before
          the close of the Plan Year.

               (b)  The  Employee  mandatory  contributions,  Employer  matching
          contributions and Employee voluntary contributions made and I.R.C. ss.
          414(s)  Compensation  of all Family Members shall be  disregarded  for
          purposes  of  determining  the  Actual   Contribution   Percentage  of
          Non-Highly Compensated  Participants,  except to the extent taken into
          account above.

               (c) If a Participant  is required to be aggregated as a member of
          more than one (1) family  group in a plan,  all  Participants  who are
          members of those  family  groups  that  include  the  Participant  are
          aggregated as one (1) family group in accordance with the above.

     Plan  Section  6.3(B)  shall be  renumbered  to provide  for the  following
subsections under Section 6.3(B):

          6.3(B)(1) Average Contribution Percentage Test

          6.3(B)(2) Definition of Average Contribution Percentage

          6.3(B)(3) Excess Aggregate Contributions

          6.3(B)(4) Aggregation of Related Employers

          6.3(B)(5) Aggregation of Highly Compensated Participant Contributions

          6.3(B)(6) Included Participants


                                       15



DELETED LANGUAGE:  6.3 Limitations on Amount.

     The following family aggregation rules under Section 6.3(C)(6) shall be
deleted:

          (C)(6)  Calculation of Excess in Conjunction  With Family  Aggregation
     Rules.  Excess  Aggregate  Contributions of Participants who are subject to
     the family  member  aggregation  rules shall be allocated  among the family
     members in proportion  to the Employee  mandatory  contributions,  Employer
     matching contributions,  Employee voluntary contributions and any qualified
     non-elective  contributions  or elective  deferrals taken into account,  of
     each  family  member that is combined to  determine  the  combined  Average
     Contribution Percentage.

     Plan  Sections  6.3(C)(7) and (8) shall be renumbered to 6.3(C)(6) and (7),
respectively.

     The immediately  preceding  deletions of Sections 4.9,  6.3(B)(2) [sic] and
6.3(C)(6) are effective for plan years beginning after December 31, 1996.

AMENDED LANGUAGE: 8.2(K) Involuntary Distributions.

     The following Section 8.2(K) shall be amended to read as follows:

          (K) Involuntary  Distributions.  As provided in I.R.C. ss. 411(a)(11),
     involuntary   distributions   due  to  a   Participant's   termination   of
     participation  in  the  Plan  up to  the  maximum  amount  provided  by law
     (currently $5,000.00 or less for Plan years beginning after August 5, 1997)
     will only be made if such  distribution  represents the entire value of the
     Participant's  vested account  balance which includes all accrued  benefits
     attributable  to both  Employer and Employee  contributions.  Any nonvested
     portion shall be treated as a forfeiture.  For purposes of this Section, if
     the  value  of  a  Participant's   vested  account  balance  is  zero,  the
     Participant  shall be deemed to have received a distribution of such vested
     account balance.  A Participant's  vested account balance shall not include
     accumulated  deductible employee contributions within the meaning of I.R.C.
     ss.  72(o)(5)(B)  for Plan  Years  beginning  prior  to  January  1,  1989.
     Distributions  of any account  balance  which  exceeded the maximum  amount
     provided  by law at any time  shall only be made with the  advance  written
     consent of both the Participant and his spouse, if applicable.  Any spousal
     consent required must be in the same form as provided for above.

     The immediately preceding amendment to Section 8.2(K) is effective for plan
years beginning after August 5, 1997.


                                       16



     5. No I.R.C. ss.  411(d)(6)  Impermissible  Cut-Back.  Nothing herein shall
result in an  impermissible  cut-back in  Participant  benefits as prohibited by
I.R.C. ss. 411(d)(6).


     DATED this _____ day of ______________________, 1998.


                                        EVERETT MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK


                                        ------------------------------------
                                        By:  Michael B. Hansen
                                        Its: President and CEO/Director


                                        ------------------------------------
                                        By:  Lori Christenson
                                        Its: Vice President and
                                             Corporate Secretary


                                        COMMERCIAL BANK OF EVERETT


                                        ------------------------------------
                                        By:  Dale Lyski
                                        Its: President and COO/Director


                                        ------------------------------------
                                        By:  Lori Christenson
                                        Its: Vice President and
                                             Corporate Secretary


                                        MUTUAL BANCSHARES


                                        ------------------------------------
                                        By:  Michael B. Hansen
                                        Its: President, Chairman of the
                                             Board of Directors and CEO


                                        ------------------------------------
                                        By:  Lori Christenson
                                        Its: Secretary and Chief Information
                                             Officer


                                       17



EVERETT MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK 401(k)
EMPLOYEES SAVINGS AND PROFIT SHARING
PLAN AND TRUST

TRUSTEE:

U.S. BANK OF WASHINGTON, N.A.


- ----------------------------------------------
By:  James M. Beaumont
Its: Vice President, Asset Management Division









                                       18



                          FOURTH PLAN AMENDMENT TO THE
                         EVERTRUST FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
                      401(k) PROFIT SHARING PLAN AND TRUST
                       (p/k/a EVERETT MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK
                      401(k) PROFIT SHARING PLAN AND TRUST)


     THESE  AMENDMENTS ARE MADE TO THE EVERTRUST  FINANCIAL  GROUP,  INC. 401(k)
PROFIT  SHARING PLAN AND TRUST  PREVIOUSLY  KNOWN AS THE EVERETT  MUTUAL SAVINGS
BANK 401(k)  PROFIT  SHARING  PLAN AND TRUST,  TO AMEND THE SAME AS PROVIDED FOR
BELOW, PURSUANT TO ARTICLE IX OF SAID PLAN.

     1. Effective  Date.  Except as may be expressly  provided for herein,  this
Amendment shall be effective on and after the date specified below.

     2.  Change of Plan Name and  Employer  Name.  The name of the Plan shall be
changed  from the Everett  Mutual  Savings Bank 401(k)  Profit  Sharing Plan and
Trust to the EverTrust  Financial  Group,  Inc.  401(k) Profit  Sharing Plan and
Trust effective June 1, 1999. The name of the Employer  Sponsor shall be changed
from Everett Mutual Savings Bank to EverTrust  Financial Group,  Inc.  effective
June 1, 1999.  Any and all  references to the Everett Mutual Savings Bank 401(k)
Profit Sharing Plan and Trust shall be to the EverTrust  Financial  Group,  Inc.
401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and Trust.

     3. Amended and/or  Deleted Plan  Provisions.  The following  described plan
provisions shall be amended or deleted, as indicated, as follows:

AMENDED LANGUAGE: 7.7(D) General Powers.

     The following Section 7.7(D) shall be amended to read as follows:

          7.7(D) General Powers.

               (1) General.  The Trustee  shall have the power to sell,  convey,
          exchange, lease, convert, transfer, divide, repair, partition, consent
          to  partition,  mortgage,  encumber or otherwise  dispose of any Trust
          Fund assets during the period of its trusteeship and, in addition, may
          bind the Trust by undertaking  any of the preceding  transactions  for
          periods  beyond the Trustee's  own tenure as Trustee.  The Trustee may
          engage in any of the foregoing  transactions with Trust Fund assets at
          public or private  sale (except as  otherwise  required by  applicable
          laws), or on credit or such other terms and conditions as


                                        1



          may  appear  appropriate  under the  circumstances  in the  reasonable
          judgment of the Trustee.

               (2) Qualifying Employer Securities. The Trustee is authorized and
          empowered to acquire and hold Qualifying  Employer Securities pursuant
          to the self-directed investment election of any Participant; provided,
          however,  the Trustee shall not be permitted to acquire any Qualifying
          Employer  Securities  if,  immediately  after the  acquisition of such
          securities,   the  fair  market  value  of  all  Qualifying   Employer
          Securities  held by the  Trustee  for any  one  Participant's  account
          should  exceed  the  lesser of:  one  hundred  percent  (100%) of such
          Participant's  Elective  Deferral  Account;  or, more than twenty-five
          percent (25%) of the fair market value of such Participant's  combined
          vested account balances in the Trust Fund.

          For the initial year to which this expanded opportunity to self-direct
          investments  into  Qualifying  Employer  Securities  in  the  Plan  is
          implemented,  the Participant's  account balances as of April 30, 1999
          shall be utilized to  determine  the  maximum  permissible  Qualifying
          Employer  Securities  investment and such investments shall be further
          subject  to  purchase  limitations  described  in  the  conversion  of
          subscription rights agreements. Effective for Plan Years commencing on
          and after January 1, 1999,  self-directed  investment elections may be
          made on such dates as  otherwise  provided by the Plan and the maximum
          permissible  Qualifying Employer Securities  self-directed  investment
          election  therein  shall be based on the  valuation  date  immediately
          prior to the effective date of such self-directed investment election.
          All such  investment  elections shall be further subject to applicable
          securities laws, as amended. Participants shall not have the option to
          receive and the  Trustees  shall not make an in kind  distribution  of
          Qualifying Employer  Securities incident to any Plan Distribution.  It
          is intended that any investment in Qualifying Employer Securities will
          meet the  requirements  of  applicable  securities  laws and of ERISA,
          including,  without limitation, the prudence and diversification rules
          of  ERISA.  Participants  shall not have the  opportunity  to vote any
          Qualifying  Employer  Securities  held by the Trust,  except as may be
          expressly  required to comply  with  applicable  securities  law or as
          otherwise  expressly  provided herein. No commissions shall be payable
          on any acquisition or disposition of Qualifying  Employer  Securities.
          Any acquisition or disposition of a Qualifying Employer Security shall
          be at an independently determined fair market value.


                                       2



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The immediately  preceding amendment to Section 7.7(D) is effective on and after
September 1, 1999.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     4. No I.R.C. ss.  411(d)(6)  Impermissible  Cut-Back.  Nothing herein shall
result in an  impermissible  cut-back in  Participant  benefits as prohibited by
I.R.C. ss. 411(d)(6).

     DATED this _____ day of ___________________, 1999.


                                     EVERTRUST FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.


                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     By:  Michael B. Hansen
                                     Its: President and CEO/Director


                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     By:  Lori Christenson
                                     Its: Vice President and Corporate Secretary


EVERTRUST FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
401(k) PROFIT SHARING PLAN AND TRUST

TRUSTEE:

U.S. BANK OF WASHINGTON, N.A.


- -----------------------------------------------
By:  Cynthia Johnson
Its:  Vice President, Asset Management Division



     The  undersigned   affiliates  of  EverTrust  Financial  Group,  Inc.  also
acknowledges  their  acceptance,  adoption  and  approval  of this  Fourth  Plan
Amendment.

     Dated this _____ day of ______________, 1999.



                                       3



                                     I-PRO, INC.


                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     By:
                                     Its:


                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     By:
                                     Its:


                                     COMMERCIAL BANK OF EVERETT


                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     By:
                                     Its:


                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     By:
                                     Its:


                                     EVERETT MUTUAL BANK


                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     By:
                                     Its:


                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     By:
                                     Its:


                                     MUTUAL BANCSHARES CAPITAL, INC.


                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     By:
                                     Its:



                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     By:
                                     Its:


                                       4